iret atetateraota drectee corp oetrery, Oeil .4 he ree’ { 4 : yh “! } VINO } : 7 : yey ROAR ATE TA 1 Se Parl aca SS 4 ' . Ais! giys pia eer eaese he tebsisteterate lelslstetatetatetete: re. ears bit it rsrerei=) tat Oe} MOV et fats UU bd ban SAA er oe as MOAT Ot x SR iicn pti Sa i ep aed we he fut ht Grb7 0,9 1979 78: 8.%, ye aaa a et el vt 5 ee ee { opis eezbbbybcbrbetce tere brevets Se c : DO thoes re aren k ayers east: * { htt beh etntrtet see oat bbe ere oe nd oe roa ait tte eee ‘ 5 base: : : } f ’ eee roe?) Ores: 810 . 7 i ot 4 , . ene age e 7 ’ 4 exekse oe? i =[°53 ro :0395) sac Miaceceyeitsese: os "a iy > », 7 7 a ated ye part wt. “( pfestendee eric oe eee AO aise nan wader ; 7 SEES eve : eee re ioe ; iiaeatateneete te Sat ; seiner aan h . 5 . Bes “ BULA Tava IOC 5 5 ¢ c i Tut aed i x ae stat : , ; : Z ities! + Sage Be ee Pisbtes sos : itis : oie 5 . a ; } ater “s a . - VG : he a i ; tad vfog tS on : 0 is, : a . Saag oe strat y Ssitinehtis ‘ ; : i ne ey ie ssa) i Pay : ae, , \ NRE oraetadgiel Sobajepete Liebe! hat : : : Ti 4 : : itis Heyes tet ; PRESENTED BY The Trustees OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM. ees erties ek al Pad | - jar oa Bia y A CATALOGUE OF THE HESPERIIDAE FROM EUROPE, ASIA AND AUSTRALIA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) Roma, ‘ _ MADE AND PRINTED IN GREAT Cie | BY JARROLD AND | . * F Hed vie ; ao rH ; 4 7 . ~ - y % ’ s ¢ < PREP ACE This companion volume to the author’s Catalogue of African Hesperiudae completes the treatment of the Old World Hesperiidae. It is a continuous key to the groups, genera, species and subspecies which Brigadier Evans recognises, supplemented by diagrammatic sketches of the male genitalia and a number of coloured figures of species not previously illustrated. [he key is somewhat unusual in form and the whole work decidedly unorthodox when judged by the standards of other Catalogues published by the Trustees. Nevertheless it follows a pattern which the author has employed most successfully elsewhere, and it is confidently believed that it will enable serious students to name their “Skippers” with the minimum of labour and a great degree of certainty, though dissection of the male genitalia is unavoidable in certain genera. For the first time the whole of the Hesperiid fauna of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia, including the East Indies and the Pacific islands, has been competently sur- veyed by a single author who has applied critically the same standards in assessing the taxonomic values of the morpho- logical characters of all the genera and species occurring throughout this immense area. ‘The recognition of several new genera and many new species and subspecies in the Far Eastern fauna is accompanied by the reduction of not a few palaearctic genera and species to the status of synonyms. The latter action will no doubt be the subject of criticism by palaearctic specialists; yet the consistent application of uniform standards has the great merit of indicating relative values, and allows deductions to be based on strictly com- parable units. Brigadier Evans has established a firm base from which more detailed surveys can proceed. Neb RILEY 16 Fune, 1949. CONTENTS PREFACE INTRODUCTION GLOSSARY WITH TEXT FIGURES ANALYSIS OF SUBFAMILIES AND GENERIC GROUPS SYNoOPsIs OF GENERA ANALYSIS OF GENERA KEYS TO SPECIES AND SUB-SPECIES, AND CATALOGUE OF SPECIMENS IN THE British Museum (NatTurat History) APPENDIX A. LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL CONTRIBUTORS TO THE COLLECTION AND TO THE PUBLISHED LITERATURE APPENDIX B. List oF NAMES PUBLISHED FOR SPECIES, ETC. WHICH HAVE BEEN FOUND NOT TO OCCUR WITHIN THE REGION DEALT WITH OR WHICH REMAIN UNDETERMINED INDEX PLATES I TO 11 OF NEW OR HITHERTO UNFIGURED SPECIES PLATES 12 TO 53 OF GENITALIA OF ALL SPECIES AND MANY SUB-SPECIES Vil PAGE 459 se 479 Dak: em rhe ir en a , < Rater 2 waue ns er e ee oe “Rae alt iene an ae Rg hi. ON gy ey BARE rae INTRODUCTION It can be stated with confidence that the collection of Hesperiidae in the British Museum (Natural History) is the most complete in existence in respect of Europe and Asia, while for Australia it is only surpassed by the great collection assembled by Dr. G. A. Waterhouse in the Australian Museum at Sydney. In Appendix A details are given of how this collection has been built up, by means of gifts from explorers or residents abroad, by major or minor bequests and by purchases of large and small collections whenever opportunity offered. The Hesperiid fauna of the area dealt with comprises 750 species, of which only three (Celaenorrhinus kiku Hering, Pyrgus badachschana Alberti and Onryza perbella Hering) are not represented amongst the 75,000 or more specimens forming the arranged collection. The collection contains 1,065 types of the 1,641 active specific and sub- specific names in use, and 436 types of the 1,199 names classed as synonyms, varieties, etc. A few elements of the African fauna have penetrated into S.W. Arabia and were included in the Catalogue of African Hesperiidae published by the Trustees in 1938. The Hesperiidae of the area dealt with in this book may be considered as having been derived from two primary sources, the Palaearctic and the Tropical. The Palaearctic element (Pyrgus, Heteropterus and Hesperia Groups) has well-defined limits, viz.: Europe and North Africa up to the Sahara desert: West Asia as far as the watershed of the Indus: North Asia up to the Himalayas and China. A section of the Pyrgus Group (Spialia and Gomalia), which developed in Africa, south of the Sahara, has extended into India and northern Burma. In China there has been a very considerable development of the Palaearctic element. The development of the Tropical element in Asia dis- plays a certain similarity to that of the same element in tropical Africa and America. But whereas, due to 1X INTRODUCTION geographical separation, the Palaearctic and Tropical ele- ments can be readily traced in Asia, they are everywhere intermingled in Africa and America. It is only in China that there is to be found any considerable overlap of the two primary elements. The present Asiatic tropical fauna may be divided into three well-defined sections, viz.: Oriental, from India and China to the Celebes and Timor: Papuan, from 'Tenimber and the Moluccas to New Guinea and Australia: Australian, confined to Australia with a slight extension into New Guinea. The Oriental section contains the greatest number of species. The centre of development may be regarded as an area enclosed by a circle drawn through Tavoy, Hainan, Borneo, Java and Sumatra. Subsidiary developments have taken place in India, S.W. China, the Philippines and the Celebes, while a very minor development (Jsoteznon Group) has taken place in the Palaearctic region. Many species, especially those of the open country type as opposed to the _ forest type, have extended from the central area into the subsidiary areas, and vice versa, as well as reaching into the Papuan section and the Lesser Sunda Islands, which seem to be devoid of any particular development of their own. The Papuan section appears to be little more than a subsidiary development of the Oriental section, with a branch centred in New Guinea and another in Australia. In New Guinea the most intensive development has occurred in the Taractrocera Group, which has extended all round the Australian coast. ‘There has also been some development, extending in part to N.E. Australia, in the Coeliadinae and a few other genera (Chaetocneme, Tagiades, Notocrypta, Prada, Tiacellia and Borbo). ‘The Australian branch comprises only the peculiar genus Euschemon, where the male has a moth-like frenulum and jugum, three species of Chaetocneme and single species in the genera Netrocoryne and Exometoeca. The Australian section comprises the Trapezitinae, an isolated subfamily, with no apparent relationship to any other Tropical development. A few members of the subfamily are to be found in New Guinea. Xx INTRODUCTION The arrangement of the genera introduced by Watson in 1893 has been generally followed, but I abhor artificial keys to identification and, since it is impossible to frame a straight-line key for an all-directional evolution, it is considered that the best method of presenting an orderly arrangement of the 130 genera of the family is in the form of 13 more or less well-defined natural groups, which are in accord with the development that has been outlined above. In accordance with modern ideas, as expressed in books such as Mayr’s Systematics and the Origin of Species, as wide a view as is possible has been taken of a species. Whenever a form in one area can be considered as replacing a form in another area, the two are presumed to be con- specific, even though the differences in facies, structure and genitalia appear considerable. The bringing together of subspecies in this manner presents no great difficulty through the Malay Archipelago and the South Sea islands; for instance, the variations of Tagiades japetus can be traced all the way from Ceylon to the Solomons and compared with those of other similar species flying with it. In conti- nental areas, such as China and Malaya, it is not always easy to decide whether two forms flying together are species or overlapping sub-species of the same species. ‘There are difficulties also in the islands. For instance, in Borneo there seem to be unduly numerous forms of the genus Telicota, due perhaps to migrations or infiltration from Java, Timor or the Philippines, and it is difficult to decide whether a particular series, differing slightly in genitalia and facies from another series, represents a species or a sub-species or perhaps a migration, which will become submerged in due course by the dominant form in the island. Names have not been given in the collection to forms of a lower category than species or sub-species: names appli- cable to varieties, aberrations or generations have, however, been listed. ‘The material for each species has been arranged by localities, working generally from West to East and, wherever possible, by dates of capture. Certain modifications have been made in the constitution of genera. It is considered that the best guide to the Xl INTRODUCTION association of species lies in the form of the genitalia and not, as has often been considered as of paramount impor- tance, in the form, or the presence or absence, of secondary sexual characters. But it has to be borne in mind that very remarkable apparent differences in the genitalia do occur between species or even sub-species (e.g. Pyrgus malvae and malvoides), which, on other grounds, are believed to be congeneric or conspecific. Generally it is considered that a generic definition should differentiate the females as well as the males; if no such differentiation is possible, then the validity of the genus is doubtful. The International Rules for Zoological Nomenclature have been followed in all but two respects. ‘The author’s name has not been placed in brackets, when the genus wherein he placed a species has been altered. The original spelling for generic and specific names has been preserved unchanged. All names published up to 1947 have been included. In framing the keys I have reverted to the form of key I introduced in my Identification of Indian Butterflies (1926 and 1933), because I consider it more compact and easier to use, as well as enabling the index to be used for reference to the coloured plates, the genitalia diagrams and the keys to the genera groups, the genera and the species. In the Glossary will be found an explanation of the few simple abbreviations that have been used, as well as of the technical terms. It is hoped that the Synopsis of Generic Groups and Genera will prove useful to curators and students. Only the more important references have been included in Appendix A. Throughout the text the date of publica- tion has been inserted after the author’s name, wherefrom the reference to the original publication can be found in the Zoological Record or the Lepidopterorum Catalogus. As for the Catalogue of African Hesperiidae, the coloured plates have been executed by Miss Dorothy Fitchew, whose work continues to be unsurpassed. An asterisk before a specific or sub-specific name in the text and in the index indicates that a figure will be found in the coloured plates. Only previously unfigured species have been figured. X11 INTRODUCTION The diagrams in the Glossary and all the genitalia figures have been drawn by myself and I apologise for their lack of artistic merit. The diagrams have been drawn freehand with the object of indicating the differences between species. The late Dr. A. S. Corbet assisted me greatly, particu- larly in helping me to decide difficult problems and in deterring me from following the wrong path on many occasions. Mr. W. H. T. Tams has devoted a great deal of his time to helping me in many ways, particularly in respect of ready answers from his encyclopaedic brain to my many questions, as well as in examining and photo- graphing genitalia. Finally, I should like to thank the Trustees for permit- ting me to study the collection and for accepting my work for publication, as well as Mr. N. D. Riley, the Keeper of Entomology, and Mr. A. G. Gabriel, the Assistant Keeper in charge of the Rhopalocera, for having afforded me every possible facility at all times. Xi GLOSSARY Abbreviations and Signs G13/2 is an example of the reference system used throughout the Book, as well as in the Synopsis, the Plates (coloured or uncoloured) and the Index. G is the Group letter (Astictopterus Group), 13 the number of the genus (Pithauria) in that group, 2 the number of two species (murdava) in the genus. *kumpia. An asterisk placed before a species or a sub-species in the analyses of species, or in the index, indicates that it is figured in the coloured plates, where it will be found under its reference number. No references are given to the genitalia plates, wherein all species and many sub-species are figured under their reference numbers. Upf, unf, uph, unh = upperside or underside of the forewing or hindwing. F, H = Fore or Hind, referring to the wings or the legs. 6 F 20 mm. = length of forewing in an average male specimen is 20 millimetres measured from the junction of the wing with the thorax to the apex. Antennae (with diagram) The antennae commence with a slender shaft expanding to a terminal club, which may be straight (D.4), arcuate (C.12), hooked (J.25) or angled (L.7). The bent-over portion of the club is the apiculus, which is usually sharply pointed, but may be blunt (C.18). GLOSSARY The antennae are made of segments, which, on the shaft and the basal portion of the club, are covered with scaling. But on the apiculus, and sometimes on the distal portion of the club before the apiculus, the segments are bare and furnished with erect sensory hairs. The bared portion of the club is the nudum, aterm introduced by Evans 1943 (Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. B 12: 97). ~The numbers of nudum segments in the club proper and in the apiculus are of taxonomic importance. On the diagram, where a single number is entered, it indicates the total number of nudum segments. Where two numbers are given, the first is the number in the club and the second the number in the apiculus. Alongside the base of each antenna, in groups other than A (Coelia- dinae), there will be seen the eyelash, a Beni tuft of hairs turned outwards. Segments of abdomen. Genitalia of male. Ber) Oth ‘ 10th The diagram is schematic: its pur- pose is to explain the terms used in the book. The tegumen (1) is the tergum of the ninth segment and is attached to the vinculum (2), a ring reaching across the abdomen between the eighth and ninth segments. The uncus (3) is the tergum of the tenth segment and is hinged to the tegumen. Seen ventrally it is often divided and may be modified in a variety of ways. The gnathos (4) is the sternum of the tenth segment and is attached to the tegumen or the uncus or to both. It seems more liable to modifica- tion than any other part of the genitalia. Sometimes it is absent. Often it is bifid and the two limbs may be bent parallel to the vinculum, or they may be bent back behind the uncus. On the ventral side the gnathos may be furnished with velvet-like pads (Erionota) or spined and hollowed (Pyrgus alveus), perhaps to guide the aedeagus. It is often impossible to follow the homology of the dorsal part of the genitalia due to the distortion and fusion of the various components. The anal tube (5) passes between the uncus and the gnathos. Through a sheath (6), occasionally modified, in the middle of the vinculum passes the aedeagus (7), the end of which is sometimes highly complex (Ochlodes). Hinged at the ventral end of either side of the vinculum are the two clasps, which with the uncus form the limbs wherewith the male holds the female during copulation. In the diagram the left clasp has been removed. The outside lamina of the clasp is the valva (8), whereon on the inside are usually to be found portions of an inner lamina, called the XVI i i i GLOSSARY cuiller (9) and the harpe (10). Sometimes (Pyrgus) the harpe is produced to form a style (11) and an antistyie (12): or the harpe may be absent and the valva produced to a style. Sometimes (Halpe) the basal end of the harpe is furnished with a footstalk (13) wound round the aedeagus. The end of the vinculum is produced into the abdomen as the saccus (14), an anchor for the genitalia as a whole. In the Genitalia Plates there are generally three figures for each species: (1) ventral view; (2) view from left of the uncus and aedeagus; (3) inside view of the left clasp. If the clasps are asymmetric, an inside view of the right clasp is added. Legs . On the inside of the tibia of the foreleg, there N) is to be found a flap extending from the middle of the tibia to its articulation with the tarsus: this is the “tibial epiphysis”’ of Watson 1893 (P.Z.S.: 7). The flap is scaled over and difficult to see until | the scales have been brushed away. Generally it is fully developed, but in the Carterocephalus group it is frequently absent (? fallen off) or present in a minute form against the middle of the tibia. The mid-tibiae always have a terminal pair of spurs and in some genera a row of spines, conspicuous in Hesperia, inconspicuous in Carterocephalus. Generally these spines are present in Palaearctic and American Hesperiinae and absent in Oriental groups. The hind tibiae have two pairs of spurs, but in a few species the upper pair are absent or reduced. Palpi ICICICACACACAE! The various forms of palpi are shown in the diagram. The palpi consist of three segments, of which the first two are appressed to the head between the eyes and, being covered with dense scaling, generally appear as a single unit. The third segment is of a different form XVil GLOSSARY and protrudes from the end of the second segment, the upper part of which extends above the eye. There is considerable variation in the size and position of the second and third segments and whether they are erect (at right-angles to the line of the body) or porrect (in line with the body) is of considerable taxonomic m------------ Costa —- - Forewing of | p----+----- Vein 12 - _ Space 12 K.2. Hesperia vw poco ct cc cre ie Sa elit; t | \ r ---r - +--+ --- io--=-- 49. comma @ | j as ga a See = , | t \ = 8 Sheers pri ae eee ee! ed WM elim kn G\ a 5 { ob ee Discocellular ----- ---\ty >" 4 Median --- ~~ - ~§ ory a An a er Redius= > a 3 a > = 213) Sa Cubitus <== Radius --- Median ....¢ 5 Cubitus.....\ \\C YW XO fF -- --- 2. a Disco- 1, cece) aa -collilar=-=--A NN NO fe 2 ee a = -2? -—_ ie aes oo ee | IC aceite rane ie ee ee ee Cee IA-- -- Wing bee ee SE Dorsum’ 22 = See importance. In some cases, e.g. Hesperia erect, Pyrgus porrect, the difference is obvious, but in many cases this is not so. For examination it is necessary to hold the insect so that the base of the antenna (shown in each diagram) and the centre of the eye are in a vertical alignment. Secondary sexual characters These are very varied and are described in the keys. In the Pyrginae the principal feature is the hair tuft on the male hind - XVIll GLOSSARY tibiae: it may be a recumbent hair pencil outside the leg or an erectile tuft inside entering a pouch projecting from the end of the thorax. In the Hesperiinae there is often a continuous oblique discal stigma on the upperside of the forewing, or a pouch, or brands along the veins, combined usually with a displacement of a vein. Venation The diagrams are self-explanatory. Zeuner 1943 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 11/10: 290) gives a table linking the British system, here used, with other systems. Radius is used here for the vein defining the upper edge of the cell from the base to the origin of vein 6 and Cubitus for the lower end of the cell from the base to the origin of vein 4. ‘The Discocellular isthe “ veinlet”’ defining the end of the cell between the origins of veins 4 and 6. Median is used for the veinlet or fold (sometimes invisible) running along the centre of the cell and usually forked before the cell-end. The arrangement of the veins about the ends of the cells affords features of taxonomic value and the variations are indicated in the diagram below. In all cases female specimens have been used for the figures, as in the male the veins are often displaced or distorted by the secondary sexual characters. It should be remembered that within groups there may be considerable differences in venation. CZaZ YZ X1X - er a) “ . a eee Se oie 3 Sst gl yes My _ “fe, el” cai Pvgomre éf ~* , ' ait : pe P a at pen eae ot ‘a Dae: earl miotene: eininal ‘otha ene eis | | Bion: ee ae volt ‘aiiak: see 40 at to” fins jowelsdiaopensidud bas oiisy, tow svar’ sian a (ee a Sa “sitet sélullegoz2iO » ee ye ‘secetin 0 hae’ pamion lo ants Batt vod ruts athens: (olctianyt, eocaitstiioe) BI Lifta-{ a ag eee bss , 5 ate paar ae alton 208 Alised ged pie: ib aiheet bat i ha ag 267 aei ier ‘nose ved “pHs fees. crnltebae. 30 “yd bermosets to. babelqel E och ‘getty tacoma cuislgt dads bored 2 > mm 7 f ‘ a i pene whew BRES “pi Loe 7 ANALYSIS OF THE SUBFAMILIES AND GENERIC GROUPS OF THE HESPERIIDAE OF EUROPE, ASIA AND AUSTRALIA Aa (Ea). Larvae generally on dicotyledons. F vein 5 at its origin tending to be nearer to vein 6 than to vein 4. A (Ba). Palpi peculiar: second segment erect, third segment porrect, long, slender, awl-like. Wings erect in repose. Abdomen < dorsum. Subfamily Coeliadinae. Single Group. Coeliadinae. 5 Oriental genera occurring from India and China to the Marquesas Is. ‘There are 2 genera in Africa. In America the subfamily appears to be replaced by the Pyrrhopysginae. Ba (A). Palpi not as in A. Subfamily Pyrginae. Three Generic Groups. Bb (D). H vein 5 straight, but oblique, nearer to vein 4 at termen and to vein 6 at its origin. Wings flat in repose. Abdomen < dorsum. B (C). Palpi, second segment erect, third segment short, stout, conical. F cell long. Celaenorrhinus Group. 6 genera, of which one (Eus- chemon) is Australian and peculiar in having a frenulum. One (Chaetocneme) is Papuan and is replaced in the Oriental region by an allied genus (Capila); there are a number of allied genera in America (Bungalotis, etc.). One (Lobocla) is Chinese and replaced by another (Char- mion) in the Oriental region; there is one allied African genus (Katreus); in America there is a vast development (Urbanus, Achalarus, etc.). 'The last genus (Celaenorrhinus) is the only Hesperiid genus which occurs, unchanged as to generic characters, in tropical America, Asia and the Oriental region, but it does not extend to the Papuan region. ‘There are other generic groups in America I I GENERIC GROUPS (Phocides, Entheus, etc.) which do not occur in the Old World C (B). Palpi, second segment more or less porrect, third often long. F cell generally short. Tagiades Group. 18 genera, of which two (Netrocoryne and Exometoeca) are Australian. The remainder are Oriental, but one (Tagiades) extends to Australia and Africa and two others (Sarangesa and Caprona) to Africa. The group has a considerable representation in Africa and a great development in America. D (Bb). H vein 5 central between veins 4 and 6, but de- curved at its origin towards vein 4. Wings erect or flat in repose. Palpi generally long and porrect. Antennal club generally blunt. Abdomen = dorsum. Pyrgus Group. 6 genera predominantly Palaearctic. Two genera (Erynnis and Pyrgus) are strictly Palaearctic in the Old World, but in America they extend down to Chili and Brazil. Two (Muschampia and Carcharodus) are Palaearctic and replaced by two others (Spialia and Gomalia) in Africa and India. There is one other genus in Africa and there are several in America. Ea (Aa). Generally on monocotyledons. F vein 5 at its origin tending to be nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6. Abdomen generally = dorsum. Wings erect in repose. ¢ upf often with a brand or stigma and never with hair pencils on the hind tibiae. E (Fa). H end cell peculiar: median vein forked to the origin of veins 4 and 5: end of cell directed to dorsum. Subfamily Trapezitinae. Single Group. Trapezitinae. 16 genera, 12 of which are confined to Australia: one (Toxzdia) is principally Australian, but extends into New Guinea: 3 are confined to New Guinea. This subfamily might be placed after the Plastingia Group, but I do not desire to disturb the arrangement adopted by Australian authors. Fa (E). H cell normal. Subfamily Hesperiinae. Eight Generic Groups. Fb (Ka). Antennal club not constricted before the apiculus. 2 GENERIC GROUPS F vein 5 generally straight at its origin. H lower end of cell usually not upturned, and vein 5 well marked. Fe (Ha). Palpi, second segment more or less porrect. F (G). H cell unusually long, longer than half-wing. Palpi long, porrect, hairy. Legs tend to be abnormal. Antennae arcuate or obtuse, club blunt. Wings broad. Heteropterus Group. 5 genera, predominantly Palae- arctic. One (Heteropterus) is confined to Europe and N. Asia and another (Leptalina) to N. China: they have allies in Africa and there is a remarkable genus in Chill. Carterocephalus has the same range as Heteropterus, but it has a considerable development in S.W. China, extends to N. America and there are allied genera in Africa, Mada- gascar and Central and South America. The last two genera (Barca, Apostictopterus) are confined to S.W. China and are perhaps more nearly related to the next Group. G (F). H cell not longer than half the wing. Palpi and antennae of various forms. <3 often with glandular secondary sexual characters. Astictopterus Group. 13 Oriental genera with a con- siderable development in China. One genus (Ampittia) extends to Africa, where there are several allied genera. The Group appears to be absent East of the Celebes and in America. Ha (Fc). Palpi, second segment erect. H (la). Antennal apiculus short and blunt. H vein 5 central. Palpi third segment erect, pointed, short. Isoteinon Group. 3 genera, representing the Palaearctic development of the next two groups. One genus (Jso- tenon) is Chinese, another (Fogenes) flies from Asia Minor to Chitral and Baluchistan, while the third (Actinor) is only found in the N.W. Himalayas. la (H). Antennal apiculus finely pointed. Palpi may have the third segment long and acicular, or short, stout and conical. I (J). H vein 5 decurved at origin. Wings generally broad. A compact group, but difficult to define. Ancistroides Group. 7 Oriental genera, one of which (Notocrypta) extends to the Papuan region and closely resembles members of the Pyrgine genus Celaenorrhinus. 3 GENERIC GROUPS There is a considerable development in Africa and America. J (1). H vein 5 not decurved at origin. Wings often much produced and in some genera the antennae very long. Plastingia Group. 26 genera, all Oriental except for the last two (Tiacellia, Prada), which appertain to New Guinea and are related to the Trapezttinae. ‘There is a consider- able development of this Group in Africa and America. . Ka(Fb). Antennal club more or less constricted before the apiculus, which is whip-like, but may be absent. F vein 5 generally decurved at origin. H lower end of cell up- turned and vein 5 usually not traceable: tornus more or less produced and vein 1A usually as long as vein 2. ¢ upf often with a discal stigma. Kb (M). Prevailing colouring yellow or orange. K (L). Mid tibiae spined. Hesperia Group. 3 Palaearctic genera, which extend to America, but are absent in Africa and the Oriental region. L (K). Mid tibiae smooth. Taractrocera Group. 14 genera of perhaps Oriental origin, but with a great development in the Papuan ~ region. There is only one genus in Africa, but in America there are many genera, which are difficult to separate from the Hesperia Group. M (Kb). Prevailing colouring brown, mid tibiae spined or unspined. Gegenes Group. 8 genera, oni of Oriental origin but with extensions into China and the Mediterranean region. There is a considerable development in Africa and America, in which latter continent are to be found the wood- boring Megathyminae, a subfamily allied to the Gegenes Group. mp WN An pW NH Ss §= SS SS SS AS Se QD COON ANPWN HOW CY ANAPWDNDH } SYNOPSIS OF GENERA Numbers of species in brackets after name of genus . COELIADINAE . Bibasis (16) . Allora (2) . Hasora (27) . Badamia (2) . Choaspes (6) PYRGINAE . Celaenorrhinus . Euschemon (1) . Chaetocneme (12) . Capila (9) . Lobocla (7) . Charmion (1) . Celaenorrhinus (32) Tagiades . Netrocoryne (2) . Tapena (1) . Darpa (3) . Odina (2) . Coladenia (12) . Sarangesa (2) . Satarupa (7) . Seseria (6) . Pintara (2) . Chamunda (1) . Daimio (7) . Tagiades (12) . Mooreana (2) . Abraximorpha (2) . Exometoeca (1) . Ctenoptilum (2) . Odontoptilum (3) . Caprona (3) E. TRAPEZITINAE CON] Qui pw ND He Ne} F. Ee . Pyrgus . Erynnis (4) . Gomalia (1) . Carcharodus (5) . Spialia (7) . Muschampia (8) . Pyrgus (19) . Vlasta (1) . Felicena (2) . Trapezites (11) . Anisyntoides (1) . Anisynta (6) . Oreisplanus (2) . Dispar (1) . Hewitsoniella (1) . Toxidia (10) . Hesperilla (10) . Neohesperilla (4) . Signeta (2) . Pasma (2) . Motasingha (2) . Mesodina (2) . Croitana (1) HESPERIINAE Heteropterus Leptalina (1) 2. Carterocephalus Mm & Ww (13) . Heteropterus (1) . Barca (1) . Apostictopterus — (2) 5 ¢) OI AMR YH . Astictopterus . Astictopterus (1) Arnetta (4) Ochus (1) Baracus (1) Ampittia (6) Aeromachus (11) . Sebastonyma (2) . Sovia (6) Q. . Onryza (4) . Thoressa (19) . Halpe (25) . Pithauria (3) Pedesta (6) . Isoteinon . Isoteinon (1) . Eogenes (2) . Actinor (1) 1. Ancistroides SOM W DH . Iambrix (5) . Koruthaialos (4) Psolos (1) . Stimula (1) . Ancistroides (6) . Notocrypta (11) . Udaspes (2) J. Plastingia © ON ANP WwW NH . Scobura (7) . Suada (3) . Suastus (4) . Cupitha (1) . Zographetus (4) Oerane (1) . Hyarotis (3) Quedara (5) . Isma (11) SYNOPSIS OF GENERA 10. 1a 12. ra: 14. 15. 16. ie 18. 1g. 20. 272 22. Ae ae 25. 26. Total. Plastingia (24) Lotongus (4) Zela (4) Gangara (3) Erionota (7) Ilma (1) Ge (1) Matapa (6) Pudicitia (1) Unkana (3) Hidari (3) Eetion (1) Acerbas (5) Pirdana (3) Cyrina (1) Prada (3) Tiacellia (1) 4 Subfamilies. K. rf So CONT OAMNPW DN H Hesperia . Thymelicus (8) . Hesperia (1) . Ochlodes (12) . Taractrocera . Taractrocera (14) . Ocybadistes (5) - . Suniana (3) . Oriens (8) Potanthus (26) . Arrhenes (7) . Telicota (22) . Cephrenes (5) . Prusiana (3) K 4 13 Generic Groups. 130 Genera. . Pastria (2) . Banta (3) ; . Kobrona (14) . Sabera (11) . Mimene (15) . Gegenes . Gegenes (2) . Parnara (4) . Borbo (4) . Pelopidas (9) I 2 3 4 By 6 fi 8 Polytremis (11) . Baoris (5) . Caltoris (17) . Iton (2) 750 Species. ANALYSIS OF GENERA A. Subfamily COELIADINAE The Coeliadinae are easily recognised by the peculiar palpi. They are a compact group with no near relatives. They are confined to the Old World and are replaced in America by the Pyrrhopyginae. Antennae = or < 4 costa; club slender and long, some- times nearly as long as the shaft; apiculus long, arcuate, sharply pointed; nudum 25-36. Eyelash absent. Palpi peculiar: second segment stout, erect, appressed to face; third segment long, porrect, not tapered, blunt. Legs: mid tibiae spined in Allora, otherwise normal, except that one of each pair of spurs is longer than its twin. Wings with rounded termens; hindwing lobed and some- times prolonged at tornus. Body shorter than dorsum. Wings held erect in repose. Uph often with a tuft of hairs before tornus. Forewing, cell long; vein 5 mid veins 4 and 6; vein 2 rising near base; vein 3 usually decurved towards vein 2. Hindwing vein 5 more or less tubular centrally, oblique, nearer to vein 4 at the termen and to vein 6 at origin. Secondary sexual characters: some species have a broken discal stigma upf, others have brands along the veins, accompanied by the displacement of vein 3 towards vein 2. In some genera there is a recumbent hair pencil on the hind tibiae, which may be swollen; some have a mobile tuft on the hind tibiae in conjunction with a thoracic pouch, as in many of the Pyrginae. Larvae bright coloured and feed on dicotyledons. 1a (4a). F cell <dorsum. tb (3). F vein 1 gently bisinuate. 1 (2). Mid tibiae not spined. ¢ hind tibiae appearing to be swollen because of the presence, at the back, of a brown hair pencil entirely covered by shining white scales. ¢ upf with a discal stigma or brands along the veins in some species, accompanied by the decurving of vein 3, ii B. CELAENORRHINUS GROUP which sometimes is to be seen even when the stigma or brands are absent. Usually no hyaline spots upf. Bibasis. 16 species, India and China to Celebes and Timor. 2 (1). Mid tibiae spined. H dorsum curved. Uph tuft at tornus conspicuous. Above black with brilliant green or blue bases; no hyaline spots. No secqn a sexual characters. Allora. 2 species, Moluccas, New Guinea area and N. Australia. 3 (1b). F vein 1 acutely bisinuate near base. ¢ of several species upf with a stigma or brands along the veins: in most species vein 3 is decurved. H generally prolonged at tornus. Often with hyaline spots upf. Hasora. 27 species. India and China to New Hebrides and Australia. 4a (1a). F cell=or >dorsum. 4 (5). F cell > dorsum, very narrow and elongate. ¢ hind tibiae furnished with an erectile tuft fitting into a double pouch at end of thorax. Antennae very short. Abdomen striped. Brown with hyaline white spots upf. Badamia. 2 species. India to Australia and Marquesas Is. 5 (4). F cell—dorsum. ¢ hind tibiae with a long recumbent hair pencil enclosed by a comb of dark hairs; also an erectile tuft fitting into a double thoracic pouch. ¢ of one species has on upf and uph brands between the veins. Above more or less blue or green, without hyaline spots, and on H the tornus is broadly, more or less, orange or yellow. Choaspes. 6 species. “India and China to New Guinea. B. Celaenorrhinus Group A group linked together on account of the erect palpi. It contains few members in the Old World, but in America there has been a great development and the species will require arrangement in several groups. Euschemon has been 8 B. CELAENORRHINUS GROUP elevated to subfamily or family rank or placed with the moths by various authors, because it possesses a frenulum and jugum. This feature, however, is confined to the male, and the early stages, resting position, structure in many respects, all indicate a close relationship with Chaetocneme. The tubularity of vein 5 of the hindwing would seem to be a subfamily or main group character, but in America it breaks down in genera such as Dyscophellus, Nascus and Bungalotis, which are obviously related to Chaetocneme and Capila, while the similarity between some species of these two genera and some of the genus Calaenorrhinus is a pointer not to be lightly ignored. Antennae moderate to very long in Euschemon: with a well-defined, pointed apiculus, which may be arcuate, obtuse or hooked and sometimes very long. Nudum varies from 13 to over 40 in Euschemon. Palpi, second segment slender, erect; third segment stout, usually short and bent down. Legs abnormal in first 3 genera; normal in the rest. Wings broad. Body = dorsum in first and last 2 genera; < in remainder. Wings held flat when at rest. Forewing cell generally long, except in Capila: vein 5 straight, mid veins 4 and 6. Hindwing vein 5 always well marked, tubular in first 3 genera and in the rest appearing as a narrow slit uph; it 1s always straight and oblique, nearer to vein 4 at the termen and to vein 6 at its origin. Secondary sexual characters. Peculiar in Kuschemon, where in addition to the presence of a jugum and frenulum, there is a long grey brand along vein 1b. In Chaetocneme and Capila the hind legs are modified as described below; sometimes a costal fold is present and in one species of Capila there is a hair tuft at the tornus uph. In Lobocla there is a costal fold. The last 2 genera usually have the Pyrgine feature of a hair pencil on the hind tibiae fitting into an elongated double pouch at the end of the thorax. Facies too varied for generalisation. The eyes are red in some species of Chaetocneme and Capila. 1a (4a). H vein 5 tubular. Generally large. 9 B. CELAENORRHINUS GROUP 1 (2a). Mid and hind tibiae spined, latter with upper pair of spurs absent. Antennae long, apiculus long; nudum 20/20. Black with yellow (rarely white) hyaline spots on _ both wings; abdomen striped; palpi and anus red. ¢ with a jugum and frenulum; unh broad grey brand along vein rb. Euschemon. 1 species. Queensland. 2a (1). Mid and hind tibiae smooth. 2 (3). Antennae=#4 costa in 3; nudum 5/17 to 10/19. F cell long, at least = dorsum; origin vein 4 mid veins 3 and 6. Rufous to dark brown; F plain or with a white or yellow band or spots; H may be inconspicuously spotted or have the termen more or less orange. ¢ often with a costal fold. ¢ hind tibiae with the upper spurs often more or less obsolete and the lower pair unequal: at the back with a hair pencil longer than tibia, also a long tuft on the femur; from the lower spurs along the tarsus there is a double row of long spines diminishing to the middle of the tarsus: In 2 species (antipodes and porphyr-— opis) the 3 hind leg is not modified. Clasp of genitalia undivided. Chaetocneme. 12 species. New Guinea, Australia, Bismarcks. 3 (2). Antennae < 4 costa: nudum from 0/18 or 4/13 to 2/21 or 8/17. F cell long, but usually < dorsum: vein 4 mid veins 3 and 5. Rufous to dark brown: forewing usually with a white band or spots: in 3 species ¢ is striped: in I species g is mostly white with black spots uph. 3 with a costal fold in some species. 3 hind tibiae more or less swollen: spurs unequal and the longer spur may be very stout: a dense hair pencil at the back of the tibiae. 3 of one species (pennicillatum) has a projecting hair tuft at the end of vein 1a uph. Clasp large and trifid. Capila. g species. N. India and China to Borneo. 4a (1a). H vein 5 not tubular, marked as a narrow slit uph. 4 (5a). Antennae arcuate: nudum 20. Palpi, third seg- ment rather long. Above brown with hyaline white spots, Ge) C. 'TAGIADES GROUP which are sometimes banded together centrally: unh with dark markings. ¢ upf with a costal fold: legs without a tibial hair pencil. Uncus undivided, tapered. Lobocla. 7 species. China, N. India and N. Burma. 5a (4). Antennae obtuse, nudum 14. ¢ no costal fold: hind tibiae usually with a hair pencil fitting into a double pouch at the end of the thorax. Uncus divided. 5 (6). F costa angled at the end of vein 11. Unmarked except for a compact hyaline white or orange central band upf. Palpi and leg tuft yellow. Charmion. 1 species. N. India to Moluccas. 6 (5). F costa evenly arched. Typically brown with hyaline white spots upf and tawny spots uph and unh: antennae often white. Some species are white or yellow banded upf. The ¢ of one species is almost unmarked black. Celaenorrhinus. 32 species. India and China to Celebes. The genus also occurs in tropical Africa and America. C. Tagiades Group The group is well defined by the porrect palpi and the antennal club, which is not flattened or twisted as in the Pyrgus group. It is here divided into 3 subgroups, which seem reasonably well defined. The group also occurs throughout tropical Africa and tropical America. Antennae short to moderate: apiculus hooked, arcuate or obtuse, and pointed, except in the Caprona group, where it is blunt and usually bent at the beginning of the stout club, rather as in the American Pyrrhopyginae. Palpi, second segment slender, porrect: third segment stout and blunt, in continuation of the second segment or bent down: sometimes the third segment is long and occasionally pointed. Legs normal. Wings more or less irregular. The forewing is sometimes truncate in the first and last groups. The hindwing is angled at vein 3 very often in the first group, giving the wing a quadrate appearance. In the last group the hindwing is II C. TAGIADES GROUP angled at the ends of veins 7 and 4. Abdomen < dorsum hindwing. Forewing cell generally short, but long in Netrocoryne and Satarupa; in the latter genus the upper end is produced. The cell tends to be curved in the Tagiades subgroup, recalling Erynnis in the Pyrgus group. Vein 5 always nearer to vein 6: vein 2 nearer to the base than to the end of the cell. Hindwing cell = 3 wing. Vein 5 well marked as a slit uph and generally oblique, nearer vein 4 at the termen and to vein 6 at its origin, where it is not decurved. Secondary sexual characters. A costal fold is only present in Netrocoryne. Many species have a recumbent hair tuft on the hind tibiae, while Mooreana also has a tuft on the mid tibiae and some of the Caprona group have long hair pencils from the fore coxae lying under the thorax, and the scapulae are prolonged to fit in a groove uph. Facies too varied for generalisation. 1a (16a). Apiculus tapered to a fine point. F vein 12 usually ending over end cell. tb (7a). Club angled or hooked to apiculus beyond the thickest part of the club. Antennae = 4 costa F. Netrocoryne Subgroup 1 (2a). F cell long=dorsum. Apiculus long, nudum 9/16 to 12/12. Palpi long. F produced, truncate at apex. H quadrate, produced at end of vein 3. Brown with hyaline spots upf and in the cell uph of one species. ¢ with a costal fold upf and in one species with a recumbent hair pencil on the hind tibiae. Netrocoryne. 2 species. Australia, New Guinea. 2a (1). F cell < dorsum F. ¢ upf no costal fold. 2 (3a). Nudum long 5/15. F truncate and hindwing more or less angled at end of vein 3. 2 brown with hyaline spots upf and in cell uph: in the blacker g, often only the apical spots of upf remain, and there are 2 dark bands upf. ¢ with recumbent hair pencil on the hind tibiae. Tapena. 1 species. India and Ceylon to Borneo. 12 C. TAGIADES GROUP 3a (2). Nudum not more than 16 segments. 3b (5a). H produced at tornus, dorsum > costa. Nudum 5/8 to 5/11. 3S without a tibial hair pencil. 3 (4). H cilia at tornus elongate, particularly in g. Dark brown: upf with small hyaline spots: uph with a broadly pale yellow or white tornal area. 2 with anal tuft. Darpa. 3 species. N. India to Borneo. 4 (3). H cilia at tornus not elongate. Above orange with black spots or cut into geometrical figures by black lines. © with an anal tuft in one species. Uncus widely divided. Odina. 2 species. N. India to Celebes. 5a (3b). H not produced at tornus, dorsum not > costa. 5 (6). H dorsum = costa. Nudum 4/12. Above tawny, brown or grey: upf with large hyaline spots and uph with more or less prominent dark spots or hyaline in some Chinese species. $ with a recumbent hair pencil in most species on the hind tibiae. 9 with an anal tuft in some species. Coladenia. 12 species. India and China to Celebes and Philippines. 6 (5). H dorsum < costa. Nudum 3/9. Dark brown: upf with small separated hyaline spots: uph with obscure dark markings. ¢ with a recumbent tuft on the hind tibiae. Sarangesa. 2 species. India, Burma, Indo-China. A number of species in Africa. 7a (1b). Club arcuate or obtuse from the thickest part. Tagiades Subgroup 7b (11a). Apiculus long: nudum 20. 7c (ga). H dorsum > costa. Uph generally with large central white area and upf with hyaline spots. 7 (8). 3 with a recumbent hair pencil on the hind tibiae. Palpi below yellow. F upper end of cell produced. Uncus tapered to a blunt point. ? without an anal tuft. Large insects. Satarupa. 7 species. N.E. India and China to Sumatra. 13 C. TAGIADES GROUP 8 (7). 3 without a hair pencil on the hind tibiae. Palpi below white. Uncus end like a broad and flattened mush- room. 2 with an anal tuft. F cell not produced. Upf no cell spot. Seseria. 6 species. N. India to Java and Borneo. 9a (7c). H dorsum not > costa. Upf with hyaline spots. 2 with anal tuft. ¢ with hair pencil on hind tibiae. g (10). H dorsum = costa. Uph mostly orange, with black spots. Uncus tapered to a point. Pintara. 2 species. S.E. China and Burma to Borneo. 10 (9). H dorsum < costa. Uph plain brown. Appearance of Celaenorrhinus, but apical spots upf very irregular. Uncus ending in a narrow mushroom. Chamunda nov: type Plesioneura chamunda Moore. 1 species. N. India to Burma. 11a (7b). Apiculus shorter, nudum not exceeding 16 seg- ments. | 11b (13a). H dorsum not < costa, vein 1a = or > vein 8. 11 (12). $ with a recumbent hair pencil on the hind tibiae. Generally upf with large hyaline spots and uph with a pale central area. Uncus undivided. 2 with anal tuft in one species. Daimio. 7 species. India and China to Celebes. 12 (11). 3 without a hair pencil on hind tibiae. Generally uph with small hyaline spots and uph tornally, not cen- trally, white. 2 with anal tuft. Tagiades. 12 species. India and China to Australia and Solomons. Species occur in Africa and Madagascar. 13a (11b). H dorsum = costa, vein 1a much shorter than vein 8. 13b (15). H costa normal, not produced at apex. Palpi short. 13 (14). 3 with a recumbent tuft on the hind tibiae and also on the mid tibiae. Upf with numerous small hyaline spots: uph tornus broadly orange, yellow or white. 14 C. TAGIADES GROUP Mooreana, 2 species. N.E. India to Borneo and Philip- pines. 14 (13). 3 with a recumbent hair tuft on the hind tibiae in one species. Upf dark brown with very large white spots: uph white with very large dark spots. Abraximorpha. 2 species. China, Formosa, Indo-China. 15 (13b). H costa produced at apex, longer than dorsum forewing. Palpi very long, longer than head. ¢ no secondary sexual characters. Above ochreous brown with small hyaline spots upf. Exometoeca. 1 species. 5.W. Australia. 16a (1a). Apiculus blunt: nudum 14-17. Antennae short, < costa. Palpi long. Apex F truncate to end of vein 4. H produced at ends of veins 7 and 4. F vein 12 ending well before end cell. Uncus tapered and undivided. Caprona Subgroup 16 (17a). Apiculus arcuate and tapered. 3 with a recum- bent hair pencil on the hind tibiae. Brown, both wings with numerous hyaline spots. Ctenoptilum. 2 species. N.E. India to Burma and China. 17a (16). Apiculus stout, untapered. ¢ with a hair pencil from the fore coxae lying against the centre of the thorax. ? with dense anal tuft. ¢ genitalia asymmetric in the uncus and the clasps. 17 (18). 3g hair pencil on fore coxae short, dense and brown, concealed by clothing of pectus. 3 scapulae are more or less prolonged and in one species form a hair pencil fitting into a groove between veins 1a and 1b near base uph. H tornal cilia elongate. Brown: upf with dark areas and hyaline spots small or absent: uph variegated with white lines or areas. Odontoptilum. 3 species. India and China to Philippines. 18 (17). 3 hair pencil on fore coxae very long, thin, black and conspicuous. There are two forms of facies: dark and 5 D. PYRGUS GROUP more or less variegated with pale areas: white or pale yellow with numerous dark spots. The two forms may be referable to 2 species or be seasonable forms of the same species, so that a genitalia examination is often needed for identification. Caprona. 3 species. India and Ceylon to Celebes and Timor. 2 species occur in Africa. D. Pyrgus Group This Palaearctic section of the Pyrginae is easily recog- _nisable. Only one species extends a little way into the Oriental region, but like the Heteropterus group it has extended into tropical Africa and America. It can best be defined by the blunt, flattened antennal club, which is slightly twisted so that the broadest part faces half forwards and half downwards. In the Old World the genus Erynnis can well be included in the same group as Pyrgus, but in America the peculiar type of genitalia is found in a number of allied genera and Erynnis may be held to appertain to a group separate from Pyrgus. ‘The genera are clear cut, but Carcharodus and Muschampia contain discordant ele- ments and have by some authors been divided into a number of genera. . Antennae short, straight or arcuate, flattened and twisted: nudum 8 to 16. Palpi, second segment porrect, hairy: third short, pro- truding, stout and somewhat bent down. Legs normal, except that in one species the mid tibiae are spined. 7 Wings broad, margins convex. 'Termen hindwing some- times sinuous and the cilia crenulate. Abdomen generally = dorsum. Forewing cell < dorsum: end straight: vein 2 generally nearer base than end cell. Hindwing cell about = 3 costa, end straight: vein 1a < or = vein 8: vein 2 well before vein 7: vein 5 generally well marked, central between veins 4 and 6, usually decurved at origin. Secondary sexual characters often present as a costal fold 16 D. PYRGUS GROUP upf: brush unf: hair pencil on hind tibiae entering a double pouch at end of thorax. Facies varied. Most of the species have white spots on both wings, which are more or less clothed with white hairs. 1 (2a). F costa strongly arched at base: cell curved and of much the same width from vein 2 to the end. H apex produced and angled at end of vein 7. Antennae short, club arcuate, compressed at end; nudum 12-14. Above dingy; upf more or less grey-scaled, crossed by two dark bands and sometimes with apical and submarginal pale dots. Uph may be yellow or white spotted and unh also. g upf with or without a costal fold. Legs fringed. Geni- talia with complex uncus and asymmetric clasps. Erynnis. 4 species. Europe to China and N.W. India. - Many species occur in America. 2a (1). F costa straighter: cell not curved, widening throughout. H apex rounded to end of vein 6. Palpi shorter. 2b (4a). Upf white spots in cell, spaces 2 and 3 and at apex hyaline. Above marbled: upf with irregular alternating pale and dark areas and no trace of submarginal spots. $ with costal fold. Legs fringed. 2 (3). H not conspicuously crenulate, nor cilia F and H conspicuously chequered. Antennal club straight, nudum g. Upf spots inconspicuous: uph with a compact central white band. Gomalia. 1 species. India, Arabia. The same species with more produced wings flies throughout Africa. 3 (2). H conspicuously crenulate and cilia F and H conspi- cuously chequered. Antennal club slightly bent, nudum Ii. 3 unf in 3 species with a dense brush towards base under cell. Carcharodus. 5 species. N. Africa and Europe to Central Asia and N.W. India. 4a (2b). Upf white spots not hyaline. Above white spotted and cilia chequered F and H. 2 17 D. PYRGUS GROUP 4b (6). Upf with a more or less well-marked complete submarginal series of small spots: in the discal series of spots there are usually none in spaces 4 and 5 and, if present, they are contiguous to the spots in spaces 6 to 8. $ without a hair tuft on the hind tibiae. 4 (5). Upf the central cell spot placed before the origin of vein 3 and the spot in space 2 is central between the spot in space 3 and the cell spot or nearer the former. Antennal club straight, nudum 10. H not crenulate. ¢ no costal fold upf. Spialia. 7 species. N. Africa and S. Europe to India. One Indian species (zebra) extends to Africa, where there are 20 other species, of which 4 (mangana, mafa, spio and diomus) extend to S. Arabia (Aden, Yemen). 5 (4). Usually upf the central cell spot has its centre against the origin of vein 3: where this is not so, it will be found that the cell spot overlaps the spot in space 2, which latter spot is always nearer to the cell spot than to the spot in space 3. Antennal club variable, straight or bent, nudum 8 to 14. One species has the mid tibiae spined. H more or less crenulate. ¢ upf usually with a costal fold. Muschampia. 8 species. N. Africa and S. Europe to W. India, and through C. Asia to N. China. 6 (4b). Upf submarginal spots absent (faint and incomplete in a few species): in the discal series the spots in spaces 4 and 5 are present (except in melanic forms) and are completely detached, nearer the termen, from the spots in spaces 6 to 8. Antennal club arcuate, nudum 8 to 12. 3 upf with a costal fold in all but one species: hind tibiae with a hair pencil fitting into a double thoracic pouch. Clasp with a style. Pyrgus. 19 species. Europe to N. India and China. 1 European species extends to N. America, where 13 other species occur throughout that continent and in the W. Indies. 18 E. TRAPEZITINAE E. Subfamily Trapezitinae The peculiar form of the end of the hindwing cell serves to define this subfamily, which is confined to Australia except for a minor infiltration into New Guinea. The analysis given below follows the classification used by Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, who made a special study of the Hes- perudae of Australia. His classification does not altogether accord with that of the rest of this book, but there is nothing to be gained by altering the work of a well-known and competent authority. The genera are reasonably well defined. | Antennae = about 4 costa. There is a great deal of variation in the form of the antennal club and the apiculus, and this is the principal feature for the separation of the genera. But even in the genus 77rapezites the variation is remarkable. ‘he nudum varies from 12 to 26. Palpi, second segment rather slender, may be erect, flat- tened and appressed to the face, or it may be porrect, or midway between these extremes: third segment short, rather stout and pointed bluntly, always bent down and protruding. Legs normal, except for the absence of the upper pair of spurs on the hind tibiae of the last two genera. Wings generally broad. Abdomen = or > dorsum: often long and heavy in females, moth-like. Forewing cell moderate, < dorsum: end cell oblique: vein 5 straight, sometimes nearer to vein 6 than to vein 4, decurved in a few species towards vein 4 at origin. The median vein more or less well marked and forked to between origins of veins 3 and 4 Hindwing, end cell venation peculiar, the lower angle is upturned, the end of the cell is directed to the dorsum, instead of to the tornus or termen as usual and the median vein has a branch to the origin of vein 4, instead of to well above that point. Vein 5 is always well marked, at the termen central between veins 4 and 6, nearer to vein 6 at its origin, where it is often decurved. Secondary sexual characters. ¢ upf often with a discal stigma. a E. TRAPEZITINAE Facies. ‘The typical pattern consists of conspicuous ochreous spots upf and an ochreous area uph: unh with small dark spots, which may be silver centred. But there are many departures from the normal. 1a (8a). Antennal club bent more or less in middle to form the apiculus. | tb (5a). Club angled. Palpi mostly erect. 1c (3a). Apiculus as long as or longer than the club. 1 (2). F origin of vein 2 nearer base than end cell. Nudum 9/17. Above black with iridescent blue bases. | ¢ upf no stigma. Viasta. 1 species. New Guinea area. 2 (1). F origin of vein 2 nearer end cell than base: vein 5 — decurved. Nudum 9/14. Uncus and gnathos bifid. Dark brown with small hyaline spots upf: cilia H white: unh in $ of one species with a large white spot below cell. 3 upf with a discal stigma. Felicena. 2 species. New Guinea area. 3a (1c). Apiculus shorter than club. F vein 2 nearer base than end cell. ¢ upf no discal stigma. Nudum 13 to 26 | and apiculus very variable, from long and pointed to short and blunt. 3 (4). H costa not > dorsum F. Typically marked. Trapezites. 11 species. Australia. 4 (3). H costa > dorsum F. Unh with silver streaks and spots. Cilia chequered. Nudum 6/12. Anisyntoides. 1 species. W. Australia. 5a (1b). Club arcuate. F vein 2 nearer end cell than base. Palpi long and porrect. 5b (7). H costa > dorsum F. 5 (6). Antennal club short and stout: nudum 13. ¢ upf with a stigma in 2 species. Upf markings small; uph lain. Anievntas 6 species. Australia. 20 E. 'TRAPEZITINAE 6 (5). Antennal club long; nudum 16 to 17. Above black with conspicuous orange markings F and H. Unh yellow with black spots and streaks. ¢ without stigma upf. Oreisplanus. 2 species. S.E. Australia. 7 (5b). H costa not > dorsum F. Nudum 16, much flat- tened. Upf with hyaline white markings; uph with a central band of hyaline white spots in g, but in 2 with a pale yellow, opaque central area. 3 upf with a stigma. Dispar. 1 species. S.E. Australia. 8a (1a). Club bent at, or shortly after, its commencement to form the apiculus. Palpi generally porrect. 8b (13a). Apiculus tapered to a fine point. 8 (ga). F vein 2 nearer base than end cell: vein 5 decurved. H cell short, < 4 wing. Apiculus long, nudum 23. Upf with small apical and large adjoining central hyaline spots, yellow in 3g, white in 9. Unh variegated with pale and dark areas. ¢ upf no stigma. Hewitsoniella. 1 species. New Guinea area. Ya (8). F vein 2 not nearer base than end cell: vein 5 not decurved. gb (12). g upf with a linear stigma. 2 forewing vein I straight. gc (11). Unh not overlaid ochreous scales: grey or brown. g (10). Uph plain brown: upf markings usually small, particularly in $. Nudum 13 to 24. Toxidia. 10 species. Australia and New Guinea. 10 (9). Uph with more or less conspicuous tawny area: upf usually with conspicuous markings. Nudum 18. Hesperilla. 10 species. Australia. 11 (gc). Unh overlaid yellow or greenish scales. Nudum 18 to 20. H prolonged; costa F < dorsum H. Marked upf as Hesperilla, but uph in 3 species have small hyaline spots. Neohesperilla. 4 species. N. Australia. 21 F, HETEROPTERUS GROUP 12 (gb). g upf with a quadrate brand. 9° F vein 1 bisinuate. Apiculus long, nudum 23. Signeta. 2 species. S.E. Australia. 13a (8b). Apiculus blunt, barely tapered. 13b (15a). Hind tibiae ‘with 2 pairs of spurs, as usual. 13 (14). gd upf no stigma. Small, F < 15 mm. Nudum 16 to 19. Upf with small white markings: uph plain or with one or two hyaline spots. Pasma. 2 species. Australia. 14 (13). ¢ upf with a stigma. Forewing > 15mm. Nudum 16 to 19. Motasingha. 2 species. Australia. 15a (13b). Hund tibiae without the upper pair of spurs. 3 upf without a stigma. 15 (16). Nudum 15. Uncus long, narrow, pointed. Uph plain. Mesodina. 2 species. Australia. 16 (15). Nudum 12. Uncus short, broad and divided. Uph with a broad orange area and upf with broad orange markings. Croitana. 1 species. W. Australia. F. Heteropterus Group A strictly Palaearctic group as far as Asia is concerned, but widely spread throughout Africa and America. Easily separated by the long hindwing cell, the porrect palpi, short blunt antennae and broad wings. Barca and Apostictopterus lead over to the Astictopterus group and are perhaps more nearly related thereto. Antennae short or very short: club blunt ended, straight, arcuate or obtuse; nudum 6 to 10. Palpi long, porrect and hairy. Legs abnormal: fore tibiae with the epiphysis often absent, or feebly developed: mid tibiae often spined: hind tibiae with the upper pair of spines often absent. 22 F. HETEROPTERUS GROUP Wings broad. Hindwing tornus rounded and costa always > dorsum. Body longer than dorsum hindwing. Forewing vein 2 nearer to base than to end cell: cell short, end never much produced and vein 5 generally straight. Hindwing cell long, > 4 wing: end of cell straight: vein IA < vein 3: vein 2 long before vein 7: vein 5 typically central, mid veins 4 and 6, more oblique in the last two genera. Secondary sexual characters absent. Facies plain to very varied. Antennal shaft chequered except in last genus. 1a (4a). F vein 1 straight: vein 3 after vein 10. Antennal club arcuate, flattened: nudum salmon coloured. I (2. 3). Nudum 6. Palpi very long. Fore tibiae without epiphysis: mid tibiae spines obsolete: hind tibiae upper spurs absent. H costa very elongate. Above unmarked: unh with two conspicuous silver stripes from base to termen. Leptalina. 1 species. N. China and Japan. 2 (1.3). Nudum 8. Fore tibiae, epiphysis slender or absent: mid tibiae spined: hind tibiae upper pair of spurs usually absent. Above generally with conspicuous tawny or white markings on both wings: unh with yellow or silver spots. Carterocephalus. 13 species. Europe to China, N.E. Burma. One of the species occurs in N. America. 3 (1. 2). Nudum g. Fore tibiae, epiphysis small or absent: mid tibiae heavily spined: hind tibiae with 2 pairs of spurs. Above plain or with ochreous markings upf: unh with many oval white spots. Heteropterus. 1 species. Europe to N. China. 4a (1a). F vein 1 bowed and vein 3 before vein 10. Antennal club not flattened: nudum black, 10 segments: apiculus obtuse. Mid tibiae smooth: hind tibiae with 2 pairs of short spurs. 23 G. ASTICTOPTERUS GROUP 4 (5). F veins 10 and 11 approximate. Fore tibiae, with epiphysis slender or absent. Upf and unh with con- spicuous yellow band. Barca. 1 species. China. 5 (4). F veins 10 and 11 apart. Fore tibiae, epiphysis fully developed. Unmarked. Large. atte Apostictopterus. 1 species. N.E. India, China. G. Astictopterus Group The key character taken for this group is the porrectness of the second palpal segment. But in many species of the Halpe subgroup this segment is erect rather than porrect. Nevertheless the association of the Ampittia and Halpe sub- groups appears desirable on the score of similarity in- secondary sexual characters and to some extent in genitalia. Also the members of the Halpe subgroup have a similar and somewhat peculiar type of genitalia, and it would be impossible to separate them into sections with porrect and erect palpi. The same difficulty arises in the Gegenes group. — The explanation seems to lie in the differences in develop- ment between China and Malayana. In China there seems © to be a tendency towards porrect palpi and obtuse antennal apiculi; in Malayana towards erect palpi and more sharply angled apicull. Antennae never > 4 costa; apiculus absent to obtuse or hooked; nudum g to 17 segments. Palpi well separated, second segment generally porrect, tending in the Halpe subgroup to become flattened and erect; the quadrantic type does not occur; third segment comparatively stout, always porrect, short or long. Legs normal. Wings broad to elongate; no pronounced lobe to hind- wing. Body = dorsum hindwing. Forewing cell never long, nor much produced; vein 2 generally nearer to end cell than to base; vein 5 always nearer to vein 4 and more or less decurved. Hindwing cell generally < $ wing. In the ¢ the venation about end cell is often distorted, as part of the secondary 24 G. ASTICTOPTERUS GROUP sexual characters. In the 2 the lower end of the cell is not upturned and the cubitus is collinear with vein 4. Secondary sexual characters. The prevailing Halpe character is a brand upf correlated with the distortion of the veins at end cell hindwing, the turning up of the lower edge and the hair-pinning of veins 6 and 7. Arnetta, Sebastonyma and Onryza have peculiar characters of their own. 1a (3a). F vein 2 well before vein 11 and far away from vein 3, which is placed so that it is mid veins 2 and 4. Palpi long and porrect. Astictopterus Subgroup. 2 genera. I (2). Wings broad: costa F arched; costa H > dorsum forewing; veins 11 and 12 approximate; apiculus obtuse, nudum 11. Unmarked except for sometimes hyaline spots upf and dark bands unh. Astictopterus. 1 species. N.E. India and China to Java. Several species occur in Africa. 2 (1). Wings narrower; costa F straight; costa H not > dorsum F; veins 11 and 12 apart; apiculus obtuse or hooked, nudum ro to 12. Upf with or without hyaline spots. In 2 species the ¢ has a tuft on the dorsum unf, combined with the distortion of vein 1 and the presence there of an obscure brand. Arnetta. 4 species. India to Borneo. Several species occur in Madagascar. 3a (1a). F vein 2 after or opposite vein 11 and never so far from vein 3. 3b (7a). Generally wings broad and costa F always more or less arched. Ampittia Subgroup. 4 genera. 3c (6). H cell < 4 wing. 3d (5a). Antennal club more or less flattened and apiculus © obtuse from beginning of nudum. 3 (4). F vein 6 abnormal, arising well below end cell and 25 G. ASTICTOPTERUS GROUP placed mid veins 5 and 7. Nudum g. Above unmarked or with a yellow subapical spot forewing; unh yellow with black streaks and spots. — Ochus. 1 species. India, Burma to Tonkin. 4 (3). F vein 6 normal, with veins 7 and 8 at cell apex. Nudum 11. Upf with few dull ochreous markings; unh streaked and striated. Baracus. 1 species. Ceylon, India, Burma. 5a (3d). Antennae with most of nudum (8 to 10) on the club, which is blunt ended; apiculus absent or short and obtuse. Above and below with more or less developed yellow markings. Some males with more or less developed Halpe type sexual characters of a brand upf and distortion of veins H, veins 6 and 7 hair-pinned. Ampittia. 6 species. India and China to Borneo. Some species occur in Africa. 6 (3c). H cell = 4 wing. Antennae as in Ampittia, but in some species there is a very short hooked and pointed. apiculus. Above plain or with a more or less developed discal row of small whitish dots; unh with grey or greenish- ochreous scaling on a dark ground, leaving a more or less | conspicuous pattern. 3g usually with more or less developed Halpe-like sexual characters, which upf may be reduced to a small grey dash over the middle of vein 1. Aeromachus. 11 species. India and China to Java and Philippines. 7a (3b). Wings more produced at apex F and tornus H, costa straight. Upf generally with white or yellow hyaline spots. : | : Halpe Subgroup. 6 genera. 7 (8a). F upper end of cell not produced and vein 5 quite straight. Antennae = 4 costa, apiculus hooked, nudum 5/10. Palpi porrect, short. Clasp without foot- stalk. Unh with conspicuous pale yellow band. ¢ unf with a tuft on dorsum; uph brand in cell. Sebastonyma. 2 species. Sikkim, Burma. 26 G. ASTICTOPTERUS GROUP 8a (7). F upper end of cell more or less produced and vein 5 decurved at origin. Clasp generally with a footstalk, which curves round the aedeagus sheath. Except in Onryza most species have the Halpe type of 3 sexual characters; a brand of large, loosely packed, scales from base of space 2 upf to below vein 1, where it curves inwards; H cell shortened, veins 6 and 7 hair-pinned, lower end of cell upturned and veins 2, 3, 4 close together. 8 (ga). Uncus undivided. 3 upf the brand at vein 1 placed nearer to the termen than the base, causing veins 2 to 5 to be close together and in the @ vein 4 is placed mid - veins 3 and 5, instead of nearer to vein 5, as usual. Apiculus hooked, nudum 5/7 to 6/11. Sovia nov: type Hesperilla lucas Mabille. 6 species. India, China, Burma. 9a (8). Uncus divided, $ brand, if present, nearer base than termen at vein I. gb (13). Antennal apiculus not > than twice width of club. 9 (10a). Apiculus obtuse, rather stout and blunt, nudum Ir to 12. ¢ brand present or absent. Clasps usually asymmetric. Pedesta. 6 species. N. India, China, Burma. 10a (9). Antennal apiculus hooked. Io (11a). Uncus as in Pedesta, like an open pincer, seen ventrally, without side processes; gnathos well developed. $ without the Halpe type of brand and vein 2 before vein II in $ and 9; in 2 species with a recumbent black “‘paint brush” in the basal half of space 7 uph and a brand in the lower part of the cell. Upf with non-hyaline yellow spots, including a conspicuous double spot in the cell, the lower part of which is produced basad. Onryza. 4 species. China, Burma, Siam. 11a (10). Uncus divided and with more or less conspicuous side processes. ¢ with the Halpe brand rarely absent. 11 (12). Uncus deeply divided and gnathos strongly developed; clasps usually asymmetrical. Palpi generally more porrect. ¢ upf usually with 2 patches of pale scales, 2] H. ISOTEINON GROUP like 2 whitish spots, on the outer edge of the brand in space rb. Thoressa. 19 species. India, China, Burma. 12 (11). Uncus of an entirely different type: viewed ven- trally, it has a broad scalloped end; viewed from the side it is very thin; the side processes are long and often hooked; gnathos absent or incomplete. Palpi generally more erect and flattened. Apiculus more like a fish-hook. Halpe. 25 species. India and China to Celebes. 13 (gb). Antennal apiculus very long and thin, 3 times as long as width of club; nudum 6/11. Palpi second segment very flattened. 1 species has the Halpe brand. Above bases overlaid with paler scaling and hairs. Pithauria. 3 species. N. India and China to Java. H. Isoteinon Group The three genera included in this group may be regarded as the Palaearctic representatives of the Plastingia group. The genera resemble one another in having a comparatively short and blunt apiculus to the antennae and in the nature | of vein 5 of the hindwing. Antennae not >4 costa; apiculus very short, blunt orshortly pointed, compressed but not constricted; nudum gto11. Palpi; second segment slender, erect; third segment 1n continuation, short, pointed. Legs normal, except that in Kogenes and Actinor the upper pair of spurs on the hind tibiae tend to be absent. | Wings with termens rounded. Hindwing costa and dorsum subequal. Abdomen long in two genera. Forewing: cell shorter than dorsum, upper edge slightly produced; vein 4 opposite vein 9 and much nearer to vein 3 than to vein 6; vein 5 straight, or slightly decurved; vein 2 nearer to base than to end cell. Hindwing: cell = half the wing, lower end not upturned and the median vein is collinear with vein 4; veins 2 and 7 more or less opposite; veins 1A and 8 subequal; vein 5 central and decurved at its origin. 28 I. ANCISTROIDES GROUP Secondary sexual characters only present in one species of Eogenes. Facies various. Antennae chequered. 1 (2a). Antennal club slender, obtuse, nudum 9. Abdomen not > dorsum hindwing. Upf with conspicuous hyaline white spots; uph plain. Cilia chequered. Unh with con- spicuous dark-ringed white spots on an ochreous-green scaled dark brown ground. Isoteinon. 1 species. China. 2a (1). Antennal club stout; nudum 10-11. Abdomen > dorsum hindwing. No hyaline spots. Cilia plain. 2 (3). Antennae very short, not much > 4 costa. Upf with more or less developed dull pale yellow spots and there may be a few uph. Unh with more or less dense grey scaling on a dark ground and there may be a few obscure pale or dark spots. Eogenes. 2 species. Asia Minor to Chitral and Baluchistan. 3 (2). Antennae nearly = 4 costa. Upf and uph with conspicuous pale yellow spots. Unh with conspicuous white veins and bands. Actinor. 1 species. N.W. Himalayas. [. Ancistroides Group The seven genera herein placed seem to form a natural group, separable from the Plastingia group primarily by the broad wings, generally without hyaline spots. The struc- tural difference given in the analysis of groups is in respect of vein 5 of the hindwing. This character is well marked in most cases, but sometimes is not easy to see, while in a few cases (fulgur : individuals of ambrix and others) it seems to break down; in some species of Pirdana, of the Plastingia group, the vein seems to be as in the Ancistroides group. Antennae generally about 4 costa, with a slender club and an obtuse, finely pointed, apiculus of 11 to 14 segments. Palpi: second segment erect, typically stout and quad- rantic, with the third segment stout, short and conical; but 29 I. ANCISTROIDES GROUP in the first 2 genera some species have slender palpi with the third segment long, thin, needle-like. © Legs normal. Wings broad, with termens ee Hindwing costa and dorsum subequal. Abdomen = or < dorsum hindwing. Forewing cell < dorsum. Venation variable. Hindwing cell about = 4 wing, lower end not upturned and the cubitus collinear with vein 4; vein 2 usually before or opposite vein 7; veins 5 central and decurved at its origin. Secondary sexual characters of various types. Facies. Generally dark brown without hyaline spots and with or without red or yellow areas; antennae and cilia plain. There are hyaline markings in the last 2 genera and in the females of some [ambrix species. 1a (5a). F vein 5 straight, mid veins 4 and 6 at origin. 1 (2a). F veins 11 and 12 separate. Costa F arched and short, hardly longer than dorsum. Plain, or with red or yellow areas upf; 2 of 2 species with small hyaline white | spots. ¢ upf or unf usually with a brand. lambrix. 5 species. India to Borneo. 2a (1). F veins 11 and 12 almost touching. | 2b (4). Antennae normal = $ costa, apiculus obtuse, gradual. 2 (3). F vein 4 much nearer to vein 3 than to vein 6. Upf plain or with a red band. Secondary sexual characters peculiar; long thin hair tuft from base costa hindwing engaging with a groove, containing specialised scales, below the radius vein unf, between base and origin vein 11. Koruthaialos. 4 species. India to Borneo and Philippines. 3 (2). F vein 4 abnormal, nearer to vein 6 than to vein 3. F produced and costa arched. Plain above. $ unf with a brand under origin vein 2. Psolos. 1 species. India to Celebes. 4 (2b). Antennae abnormal, short, and apiculus constricted as in the Hesperia-Gegenes groups. Above unmarked. Stimula. 1 species. N.E. India to Mid Burma. 30 J. PLASTINGIA GROUP 5a (1a). F vein 5 more or less decurved at origin, where it is always nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6. Nudum 12 to 14. 5 (6a). F vein 3 opposite vein 10 at their origins and vein 4 not nearer to vein 3 than to vein 5. No hyaline markings, plain or with red or yellow areas. ¢ with a brand uph in one species. Ancistroides. 6 species. India to Celebes. 6a (5). F vein 3 opposite vein g and vein 4 much nearer to vein 3 than to vein 5. With hyaline white markings and the antennae whitened at beginning of club and under apiculus. 6 (7). H cell = 4 wing. Antennae > 4 costa. F radius vein abnormally angled at origin of vein 11, at which point the cell is much wider than usual. Upf hyaline white band. Notocrypta. 11 species. Indo-Australian. 7 (6). Hcell < 4wing. Antennae < } costa. Large hyaline spots upf and uph. Udaspes. 2 species. China, India to Lombok. J. Plastingia Group The genera included here conform reasonably well with the definition given for the group. In a few cases (Pirdana) vein 5 hindwing is decurved at its origin and in one case _(Cyrina) the antennal apiculus is constricted, but on all other considerations the positions assigned to these genera seem satisfactory. One species of Prada shows an approach in the hindwing venation to the Trapezitinae. Antennae moderate to very long; apiculus always pointed, hooked or obtuse; nudum 13 to 25 segments. Palpi, second segment starts as slender in the first sub- group, with the third segment pointed and protruding; in the next two subgroups it is usually broad and quadrantic, with a very short and stout third segment; in the last sub- group the second segment is flattened, with the third segment short. Legs normal, except that the upper pair of spurs are 31 J. PLASTINGIA GROUP absent in the hind tibiae in Prada. In Cyrina the legs are very shaggy. Venation: the variation is too great for any generalisation. Secondary sexual characters of many types. 1a (25a). Hindwing cell not abnormally long. 1b (12a). Antennal apiculus not longer than twice width of club, shortly to moderately hooked; nudum 13 to 15. Palpi generally, second segment slender; third pointed and protruding more or less. Plastingia Subgroup. 11 genera. 1c (5a). H dorsum not longer than costa. Id (4). Palpi third segment long and thin. F vein straight. re (3). F vein 4 nearer to vein 3 than to vein 5; veins 11 and 12 close. 1 (2). F vein 1 straight; apex not produced. Upf, unh and usually uph, with white spots. Scobura. 7 species. N. India and China to Borneo. 2 (1). F vein 1 more or less bowed; apex produced. Upf usually with white spots; uph may be partly white; unh white, more or less sullied or striated. | Suada. 3 species. N. India to Borneo and Philippines. 3 (1e). F vein 4 mid veins 3 and 5; veins 11 and 12 apart. Upf usually with white spots; uph may be partly white; unh grey or white with dark spots. Suastus. 4 species. India to Borneo and Philippines. 4 (1d). Palpi third segment very short. F vein 5 decurved. Above, with broad yellow bands upf and uph; below, mostly yellow. g uph with an oval white brand in the cell, which is abbreviated and the veins distorted, while above the cell there is a speculum to the costa; unf a yellow tuft from base dorsum over a speculum and the dorsum is there expanded. An aberrant species: feeds on dicotyledons. Cupitha. 1 species. India to Philippines and Celebes. 32 J. PLASTINGIA GROUP 5a (1c). H dorsum longer than costa. 5b (10a). F vein 3 opposite vein g rather than vein Io. 5c (7a). F vein 5 decurved. 5 (6). Palpi third segment short. Upf with white spots; unh with dark spots. $ may have brands along the veins upf; or unf base of vein 2 and the adjoining section of the cubitus may be swollen and overlaid by a hair tuft from base of dorsum. Zographetus. 4 species. N. India to Philippines and Celebes. 6 (5). Palpi, third segment long and thin. Antennae long and white banded before apiculus. Upf with a broad white band. Oerane. 1 species. N. India to Borneo and Philippines. Ta (5c). F vein 5 straight. Palpi, third segment short. 7 (8a). Antennae not > 4 costa, not nearly as long as the cell. Upf with hyaline spots or unmarked. ¢ unf may have a dorsal tuft. Hyarotis. 3 species. India, Borneo and Philippines. 8a (7). Antennae long, in ¢ as long as the cell; in 2 reaches to end of vein 12. 8 (9g). 3d unmarked or marked as in @ with a com- pact central hyaline white band upf, no sub-apical spots; unh unmarked chocolate. No secondary sexual characters. Quedara. 5 species. N. India to Borneo and Philippines. 9 (8). g 2 upf with central and subapical hyaline white spots: uph often with hyaline spots; unh usually overlaid with grey or greenish ochreous scaling. g$ with varying sexual characters; upf discal stigma and a brand over base of vein 1; tornal cilia hindwing elongate. Isma. 11 species. Burma to Borneo and Palawan. 10a (5b). F vein 3 opposite vein 1o rather than vein 9. Palpi, third segment short. Antennae as long as or longer than 4 costa; apiculus variable. 3 33 J. PLASTINGIA GROUP 1o (11). H cell = or > $ wing. Generally with con- spicuous yellow markings and upf always with a more or less prominent yellow streak in space 1b; unh plain or variegated with spots, not banded. Plastingia. 24 species. India to Philippines and Celebes. 11 (10). H cell < 4 wing. Upf white hyaline spots. Unh plain or banded and the band may show uph. Eyes brown. Lotongus. 4 species. N. India and China to Celebes. 12a (1b). Antennal apiculus longer than twice width of club, hooked or obtuse. Palpi generally with second — | segment stout, quadrantic; third very short, stout, bluntly conical, not usually protruding. 12b (19a). F cell not as long as dorsum H. Dorsum H not longer than dorsum F. Erionota Subgroup. 7 genera. 12c (14a). H cell short, < 4 wing. 12 (13). Apiculus a long hook, nudum 6/12. F vein 5 decurved. Eyes always red. Upf with or without white spots; cilia at tornus H yellow or orange. Unh plain, but in some species there is a yellow spot at the end of the cells unf and unh. ¢ with varying sexual characters; upf a stigma or uph a brush, or both. Zela. 4 species. N. India to Borneo. 13 (12). Apiculus obtuse; nudum 16. F vein 5 straight. g above unmarked or, as in 2, with large yellow spots upf. Unh with sparse white scaling. 3 with varying sexual characters; glandular streaks along veins upf or uph; hair tufts upf, uph or unf. Gangara. 3 species. India to Borneo and Philippines. 14a (12c). H cell = 4 wing. 14b (17a). F apex of cell not produced, vein 4 opposite vein 7 or 8. 14c (16). F vein 2 nearer to base than to end cell. 14 (15). Antennae not > 4 costa. Apiculus more or less 34 J. PLASTINGIA GROUP hooked or obtuse, nudum 5/11. Venation variable. Upf with large, usually separated, yellow or white hyaline spots. Erionota. 7 species. India to Philippines and Celebes. 15 (14). Antennae > 4 costa; hooked, nudum 5/11. F vein 4 much nearer to vein 6 than to vein 3. Upf with a compact yellow band. Ilma. 1 species. Celebes. 16 (14c). F vein 2 nearer to end cell than to base. Apiculus very long, nudum 14. F vein 5 straight, vein 4 mid veins 3 and 6. $ unmarked; 2 upf with dull small ochreous spots. $ upf with a peculiar circular brand, exactly overlaid by hair-scales. Ge. 1 species. Burma to Borneo. 17a (14b). F apex cell produced, vein 4 opposite vein 9. 17 (18). H lower apex of cell abnormally produced, so that vein 6 is opposite vein 2. Apiculus at right angles to the stout club and nearly equal to it in length; nudum 14. Unmarked; H cilia about tornus orange to pale yellow. ¢ with a broken discal stigma. Eyes red. Matapa. 6 species. India to Celebes. 18 (17). H lower apex of cell normally produced, vein 3 opposite vein 6, as usual. F vein 4 much nearer to vein 3 than to vein 6. Upf and uph with hyaline yellow spots. $ upf with a brand. Pudicitia. 1 species. N.E. India. 19a (12b). F cell very long = or > dorsum. H tornus more produced, dorsum generally > dorsum F. Unkana Subgroup. 6 genera. 1gb (22a). Antennae not > 3 costa. 1g (20a). F vein 5 straight. Upf with white or pale yellow hyaline spots, or plain; unh with a white or yellow area es. may appear uph. Apiculus hooked, nudum 4/12 to 7/15. Unkana. 3 species. Burma to Borneo and Celebes. 35 J. PLASTINGIA GROUP 20a (19). F vein 5 decurved. 20 (21). H cell = 4 wing. Apiculus hooked, ituphad 4/12. Upf with yellow hyaline spots and a spot in space 1b. Unh plain or striated, with insignificant dark or pale spots. Hidari. 3 species. N. India to Borneo. 21 (20). H cell short, < 4 wing. Apiculus long, nudum 11/14. Both wings with hyaline white spots and unh mostly white. ¢ upf with a short stigma. Eetion. 1 species. S. Burma to Borneo. 22a (19b). Antennae > 4 costa. 22b (24). Palpi normal, third segment short. 22 (23). F upper apex of cell rounded or somewhat produced, vein 4 opposite vein 8. Apiculus variable, nudum 16 to 5/13. Head green. Upf with white hyaline spots; uph and unh more or less white. Acerbas. 5 species. Burma to Philippines and Cone. 23 (22). F upper apex of cell acutely produced, vein 4 opposite vein 9; veins 4 and 5 strongly bowed. Apiculus obtuse, nudum 14; or hooked, nudum 5/12. Above un- marked, at tornus H cilia, sometimes part of wing, yellow; unh green, sometimes with dark veins. Pirdana. 3 species. N. India to Celebes. 24 (22b). Palpi abnormal, third segment very long, stout, porrect. Upf and uph with rather small hyaline white spots; cilia hindwing orange. 3S upf with a brand and uph with a hair tuft before dorsum. Cyrina. 1 species. N.E. India, Borneo. 25a (1a). H cell abnormally long, 3? wing, constricted at end. Palpi, second segment flattened at end, third very short and porrect. Antennae = % costa; apiculus long. F cell very long, > dorsum; vein 2 nearer base than end cell, vein 3 opposite vein 10 and vein 3 opposite vein 8. Prada Subgroup. 2 genera. 25 (26). F vein 5 straight. H cell broad, oblique ended, vein 5 oblique and slightly decurved at origin. Antennal 36 K. HESPERIA GROUP apiculus very long, tending to be twisted, nudum 4/18. Wing-shape of Acerbas. Upper pair of spurs of hind tibiae absent. Without hyaline spots, but brilliantly coloured above and below. ¢ of type species has a large oval grey brand in cell, overlaid by a pale hair tuft; unf a large speculum below vein 2, in the middle of which there is a dark indigo oval area. Prada nov: type Plastingia rothschildi Evans 1938. 3 species. New Guinea. 26 (25). F vein 5 decurved. H cell narrow, end straight, vein 5 untraceable and space 4-5 narrow. Wing- shape of Pirdana. Above unmarked, head and thorax brilliant iridescent green; unh slazed indigo blue with a broad yellow central band, turning orange-red at costa; palpi red. Antennal apiculus obtuse, nudum 16. Tiacellia nov: type Hesperia tiacelia Hewitson 1874. I species. New Guinea. Note.—Lotongus and Zela are “borderline” genera in their respective subgroups and are closely related to one another. K. Hesperia Group An easily distinguished group. In some Chinese species of Ochlodes the tawny colouring is absent and they look as if they should be in the Gegenes group, but the genitalia are of the very well-marked Ochlodes form. Antennae short to moderate, club stout; apiculus absent, short or moderate; nudum 10 to 8/8. Palpi, second segment tapering, erect, hairy; third seg- ment in continuation, pointed, long or moderate. Legs normal, except that the mid tibiae are always spined and usually the fore and hind tibiae as well. Wings more or less produced. Hindwing tornus usually with a distinct lobe. Body about = dorsum hindwing. Forewing cell short, < dorsum; upper end produced and vein 5 decurved; veins 3 and 4 approximate; vein 2 about mid base and end cell. Hindwing cell short, < 4 wing; lower end more or less upturned; vein 1A usually longer than vein 8. 37 L. TARACTROCERA GROUP Secondary sexual characters; $ generally with a discal stigma upf. | Facies, mostly tawny or dark brown with tawny spots upf and uph; occasionally the spots are white. 1 (2a). Antennae short with club blunt, no apiculus, but club may be arcuate: nudum 10, compressed. Palpi, 3rd _ segment thin and as long as 2nd segment. H costa > dorsum. ‘Tawny: if spots are present upf, they are in a continuous chain. ¢ upf stigma slender or absent. Thymelicus. 8 species, N. Africa and Europe to China and Japan. 2a (1). Apiculus pointed. Palpi 3rd segment not nearly so long as 2nd segment. H dorsum > costa. Upf generally with spots, but those in spaces 4 and 5, if present, are out of line. ¢ upf stigma broad and always present. 2 (3). Apiculus minute, nudum 8/4, greatly compressed. ¢ F produced so that termen is straight and lower part more or less concave. Tawny: unh generally with many white spots. Aedeagus stout, simple. Hesperia. 1 species, N. Africa and Europe to N.W. India, China and Japan. The same species and a number of others occur in N. America. 3 (2). Apiculus longer, as long as width of club: nudum variable, 6/6 to 7/7 or 5/7. F less produced and termen evenly convex. ‘Tawny or dark brown with tawny or white spots, which may be hyaline: unh with few yellow or white spots. Aedeagus very stout and with very complex protruding processes. Ochlodes. 12 species. Europe to China and Japan, N.E. India and N. Burma. Several species of the genus occur in N. America. L. Taractrocera Group The group characters are apiculus constricted, palpi erect, mid tibia smooth, tawny colouring. There are several excep- tions to the last character, but the genitalia make it quite 38 L. 'TARACTROCERA GROUP clear that the species have been correctly placed. There are, however, two other remarkable characters. The genitalia have no gnathos and the clasp consists of only one lamina, there being no overlying cuiller. Prusiana is the only excep- tion: on genitalia, it belongs to the Gegenes group, but seems more appropriately placed near Telicota. ‘The second feature is the more or less obvious presence of a connection between the wings: there is a long thin hair tuft at the base of the costa H, which fits into a groove below the basal third of the radius unf, which groove is fitted with diagonally placed scales. A similar feature is found in males of the genus Koruthaialos, but it is sexual and the groove is filled with androconia. For the classification of the many New Guinea species, superficial structural characters are not reliable and recourse must be had to the genitalia. ‘Throughout the group similarity in facies renders identification often impos- sible without a genitalia examination. Antennae moderate to very long: club may be flattened, but usually is stout: apiculus may be absent, but usually is short, very thin and sharply pointed: nudum 8/1 to 8/8 or 4/8. Palpi, second segment always erect, may be flattened, never stout and quadrantic: third segment erect, long and thin, or short and stout. Legs normal. Wings broad or produced. Abdomen = or < dorsum H. Forewing cell more or less produced, sometimes very long: vein 5 usually decurved and always nearer to vein 4. Hindwing cell usually = } wing: end oblique and lower outer angle often much up-turned: vein 5 usually un- traceable: vein 1A usually > vein 8. Secondary sexual characters often present upf as a stigma or brands. Prusiana has a brand uph overlaid by a hair tuft. Facies generally tawny: a few are plain or with white spots. 1a (7a). Palpi, 3rd segment long, protruding, thin as anten- nal shaft. tb (4a). Antennal club flattened. Wings broad. Palpi needle-like. I (2a). Club flattened to a hollow disc, apiculus absent 39 L. TARACTROCERA GROUP or minute: nudum 8/1. Generally tawny, but 2 Oriental species have white spots. ¢ upf with a stigma in some Australian species. Taractrocera. 14 species, India and China to Australia. 2a (1). Club not hollowed, with a short hooked or obtuse apiculus. Usually ¢ upf with a brand or stigma. 2 (3). Uncus undivided, as in Taractrocera. Upf tawny discal band with the spots in spaces 4 and 5 always slightly out of line. Antennae short: nudum variable 5/7, 2/8, 8/6. Ocybadistes. 5 species, Timor to New Guinea and Australia. 3 (2). Uncus deeply divided. Upf tawny discal band (may be absent) in an evenly stepped line. Antennae longer, nudum 5/6. Suniana. 3 species, Timor to New Guinea, Australia and | Solomons. 4a (1b). Antennal club not flattened. Palpi not so thin. 4 (5a). F vein 2 nearer base than end cell and vein 4 — much nearer to vein 3 than to vein 5. Antennae > 4 wing: apiculus hooked, nudum 6/6. 3 no stigma or brands. Upf cell spot absent or conjoined to discal band. Aus- tralian species have hyaline discal spots: nudum 10/6. Oriens. 8 species. India to Philippines and Celebes. Australia, Fiji, Samoa. a (4). F vein 2 nearer end cell than base and vein 4 not nearer to vein 3 than to vein 5. 5 (6). Antennae = 4 costa, apiculus hooked and not longer than width of club: nudum 4/8. 3 upf generally with a brand over the middle of vein 1: some species have a discal stigma. Potanthus. 26 species. India and China to Moluccas. 6 (5). Antennae > 2 costa, apiculus more obtuse and longer: nudum 5/8 to 7/10. 3 upf usually with a discal stigma. Arrhenes. 7 species. Flores and Moluccas to New Guinea and Australia. 40 L. 'TARACTROCERA GROUP 7a (1a). Palpi 3rd segment shorter and stouter, never so thin as the antennal shaft. Wings more generally pro- duced. 7b (11a). Antennae not longer than half costa. 7c (10). F upper apex of cell acutely produced, vein 5 opposite vein 9. Wings much produced in 3. Nudum 8/8. 7d (9). H cell = half wing. 7 (8). F vein 2 nearer end cell than base. ¢ upf always with an unbroken discal stigma. Uncus usually deeply divided. - Telicota. 22 species. India and China to New Guinea, Australia and Solomons. 8 (7). F vein 2 nearer to base than to end cell. 3$ without brand or stigma. Uncus undivided. Cephrenes. 5 species. India to Australia and Solomons. 9 (7d). H cell < half wing. 3¢ uph with a glandular brand about base of space 6, overlaid in 2 species by a hair tuft and in one species correlated with a speculum mid dorsum unf. | Prusiana. 3 species. Borneo and Philippines to Moluccas. 10 (7c). F upper end of cell not acutely produced, vein 5 opposite vein 8. Antennal club peculiar, very stout, obtusely angled at thickest part, nudum 4/10. Wings broad: F dorsum > termen: H shaped as in Telicota 9. 3 without a stigma or brands. Pastria nov: type pastria nov: described p. 414. 2 species New Guinea. 11a (7b). Antennae > half costa, often as long as the cell; nudum 8/8. I1 (12a). Uncus quadrate, seen ventrally: short, broad and not tapered, nor divided. Resembles Pastria in wing shape and end formation of cell F, vein 5 opposite vein 8. Typically without a brand or stigma: in 2 species the g has a dark inconspicuous discal stigma upf. Banta nov: type banta nov: described p. 414. 3 species New Guinea. 4I M. GEGENES GROUP 12a (11). Uncus more or less tapered, never quadrate. Wings generally produced: vein 5 F opposite vein 9. 12 (13a). Seen ventrally the end of the uncus is divided, ending either in 2 points or is scalloped. The clasp is often peculiarly fringed, comb-like, as in Taractrocera. All species are tawny banded. Brands or a stigma, or both are present in some species. Kobrona. 14 species. New Guinea and neighbouring islands. 13a (12). Uncus undivided. 13 (14). Uncus sabre-like: seen ventrally, it is very long and thin, while, seen from the side, it is very much broader. 6 species are of the usual tawny type: 5 species are unmarked black, with white cilia: 1 has conspicuous white markings. All males have a more or less developed discal stigma upf, which may be continuous, broken or reduced to a single dot over vein 1. Sabera. 11 species. New Guinea and ire obs islands, Australia, Bismarcks, Fiji. 14 (13). Uncus as broad or broader, seen ventrally, than when seen sideways. A very mixed lot in respect of facies. $ upf a stigma or brands are present in most of the species. Mimene. 15 species. New Guinea and neighbouring islands, Bismarcks. M. Gegenes Group The first 7 genera included herein form a compact group. The last, Jton, has different genitalia, but has the antennae characteristic of the group and seems better placed next Caltoris than in the Plastingia group. Antennae not > 4 costa: club generally short and stout: nudum 11 to 16 segments of which usually as many or more are on the club as on the apiculus: apiculus usually right- angled, constricted after its commencement, and the sharply pointed tip is upturned. In Polytremis the apiculus tends to be obtuse. Palpi, in the first four genera, are inconspicuous: second segment flattened and appressed to the face: third segment 42 M. GEGENES GROUP erect, in continuation of the second, short, pointed. In Polytremis the palpi are less flattened. In the last three genera the second segment is stout, erect, quadrantic and the third short, stout and conical. Legs normal, except that the mid tibiae may be spined in some genera. Wings produced at apex F and tornus H: H lobed more or less. Abdomen = dorsum H. Forewing: upper apex of cell acutely angled: cell < dor- sum: vein 5 decurved at origin: origin of vein 2 nearer to the end of cell than to the base (except Jton): internal cell veinlet to above origin of vein 3: vein 1 bisinuate. Hindwing, lower end of cell upturned from the origin of vein 2, so that the cubitus and vein 4 are not in line: end cell inclined, directed to end of vein 2: vein 7 before vein 2: vein IA as long as vein 2 or longer and longer than vein 8: vein 5 generally untraceable. Secondary sexual characters may be a stigma upf; a recumbent tuft like a paintbrush uph; correlated to a brand on a speculum unf; or an upturned tuft on the dorsum unf. Facies dark brown, generally with hyaline spots upf, more rarely uph and often with small spots unh. 1a (8). F vein 2 nearer to upper end cell than to base. tb (3a). Antennae with more segments of the nudum on the club than on the apiculus. I (2). Antennae, very short, 4 costa: nudum 10/1, apiculus minute. Mid tibiae heavily spined. Gegenes. 2 species Mediterranean to N. India, one of which flies throughout Africa, where 2 other species occur. 2 (1). Antennae short, 4% costa: nudum 8/s. Mid tibiae smooth. Parnara. 4 species Indo-Australian, one of which flies throughout Africa and in Madagascar. 3a (1b). Antennae with at least as many segments on the apiculus as on the club. 3b (5a). Antennae not reaching to mid costa: nudum 7/7 to 8/8. F vein 2 opposite vein 11. 43 M. GEGENES GROUP 3 (4). Unh no cell spot. Mid tibiae unspined except in some African species, including the type, which have a few inconspicuous spines. Borbo nov.: type Hesperia borbonica Boisduval. 4 species Indo-Australian and 18 African species, of which one extends to the Mediterranean. 4 (3). Unh with a cell spot. Mid tibiae heavily spined. 3 upf generally with a discal stigma. Pelopidas. 9g species, Turkey to Australia, two of which fly throughout Africa. 5a (3b). Antennae longer, nearly = 4 costa. F origin of vein 2 before origin of vein 11. Unh without a cell spot. 5 (6a). Nudum 5/8 to 5/9: apiculus more obtuse and palpi less flattened. Mid tibiae unspined. Polytremis. 11 species, mostly from India and China, but one species reaches the Celebes and Timor. 6a (5). Nudum 7/7 to 8/8: apiculus right-angled. Palpi much stouter, 2nd segment quadrantic, 3rd short, stout, conical. 6 (7). Mid tibiae heavily spined. ¢ uph in all but one species with a “‘paintbrush’’, correlated to a brand on a speculum unf. Unh unmarked. Baoris. 5 species, India to Java and Philippines. 7 (6). Maid tibiae unspined. One species, 3 with a tuft on the dorsum unf. Unh unmarked, except for a white band in one species. Caltoris. 17 species, India to New Guinea. 8 (1a). F vein 2 nearer to base at its origin than to upper end cell. Nudum 6/6: otherwise antennae and palpi as in Baoris. 3 unf, in one species, with a hair tuft on the dorsum. Uph tornal area white in one species and a whitish discal area more or less apparent in the other species. Iton. 2 species, India to Borneo. 44 KEYS TO SPECIES AND SUB-SPECIES, AND CATALOGUE OF SPECIMENS IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) A.1. BIBASIS Moore 1881: type sena Moore: fixed by author. Synonyms. /smene Swainson 1820: type oedipodea Swain- son: sole species included: homonym by Savigny 1816. Burara Swinhoe 1893: type vasutana Moore: fixed by Swinhoe 1912. Pola, Sartora, Zehala, Gecana, Tothrix Swinhoe 1912: types ataphus Watson, toms De Nicéville, striata Hewitson, fergusoni De Nicéville, mahintha Moore: all fixed by author. fa (14a). Unh more or less striped: small black spot at base of space 8. tb (ga). Unf at apex, discal striping not reaching termen. Ic (6a). 3 F origin of vein 3 nearer to origin of vein 2 than to origin of vein 4. 1d (5). 3d upf with a conspicuous brand. H cilia orange. te (4). The 3 brand basal, covering origin of vein 2. tf (3). Uph dorsum not broadly orange. 1 (2). Unh with orange striping or markings. oedipodea. 5 sub-species. (a). 3 uph costa not bent over at apex, but vein 8 is sharply bent along costa and vein 6 is bowed. $ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. ataphus Watson 1893: ¢ Ceylon: ee B.M. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 15 g 2 2 Ceylon. (b). g similar, but venation is normal. Sub-sp. belesis Mabille 1876: $ India: type B.M. Synonyms. aegina Plotz 1884: 3 Calcutta: copy of MS. plate in B.M. athena Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Siam: type B.M. B.M. 5 362 N.W. Himalayas (Kangra-Kumaon). 29 3 1 9 Sikkim. 2 $ Bhutan. 26 ¢ 2 2 Assam. 7 3 2 2 Burma 45 A.1. BIBASIS (to Dawnas). 7 ¢ Siam. 2 ¢ Tonkin. 3 ¢ 1 2 Hainan. 2 6 1 2 China (Hong Kong, Kwang Si). (c) 3 uph apex of wing folded over, vein 8 sharply bent at costa and vein 6 bowed. Above, blue sheen and unh orange tornus much developed. ¢ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. oedipodea Swainson 1820: 3 Java: figured. Fig Rhop Java; Seitz. B.M. 1 ¢ Peninsular Siam. 1 § Sumatra. 3 ¢ Nias. 183 69 Java. 103 22 Borneo. 1 § Palawan (Malaya, coll Corbet). (d). $ similar, but also costa at base highly concave. Unh with orange striping on either side of vein 8. ¢ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. paltra nov: $ Mindanao: J. Waterstradt 1903-4: type B.M. B.M. ¢ type only. (e). As oedipodea, but larger, 3 F 28 mm. Unh orange areas very conspicuous, and with an oblique orange spot beyond the middle in space 7. Sub-sp. excellens Hopffer 1874: 3 Celebes. Fig in Seitz as tuckert. Synonym. oedipus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Sula Is.: figured. B.M. 1 3 “Borneo”. 9 3 1 2 Celebes. 3 ¢ Sula Is. 2 (1). Below purple glossed: whitish discal area F and similar streaks H. ¢ F 27 mm. tuckeri Elwes & Edwards 1897: $ Tavoy: type B.M.: figured. Fig in Seitz as excellens. B.M. 1 3 Tavoy. 1 $ Perak (Jor camp 2,000 ft.: 1st Sept. 1922). 3 (1f). Uph dorsum broadly orange. ¢ F 23 mm. phul Mabille 1876: 3 Philippines: type B.M. Synonyms. tolo Plétz 1881: 3 Celebes. lusca Swinhoe 1907: 2? Celebes: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908; Seitz. B.M. 1 3 Philippines. 12 3 5 2 Celebes. 4 (1e). 3 upf brand central rather than basal, clear of origin of vein 2. jaina 6 sub-species. 46 A.1. BIBASIS (a). 3 upf brand composed of a black spot before mid vein 2 and a smaller separate spot above it. Unf no cell spot and discal markings faint. Large, 3 30 mm. Sub-sp. fergusonii De Nicéville 1893: ¢ Travancore: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 16 3179S. India. (b). Similar, smaller, 3 F 27mm. Unf ochreous markings beyond cell conspicuous, as well as the whitish discal spots in spaces 2 and 3. Sub-sp. astigmata Evans 1932: ¢ Andamans: type B.M. B.M. 2 ¢ 1 2 Andamans. (c). Unf with a white cell spot, short whitish streaks on disc and dorsum broadly whitish. Unh with conspicuous orange to whitish streaks beyond end cell. ¢ upf brand circular, 4 mm. across. ¢ F 27 mm. There are 2 more or less intergrading seasonal forms. Sub-sp. jaina Moore 1865: 3 Darjiling: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. , Synonym. vasundhara Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Assam: type B.M. B.M. 2 g 12 N.W. Himalayas (Dun-Kumaon). 16 g 2 2 Sikkim. 29 ¢ 8 2 Assam. 1 ¢ Burma (Karens). (d). As jaina, smaller, ¢ F 26 mm. Unf dorsal area yellower, discal streaks dull ochreous, obscure: unh discal streaks obsolete. Sub-sp. formosana Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Formosa: type B.M. B.M. 22 3 5 2 Formosa. (e). As jana, but g brand much larger, 7 mm. across. Sub-sp. margana Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Hinlap, Siam: type B.M B.M. 4 6 42 Burma (Dawnas). 2 3 Siam. (f). 3 upf large brand covered with dense hairs. Below, markings as jaina, but all whitish, reduced in 9. Sub-sp. *velva Evans 1932: 3¢ Borneo: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 Borneo. 5 (1d). ¢ upf no brand, but uph costa broadly whitish. Unf no cell spot, dark bar end cell, blurred ochreous area on disc and apex paler. Above and below, more or less purple washed. 3 F 25 mm. 47 A.1. BIBASIS anadi De Nicéville 1883: ¢ Sikkim: figured. Fig Lep I Ind. Synonym. purpurea Riley & Godfrey 1925: ¢ Siam: type B.M. B.M. 1 g Mussoorie. 12 6 1 9 Sikkim. 1 ¢ Assam. 5 6 Burma (Karens). 6 ¢ 2 2 Siam. 6a (1c). 3 F vein 3 normal, nearer to vein 4 than to vein 2, as in Q. 6b (8). F vein 3 with its origin opposite that of vein 11. Large, $ F over 30 mm. 6 (7). Below, with conspicuous orange areas and cilia H orange. ¢ F 32 mm. etelka Hewitson 1867: $ Sarawak: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 14 3 Karens-Mergui. 1 3 1 @ ss OFZ 2 Sumatra. I ¢ Java. 20 ¢ 2 2 Borneo. 7 (6). Below, no orange areas, cilia H whitish. ¢ F 36 mm. Unh shining blue-black with wide blue-white stripes in cell and between veins. imperialis Plotz 1886: 2 Celebes. Synonym. castnioides Van der Bergh 1922: ¢ Minahassa: figured. B.M. 739 2 Celebes. 1 3 1 2 Bangkei. 8 (6b). F vein 3 with its origin opposite that of vein Io. Smaller, ¢ F 25 mm. ¢ uph costa broadly whitish. harisa. 4 sub-species with slightly differing clasps. (a). Top of clasp sloping and serrate. Above more variegated. Below yellow striped. Sub-sp. harisa Moore 1865: 3 Bengal. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. Synonym. asambha Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Tonkin: type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 15 3 15 2 Sikkim. 635 2 Assam. 12 5 14 9 Burma. 19 Siam. 1 ¢ Hainan. 1 ¢ Andamans. (b). Top of clasp rounded and serrate. More uniform and duller above and below. Sub-sp. consobrina Pl6tz 1884: ¢ Java. Fig Rhop Java; Seitz. Synonyms. moncada Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Malaya: type B.M. 48 A.1. BIBASIS crinatha Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Java: type B.M. Fig Seitz. distanti (Swinhoe MS) Evans 1932=moncada. B.M. 23592 Malaya. 3 ¢ Sumatra. 1 $ Banka. 26389 Java. 12 5 1 2 Borneo. (c). Large, pale form with very broad markings below. 3 F 26 mm. Sub-sp. niasana Swinhoe 1912: ¢ Nias: type B.M. B.M. 20 3 7 9 Nias. (d). ‘Top of clasp rounded and smooth. Cilia H whitish. Unh like zmperialis. § F 25 mm. Sub-sp. aphrodite Fruhstorfer 1905: 2 Toli, Celebes: type B.M. Synonym. mangolina 1932: ¢ Sula Mangoli: type B.M. B.M. 14612 Celebes. 1 3 2 2 Sula Mangoll. 9a (1b). Unf at apex, striped green or whitish up to termen. gb (12a). H cilia ochreous. Unh and apex unf green with black veins and streaks. gc (11). 3 upf no brand. g (10). 3g above, uniform: 2 with pale shining blue at bases. 3 F 28 mm. vasutana Moore 1865: $ Darjiling: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. Synonyms. rahita Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Assam: type B.M. burma Evans 1934: 3 Karens: type B.M. B.M. 13 Nepal. 1639 2 Sikkim. 203 72 Assam. 4 ¢ 4 2 Burma (Karens, Dawnas). 10 (9). S larger, F 33 mm.; above, bases broadly clothed with conspicuous dark yellow hairs. Genitalia very different. , miracula nov: $ Kuatun, Fukien: type B.M. B.M. 7 ¢ Fukien. 11 (gc). ¢ upf with brands above vein 1 and on either side of veins 2 and 3. ¢ above, with dull orange basal clothing: 2 plain. § F 28 mm. striata Hewitson 1867: $ China: type B.M. Fig Seitz I. Synonym. septentrions Felder 1867: 3 Shanghai: figured: type B.M. 4 49 A.1. BIBASIS B.M. 1 3 1 2 Kwanhsien. 1 $ Kiang-Si. 1 $ Shanghai. 32 6 142 W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou, etc.). 2 ¢ Yunnan. 12a (gb). H cilia white. 12 (13). ¢ F origin vein 3 nearer to vein 2 than to vein 4. g above uniform dark brown, darker on disc. Unh brown with green veins and stripes. ¢ F 25 mm. amara Moore 1865: 3 Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. Synonym. pindapatra Fruhstorfer 1911: type B.M. B.M. 20 $ 2 ¢ Sikkim. 12 ¢ 5 2? Assam. 13 g 1 2 Burma (to S. Shan St.). 2g 19 Andamans. 1 ¢ Siam. 1 ¢ Hainan. 13 (12). F vein 3 normal, rising nearer vein 4, asin. Unh veins greenish with broad pale green stripes between the veins. gomata. 6 sub-species with similar genitalia, with peculiar long slender, twisted processes from the aedeagus sheath. (a). 3g large, F 28 mm., and pale. Unf veins dark. Unh pale band from base cell to mid termen broad and immaculate. Sub-sp. lara Leech 1894: ¢ Moupin: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 19 ¢ 3 2 W. China (Ta Tsien Lou, etc.). Yunnan. (b). ¢ F 23 mm. Unf veins on outer half narrowly pale. Unh pale central band immaculate except for short dark streaks at end of vein 5. Sub-sp. kanara Evans 1926: $ N. Kanara: type B.M. B.M. 176 15 2S. India. (c). $ F 25 mm. As kanara, but unh dark streaks about end of vein 5 reach to the end of the cell. Sub-sp. gomata Moore 1865: 3 N.E. Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 17 3 3 2 Sikkim. 19 g 2 2 Assam. (d). Unf veins dark and dark areas broader. Unh vein 5 usually dark throughout its length. Sub-sp. lalita Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ W. Sumatra: type B.M. Fig Rhop Java. Synonym. vajra Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Java: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 Burma (Karens to Mergui). 1 $ Malaya. 1 ¢ Sumatra. 9 5 5 2? Java. 11 3 Borneo. 5° A.1. BIBASIS (e). g above, paler: unf cell entirely pale and veins beyond pale. 2 upf with conspicuous whitish spots in spaces 2 and 3. Sub-sp. lorquini Mabille 1876: 9 Manila: type B.M. Synonym. mindorana Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Mindoro. B.M. 1 ¢ 1 Q Philippines (Luzon). (f). Below, bluish-white instead of greenish. Above some specimens are as pale as lorquint, others as dark as gomata. Sub-sp. radiosa Plotz 1885: 3 Celebes. Fig Swinhoe 1908; Seitz. B.M. 8 3 2 9 Celebes. 1 ¢ Bangkei. 14a (1a). Unh unstriped: no small black spot at the base of space 8. Cilia H ochreous. 14 (15a). ¢ upf no brand, but vein 3 rises nearer to vein 2 than to vein 4. Unh plain brown. 2 upf with pale discal spots in spaces 2 to 7 and in cell. aquilina. 3 sub-species. (a). Small, ¢ F 22 mm. ¢ upf paler between veins on disc and a suffused dark bar at end cell: unf with sharply defined sub-equal spots in spaces 2 and 3. Sub-sp. chrysaeglia Butler 1881: $ Yesso, Japan: type B.M. Fig Matsumura 1931. B.M. 25 3 19 2 Japan. (b). ¢ 24 mm. Darker: ¢ unf the pale spots duller. Sub-sp. aquilina Speyer 1879: <3 Vladivostok. Fig Seitz I. Synonym. jankowsku Oberthiir 1880: 3 Askold: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 7¢ 292 Amur. 8 31 2 Askold. (c). Similar, but still darker. g upf uniform: unf pale spot in space 3 (often absent) shorter than the spot in space 2 and, with the pale area in space 1b, forms a triangle. ¢ F 24 mm. Sub-sp. siola Evans 1934: 5 Siao-Lou: type B.M. B.M. 45 3 W. China (Ta Tsien Lou, etc.). 15a (14). 3g F vein 3 normal, rising nearer to vein 4. 15 (16). 3g upf with a conspicuous black brand. iluska. 3 sub-species, with slightly different genitalia. 51 A.1. BIBASIS (a). g upf brand broad and irregular, consisting of con- joined black streaks above vein 1, on either side of vein 2 and below vein 3. Above, bases broadly orange and upf with hyaline white spots in spaces 2 and 3, which may be absent in g. Unh slaty brown, unmarked. g¢ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. mahintha Moore 1874: § Burma: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. | B.M. 5 34 Manipur. 15 ¢ 16 2 Burma (to Ataran). (b). 3 upf brand narrow, 1 mm., and regular, from mid vein I to vein 3. Above uniform, 2 with traces of spots in spaces 2 and 3. Unh witha more or less distinct narrow white discal band beyond end cell. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. nestor Moschler 1878: ¢ Java. Fig Seitz ¢ and 9. Synonyms. firdust Plotz 1884=nestor. atrinota Mabille 1891: g ‘Timor. antigone Rober 1892: 3 Flores: figured. tonis De Nicéville 1895: $ Sumbawa: figured. sambavana Elwes & Edwards 1897: $ Sumbawa: type B.M.: figured. zonaras Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Wetter: type B.M. B.M. 19 3 5 2 Java. 6 § Sumbawa. 6 3 6 2 Lombok. 2 ¢ Sumba. 1 3S Wetter. 1 ¢ Alor. 2 3S. Flores. 1 ¢ Pura. (c). g upf brand 3 mm. broad, regular. Unh obscure traces of a pale band. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. iluska Hewitson 1867: $ Macassar: type B.M. Fig Seitz. Synonym. rubrocincta Mabille 1891: 2 (nec $) Celebes. B.M. 63522 Celebes. 1 ¢ Kalao (150 miles N. of Flores). 16 (15). 3 upf without a brand. Wings produced, resemb- ling Hasora. Unf with large white central area. Unh with a broad white central band, entering end of cell. End abdomen and cilia orange. sena. 4 sub-species. (a). g F 20 mm. Unh band outwardly diffuse: faintly purple washed. Sub-sp. sena Moore 1865: 3 Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 6 g 2 2 Ceylon. 21 3 15 25S. India. 2619 N.W. 52 A.2. ALLORA Himalayas (Murree, Kumaon). 12 ¢ 1 2 Sikkim. 29 3 8 2 Assam. 2 $ Burma (Karens). 6 ¢ Siam. 2 g 2 ? Hainan. 2 $ Andamans. (b). Unh band sharply defined on both sides: usually purple glossed. Sub-sp. uniformis Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Java: type B.M. Fi 8 Rhop Java. B.M. 5 ¢ 2 2 Burma (Karens- Ataran). 2 ¢ Malaya. 14 5 1 9 Java. g $ Borneo. 2 6 1 9 Lombok. 2 g 1 2 Bawean. 1 2 Sumba. (c). Below, no purple gloss. Sub-sp. palawana Staudinger 1889: 2 Palawan. Fig in Seitz. Synonym. vaicravana Fruhstorfer 1911: g Luzon. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 3g 1 Palawan. 1 $ Mindanao. 1 ¢ Philippines. 2 $ Sulu Is. (d). Larger, $ F 22 mm. Above greyer: unh band wider. Sub-sp. senata Evans 1934: 5 Macassar: type B.M. B.M. 8 3.4 2 Celebes. A.2. ALLORA Waterhouse & Lyell 1914: type doleschalliu Felder: fixed by authors. 1 (2). ¢ F 23 mm. Unh no white spot near apex. Unf cell spot widely separated from the pale spots in spaces 1b and 2, which may be absent. Clasp with a long thin upturned end to the cuiller. doleschallii. 6 sub-species. (a). Above basal iridescence dark green and very re- stricted. Below dull purple brown: unf spots small and narrow: unh the cell and subtornal spots well marked. Sub-sp. gazaka Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Batchian. B.M. 7 3 Batchian, N. Moluccas. (b). Above, basal iridescence blue. Below pale markings very conspicuous: unf spots in spaces 1b and 2 very large and overlapped by the spot in space 3. Sub-sp. viridicans Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Ceram: type B.M. B.M. 1436 4@ Buru. 12 6 5 2 Ceram. (c). Intermediate to albertist. ‘Typically, above, iridescence blue rather than green: unf spots in spaces tb and 2 well x A.2. ALLORA marked, but not overlapped by the spot in space 3. In N. Australia grades to albertisz. Sub-sp. doleschallii Felder 1860: ¢ Amboina: type B.M. Fig Felder 1867; Seitz. Synonym. simassa Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Australia. Fig Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 4 $ Amboina. 11 6 11 2 Kei Is. 2 ¢ Aru. 1 3 Thursday Is. 1 9 Prince of Wales Is. 5 ¢ 1 2 N. Queens- land. 5 ¢ 2 2 Schouten Is. (d). Above, basal iridescence green. Below, pale markings very reduced, sometimes absent. Sub-sp. *albertisi Oberthtir 1880: ¢ Andai, New Guinea: figured. Fig in Seitz. Synonyms. strophius Miskin 1889: S.E. New Guinea. raluana Ribbe 1899: 3 Bismarcks. sitiva Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Waigou: type B.M. infernalis Rothschild 1916: $ Dutch N.G.: type B.M. B.M. 3 3 “‘ Lombok” (probably New Guinea). 7 3 Waigou 39 6 8 2 New Guinea. 1 ¢g Trobriands. 2 ? Goodenough Is. 3 ¢ Woodlark Is. 5 3$ New Britain. 6 ¢ 2 2 New Ireland. (e). Unf with 2 white spots at the apex in spaces 6 and 7 (rarely also a dot in space 8) internal to the wavy sub-— marginal line. Unh marked as in doleschalli, but the spots in spaces 1b and 2 are narrower and outwardly excavate. Clasp slightly different. Sub-sp. luna Evans 1934: ¢ Rendova, Solomons: type B.M. B.M. 13 3 Rendova. (f). As duna, but unf and unh resembling albertisi. Sub-sp. solon nov: ¢ Aola, Guadalcanar: type B.M. B.M. 14 3 5 9 Guadalcanar. 18 3 1 2 Bougainville. 1 2 Florida Is. 1 $ Choiseul. 2(1). ¢ F25 mm. Unh usually with a white subapical spot, as well as the cell and subtornal spots. Unf the cell spot in line with the inner edges of the spots in spaces 1b and 2: with sub-apical spots in spaces 7 and 8 and usually a smaller one near the termen in space 6. Clasp with a broad decurved end to the cuiller. major. 4 sub-species. 54 A.3. HASORA (a). Above, basal iridescence blue. Unf large spots in spaces 1b and 2 of the same width. Sub-sp. *zita Evans 1934: ¢ Buru: type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ Amboina. 4 5 1 2 Buru. 4 $ Ceram. 1 3 Saparoea. (b). Above, basal iridescence green. Unf spot in space 2 smaller. Sub-sp. major Rothschild 1916: $ Carstenz Peak, 5—10,000 ft., New Guinea: type B.M. Pele 4 Wer Is. 7 2-Aruy 33 °S"'15 2 New Guinea. 6 $ 3 2 Mefor Is. (c). Unh with a conspicuous gloss and the markings much more conspicuous, particularly the sub-apical spot. Sub-sp. lectra nov: ¢ Biak, Schouten Is.: May, June 1914: A. C. & F. Pratt: type B.M. B.M. 20 ¢ 8 2 Schouten Is. (d). Larger, g F 27 mm. Above, basal green iridescence more extensive. Unf submarginal wavy line unbroken at vein 6, as it is in all other sub-species. Unh as major. Sub-sp. talesia nov: g Talesia, New Britain, Jan. 1915: A. Eichhorn: type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ 1 2 New Britain. A.3. HASORA Moore 1881: type badra Moore: fixed by author. } Synonym. Parata Moore 1881: type taminatus Hiibner: fixed by author as chromus Cramer of Moore, which is taminatus and not chromus Cramer. fa (ga). Uncus bifid, divided laterally, but not ventrally. ¢ upf no brand. tb (5a). Style of clasp undivided. Lizetta Group 1c (4). Unh no pale band: a dark tornal lobe, surmounted by a pale spot. 1d (3). Unh brown. 1(2). Unh uniform. ? upf unmarked. Wings rounded. g F 20 mm. mus. 2 sub-species. (a). Uph cilia brown. 55 A.3. HASORA Sub-sp. pahanga Evans 1926: $ Gunong Tahan, Malaya: type B.M. B.M. 11 5 Malaya. (b). Uph cilia pale yellow. Sub-sp. mus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Kina Bali figured : type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 11 ¢ 14 2 Borneo. 2 (1). Unh outer third sharply paler. 9° upf, yellow hyaline spots in cell, spaces 2 and 3, dots in spaces 6 and 7. ¢ F 23 mm. lizetta Plotz 1884: ¢ Java. Fig Seitz; Rh Java; Distant as badra var. Synonym. hadria De Nicéville 1889: 3 Perak: figured. wortha Swinhoe 1907: 3 Java: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908; Seitz. B.M. 6 g Malaya. 13 6 1 2 Sumatra. 19 ¢ 1 Q@ Java. 3 (1d). Unh green. 2 upf with white spots in spaces 2 and 3. g F 23 mm. . salanga Plétz 1885: 3 Malacca. Copy of unpublished Ce in B.M. | Synonym. woolletti Riley 1923: ¢ Borneo: type B.M. B.M. 2 $22 5. Burma, Dawnas. 3,4, Malaya... 4 3 - Sumatra. 6 $ 1 2 Borneo. 4 (1c). Unh with a discal pale band. Head green. proxissima. 5 sub-species. (a). Unh band 2 mm. wide, broken above the dark tornal lobe: basal area dull greenish. Unf faint pre-apical band. 2 upf as salanga. § 'F-22 mim. Sub- -sp. siamica Evans 1932: 3 S.E. Siam: type B.M. Fig Riley & Godfrey 1921. B.M. 3 3 3 2 Siam. (b). Similar, smaller, ¢ F 21 mm. Unh more uniform, band 1 mm. wide. Sub-sp. siva Evans 1932: g¢ Lawas, Borneo: type B.M. B.M. 40 Borneo. (c). Unh band 43 mm. wide, unbroken, no dark tornal lobe: basal area bright green. Unf pre- -apical pale band conspicuous. 9 upf as salanga. 3$ F 22 mm. 56 A.3. HASORA Sub-sp. proxissima Elwes & Edwards 1897: ¢ Mindoro: figured. Fig Seitz, 3 as proximata; Semper 9°. B.M. 1 9 Philippines. } (d). Above much darker. Unh shining indigo blue, band 5 mm. wide, continuous to tornus: narrow bluish sub- marginal band as in discolor. Unf apex and costa shining indigo blue, broad yellowish area mid costa, quite separate from the pale bar at end cell, a well-defined narrow bluish discal band to vein 2. ¢ F 23 mm. Differs from vwitta stmillima in that the band unh enters the cell and from discolor in that vein 3 is much nearer to vein 2, instead of mid veins 2 and 4. Sub-sp. takwa nov: $ Utakwa R, Dutch N.G.: A. S. Meek: type B.M. B.M. 4 $ New Guinea (Kapaur: Utakwa R: Astrolabe . Bay). (é): nh basal area dark green, outwardly chocolate, band 4 mm., unbroken. Unf pre-apical band narrow. 9 as 3. 3 F 25 mm. Sub-sp. *lavella Evans 1926: 3 Vella Lavella: type B.M. B.M. 3 5 1 2 Solomon Is. 5a (1b). Style of clasp bifid. Unh outer third sharply paler, no pale band. Myra Group 5b (7a). Unh no dark tornal lobe. 9 upf marked as lizetta. 5 (6). 3 usually with 1 or 2 sub-apical white dots upf and a pale dot in cell unh. 2 upf with 3 apical dots. anura. 2 sub-spieces. (a). g F 26 mm.:: apical dots upf conspicuous. Unh unglossed brown. Sub-sp. china nov: $ Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M. Fig Leech, 2 as anura. Eptea2 6 16-9 WV. Chinas 1 gp1 °° Fukien. 1 3.1 9 Hunan. 2 2 Yunnan. _(b). g¢ F 22 mm. Unh with more or less of a purple gloss or slaty glaze. Sub-sp. anura De Nicéville 1889: $ Sikkim: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 63 4 2 Sikkim. 4 $ 2 2? Khasi Hills. 2 ¢ Mishmi 57 A.3. HASORA Hills. 9 3 7 2 Naga Hills and Manipur. 2 3 59 .N. Burma (Bhamo: Sadon). 2 ¢ 1 9 S. Shan States. | 6 (5). $ upf and unh spotless. 2 upf with 2 sub-apical dots. Palpi and pectus yellow. 3 F 23 mm. myra. 2 sub-species. (a). Uph uniform yellowish brown. cone salen Evans 1932: ¢ Gunong Jjau, Malaya: type B B.M. 9 af 1 2 Malaya. (b). Uph tornal wena yellow. Sub-sp. myra Hewitson 1867: 3 Java: type B.M. Fig Hewitson; Rh Java; Seitz. B.M. 2 3 Sumatra. 23 ¢ 13 Q Java. 7a (5b). Unh with a more or less well-marked dark tornal lobe. 7 (8). Unf costa and apex and all unh with a purple glaze. Very like anura, but unh the dark discal line is not indented in space 5 in the ¢ and the dots upf and in cell unh are absent. In the 2 the resemblance is even. closer: unh glaze intense and the cell spot very small. $ F 25 mm. danda nov: ¢ Kalaw, S. Shan St.: type B.M. a B.M. 1 ¢ Manipur. 36495. Shan St. 2g 1 9 Karen Hills. 1 ¢ W. Siam. 2 2 Tonkin. 8 (7). Below no purple glaze. Above very much darker: wings broader, ¢ F 25 mm. Unh the line separating the dark basal and paler outer areas more bowed, parallel to the termen. | *zoma Evans 1934: 3 Jelebu, Malaya: type B.M. B.M. 23 Malaya. 1 $ Sumatra. Ya (1a). Uncus quadrifid, ventrally divided and each arm ~ laterally divided. gb (17a). Style of clasp undivided. gc (13a). 3¢ upf no brand. Discolor Group gd (11a). Unh no pale band, outer third paler. 58 A.3. HASORA g (10). Unh unmarked except for the dark tornal lobe and the pale spot above it. 2 with white spots in spaces 2 and 3 upf. ¢ F 24 mm. umbrina Mabille 1891: ¢ Celebes. Fig Seitz. Synonym. hobroa Swinhoe 1907: ¢ Celebes: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908. B.M. 4 3 2 Q Celebes. 10 (9). Unh dark chocolate, white dot in cell and 2 dots in space 1c above tornus. 2 as 3. ¢ F 23 mm. *buina Evans 1926: 2 Bougainville: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 1 2 Solomons (Bougainville, Vella Lavella). 11a (gd). Unh with a pale central band. 11 (12). Unh with a narrow pale blue submarginal band. Palpi green. 9 as ¢. discolor. 4 sub-species. (a). Unf no pale area below cell. Unh shining indigo blue, band yellowish 6 mm. wide, contracted to 1 mm. in space ic. ¢ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. *splendida Mabille 1876: 3 “Philippines”: type BM. | B.M. 1 § Batchian. 1 ¢ type, probably also from Bat- chian. (b). Unh basal area shining indigo blue, outer area dull purple-black: band bluish. ¢ F 24 mm. Sub-sp. discolor Felder 1859: ¢? “Brazil” (probably Amboina): type B.M. Fig Felder 1867; Seitz. B.M. 1 ¢ Obi. 1 2 Amboina. 4 ¢ 2 @ Buru. Io g 3 2 Ceram. (c). Unh basal and outer areas shining indigo blue: band yellowish. Sub-sp. mastusia Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Cape York: type B.M. Fig Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 1 2 Kei Is. 2 ¢ Aru. 29 5 12 9 New Guinea. 3 6 1 2 Schouten Is. 5 56 4 2 Waigou. 15 dS 15 PN. Queensland. (d). Above basal green hairs absent. Unh basal area shining dark green, outer area chocolate: band pale bluish, very broad, 7 mm. constricted to 2 mm. at vein I. Unf bar and cell very narrow and discal band short. 59 A.3. HASORA Sub-sp. eira nov: g¢ New Ireland: Feb. 1924: A. F. Eichhorn: type B.M. | B.M. 1 g“type.., 12 (11). Unh brown with a broad pale band, constricted mid space 1c: no pale submarginal band: no dark tornal lobe. Head green. borneensis. 2 sub-species. (a). above, basal hairs rather paler brown: in 9 broadly pale straw colour. 2 upf with large yellow spots as in hzetta. 3g F 27 mm. Sub-sp. borneensis Elwes & Edwards 1897: $ Kina Balu: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 11 3 7 9 Borneo. | (b). $ above bases broadly straw-coloured asin ¢ of borne- ensis. Unh band white instead of pale yellow. ¢ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. luza nov: $ Leponto, N. Luzon: J. Whitehead: type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ type. 13a (gc). 3 upf with a broken discal stigma. Unh with pale band. Chromus Group 13b (15a). Unh pale band discontinuous in space 1b. 13 (14). Above, bases conspicuously paler and F dorsum = termen. 2 upf with oblique, more or less crescentic, white spots in spaces 2 and 3. Uncus with the 4 branches pressed together: style of clasp simple. Unh brown, more or less glossed purple or indigo: band narrow, bluish- white and diffused on its outer edge. chromus. 3 sub-species. | (a). Large, g F 25 mm. Unh purple gloss faint, band wider. Sub-sp. inermis Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Liu Kuu Is.: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 1 3 19 Liu Kiu Is. 1 2 Okinawa, Japan. (b). Smaller, ¢ F 25 mm. Unh purple gloss usually conspicuous. Sub-sp. chromus Cramer 1782: 3 Coromandel: figured. Fig as alexis in Lep Ind; Seitz; Rh Java. 60 A.3. HASORA Synonyms. alexis Fabricius 1773: India: homonym by Poda 1761. _contempta Plétz 1884: 2 Cape York. Fig Seitz; Water- house 1932. lucescens Lucas 1900: 3 S. Queensland. attenuata Mabille 1904: $ D.N.G.: type B.M.: homonym by Staudinger 1889. ganapata Fruhstorfer 1911: § D.N.G.: type B.M. B.M. 8 3 8 2 Ceylon. 29 ¢ 22 2 India (to Baluchistan). 123972 Burma. 1 3 Siam. 1 ¢ Annam. 1 $ Hong Kong. I $ Shanghai. 2 $ Formosa. 1 2 Malaya. 2 3 Borneo. 26 12 Moluccas. 1 $ Tenimber. 11 ¢ 6 2 New Guinea. 25 1 2 Rossel. 2 ¢ New Ireland. g ¢ 10 @ Australia (Darwin, Queensland). (c). Small, ¢ F 21 mm. Below no purple gloss: band narrow. Sub-sp. bilunata Butler 1882: 9 Fiji: type B.M. B.M. 73562 Fiji. 10 3 3 2 New Hebrides. 14 (13). Above, uniform and F dorsum > termen. 2? upf usually with 1 or 2 rounded spots, which fail E. of the Celebes. Unh more or less blue or green, band white with sharp edges. Uncus branches well separated: style of clasp with a slender appendage. taminatus. 10 sub-species. (a). Unh base dull indigo blue, band 2 mm. Unf apex and unh beyond band, clothed ochreous brown scales. g F 20 mm. Sub-sp. taminatus Hiibner 1818: ¢ “Surinam”’. Fig Lep Ind as butlert. Synonym. butlerr Aurivilltus 1897, for chromus auc- torum, nec Cramer. B.M. 10 ¢ 10 2 Ceylon. 10 ¢ 10 @ S. India. (b). Similar: unh band narrower and outer area glazed purple indigo. In N.E. India and N. Burma there occurs a dry season form, which is smaller, § F 18 mm., paler and unh brown with a purple gloss, band narrower and resembling chromus. Sub-sp. bhavara Fruhstorfer 1911: g Sikkim: type B.M. Fig Seitz. 61 A.3. HASORA B.M. 2 2 Kangra. 12 ¢ 2 2 Sikkim. 16 ¢ 7 2 Assam. 4 6 Burma (to Karens). 1 ¢ W. Siam. 1 3 2 2 W. China (Omeishan, ‘Teng-yueh-Ting). (c). Unh entirely clothed ochreous brown scales, no purple gloss: band narrow, 3 mm., sullied. Wings more rounded. g¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. vairacana Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ F ormosa: type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 103 10 9 Formosa. (d). Unh basal area shining steely blue: band very narrow, mm.: beyond the band with dark ochreous scaling on a purple ground. ¢ F varying from 20 to 25 mm. Sub-sp. malayana Felder 1860: $ Malacca. Fig Rh Java as chromus: Felder’s fig in Reise Novara 1867 was taken from a 2 from Amboina. Synonyms. almea Swinhoe 1909: ? Borneo: type B.M. canostigma Joicey & ‘Talbot 1921: $ Hainan: type B.M. salemana Kalis 1933: ¢ Kangean. B.M. 18 3 82S. Burma. 1339 Siam. 44 1 2 Hainan. 1 $ Hong Kong. 6 g Malaya. 10 ¢ 5 2? Sumatra. 5 $49 Nias. 10 ¢ 10 2 Borneo. 9 3 g 2 Java. 1 g¢ Sumbawa. (e). Unh basal and outer area brilliant green, band ? 1%mm. ¢ F 27 mm. Sub-sp. andama nov: 3 S. Andamans: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind as malayana. B.M. 10 g 1092S. Andamans. 2 3 2 2 Car Nicobar. (f). Smaller, ¢ F 24 mm. Unh base shina green, band 14 mm. , beyond shining purple. Sub-sp. milona Evans 1932: ¢ Camorta: type B.M. B.M. 4 6 69 Central Nicobars. 1 ¢ 1 2S. Nicobars. (g). As malayana, unh base greener, band wider, 13 mm. $ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. padma Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Bazilan: type B.M. Synonym. galaca Fruhstorfer ou: 3 Bazilan: type B.M. B.M. 3 6 1 2,Palawan. 5 ¢ 6 2 Philippines. 2 3 3 2 Sumba. 2 3 4 2 Timor. (h). As malayana, larger 3 F 26mm. Unh base greener: band very narrow, 4 mm. and irregular. ¢ upf outwardly paler. 62 A.3. HASORA Sub-sp. attenuata Staudinger 1889: $ Minahassa. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. meala Swinhoe 1907: $ Celebes: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908. acakra Fruhstorfer 1911: S$ Sula Besi: type B.M. B.M. 12 36 7 Celebes. 1 ¢ 1 Sula Besi. (1). Unh varying between padma and atienuata. 3 F 21-24 mm. 2 upf without spots. Sub-sp. amboinensis Swinhoe 1909: $ Amboina: type B.M. Fig Felder 1867, 2 as malayana from a specimen in B.M., agreeing exactly with other specimens from Amboina. Synonyms. pramidha Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Obi: type B.M. junta Evans 1934: 3 Batchian: type B.M. B.M. 1 g 1 9 Batchian. 1 9 Halmaheira. 15 g 1 2 Obt. 8352 Ceram. 1 532 Buru. 4582 Amboina. 3 3 5 ? Key Is. (j). Unf bluish green along the costa to within 4 mm. of termen. Unh similar and the band obsolete. Resembles thridas. § F 21 mm. Sub-sp. dipama Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Waigou: type B.M. B.M. ¢ type only. 15a (13b). Unh pale band unbroken. 15 (16). Above, unmarked, bases paler. Unh chocolate, band white. hurama. 4 sub-species. (a). Smaller, ¢ F 22 mm., and paler. Unh no purple gloss, white band very narrow, tapering to 4 mm. at costa. Sub-sp. mola nov: ¢ Batchian: type B.M. B.M. 8 3 22 Batchian. (b). ¢ F 23-25 mm., darker. Below more or less purple glossed: unh band 2-3 mm., not tapered to costa. Sub-sp. hurama Butler 1870: g$ Cape York: type B.M. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. wivapama Fruhstorfer 1911: 3g Saparoea: type B.M. | postfasciata Rothschild 1916: 3 Utakwa R.: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 Obi. 1 3 Ternate. 4 3 1 2 Halmaheira. 5 3 3 2 Buru. 436 12 Ceram. 3 3 3 2 Amboina. 2 3 1 2? Mysol. 6362 Waigou. 16 5 14 9 New Guinea. 4 3 42 Kirtwini. 63 A.3. HASORA 1 ¢ 1 2 Woodlark Is.1 g St. Aignan. 1 fg 1 Sudest Is. 25 22 New Ireland. 9g 3 3 2 Queensland. (c). Larger, § 25-26 mm. Unh band as hurama but the - rest of the wing is shining violet blue, not merely glossed. 2 unf the post-discal band conspicuous. Sub-sp. arua Evans 1934: ¢ Aru: type B.M. B.M. 11 6 82 Aru. | (d). Small, ¢ F 21 mm.: wings squarer. Unh usually no violet gloss: band broad, 34 mm. at costa to 6 mm. centrally. 2 unf curved white post-discal band very conspicuous. Sub-sp. kieta Strand 1922: ¢ Solomons. B.M. 15 ¢ 162 Solomon Is. 3 9 Admiralty Is. 16 (15). Upf and uph with conspicuous yellow markings. schoenherr. 5 sub-species. (a). g upf spots hyaline. $ only the antennal club yellow. Upf stigma paler. Uph band reaches costa broadly and ~ unh tapers from 5 mm. at costa to 2 mm. in space Ic. g- F 22 mm. Sub-sp. gaspa nov: ¢ Naga Hills: type B.M. B.M. 1251 2 Assam. 17 $ Burma. 1 9 Siam. 24 Workin, (b). Similar. g antennal shaft also yellow. Uph band - not usually reaching costa and unh even, 4 mm. ¢ Fo fj 25 mm. Sub- -sp. chuza Hewitson 1867: g Sarawak: type B.M.: Fig Hewitson; Lep Ind. Synonym. sumatranus Kalis 1933: ¢ S.W. Sumatra. B.M. 6312 Malaya. 9 3 Sumatra. 26 3 8 2 Borneo. (c). Unh much paler, band 5 mm. ¢ F 24 mm. Sub-sp. cridatta Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Nias: type B.M. B.M. 173 4 Nias. (d). As chuza, but unh band broader, 5 mm. Sub-sp. schoenherr Latreille 1828: 3 Java. Fig Rh Java; Seitz. Synonym. derma Riley 1926 (nomen nudum Moore 1857). B.M. 9622 Java. . (ce). 3 upf yellow spots opaque, base cell and costa yellow. 2 upf spots hyaline, no yellow basal area, but a ata mid dorsum. ¢ F 25 mm. 64 A.3. HASORA Sub- -sp. saida Hewitson 1867: 3 Philippines: type B.M. Fig Hewitson. Synonym. gentiana Felder 1867: 3 Luzon: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M.1 312 Luzon. 251 9 Mindoro. 1 ¢ 1 2 Mindanao. 1g Negros. 64.5 2 Philippines. 17a (gb). Style of clasp divided. 17b (25a). Style of clasp bifid. Celaenus Group 17c (19a). ¢ upf with a discal stigma. 17 (18). Unh brown, purple ast pale spot in cell faint or absent. mixta. 4 sub-species. (a). Unh brown colouring predominant, also the central band. 2 upf with well-developed yellow discal and apical spots. ¢ F 20-22 mm. Sub-sp. prabha Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Palawan: type B.M. Fig Rh Java as mixta; De Nicéville 1895 as proxissima; Seitz as tyrius. Synonyms. /ioneli Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Sumatra. tyrius Fruhstorfer 1911: g W. Java. yanuna Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Nias: type B.M. B.M. 6g 125. Burma, Ataran. 1 g Malaya. 7 3 3 9 Sumatra. 14 3 10 9 Nias. 1 g Batu. 10 3g 6 Q Java. 3 6 1 9 Palawan. 1 $ Sulu. (b). Unh purple wash predominant, band faint. 2 upf apical spots absent and unh with a slaty glaze recalling anura. Sub-sp. mixta Mabille 1876: 9 Manila: type B.M. Fig Seitz as cirta. Synonyms. p/iletas Plotz: $ Philippines. Fig Seitz. cirta Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Bazilan: type B.M. B.M. 2 S$ Palawan. 15 3 12 ¢ Philippines (Mindanao, Mindoro). (c). g as mixta: 2 upf usually only with a spot in space 2. Sub-sp. fenestrata Fruhstorfer 1911: 9 Munahassa. B.M. 9 3 4 9 Celebes, Siao & Sangir. 2 ¢ 1 Q Sula Is. (d). Large, ¢ F 25 mm.: wings more rounded. Below as mixta, but the purple wash intense. 2 upf spotless. 5 65 A.3. HASORA Sub-sp. simplicissima Mabille 1876: $ Moluccas: type B.M. B.M. 14.3 7 2 Batchian. 3 ¢ 3 2 Halmaheira. 2 3 1 9 Obi. | 1 g¢ 1 2 Amboina. 18 (17). $ below shining indigo blue: 9 shining light green. $ F 24 mm. celaenus Stoll 1782: $ Amboina: figured. Fig Seitz pl. 1661 is thridas not celaenus. Synonyms. lJugubris Boisduval 1832: 9 Dorey. violacea Elwes & Edwards 1897: $ Amboina: figured. Fig Seitz. akshita Fruhstorfer 1911: 9 Waigou: type B.M. : B.M. 1 2 Batchian. 3 3 5 2 Obi. 8 3 8 9 Amboina. 113 8 9.Ceram. 9 ¢ 9 9 Buru. 39H Atudien gaizie Waigou. 105 42 Mysol. 16 ¢ 169 New Guinea. 5 362? Schouten Is. 1 g 1 2 Solomons. 19a (17c). 3g without discal stigma upf. 1gb (21a). Unh brown with a pale spot in cell and in space Ic. 19 (20). Unh cell spot smaller than half width of cell. 3 upf dense hairs on the disc look like a brand: often with faint apical spots. Unf pale dorsal area crossing — space 2. 2 upf with hyaline yellow discal spots and usually 3 sub-equal apical spots. Style of clasp with the upper limb longer. g F 23 mm. badra. 2 sub-species. (a). 3g unh spots yellow: no purple gloss. Sub-sp. lanka Evans 1926: g Ceylon: type B.M. Fig Lep | : Ceylon 1888. B.M. 4 3 3 2 Ceylon. (b). Unh spots white: more or less purple pai Sub-sp. badra Moore 1857: 3 Java: type is a figure of larva. Fig Rh Java; Lep Ind; Seitz. | Synonyms. certhia Plotz 1884: $ Philippines: copy of MS. plate in B.M. godana Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Formosa: type B.M. sankarya Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Engano: type B.M. B.M. 12 ¢ 12 2? S. India. 10 ¢ 10 2 Sikkim. 83 7 9 Assam. 13 6 82 Burma. 2 $ Siam. 2 $ China, Kiang Si. 66 A.3. HASORA 3 6 2 9 Hainan. 3 5 3 2 Formosa. 3 3 1 2 Tonkin. ' 2g Andamans. 1 2 Nicobars. 4 ¢ 2 2? Malaya. 1 3 3 9 Nias. 4 ¢ 2 2 Sumatra. 13 ¢ 5 2 Java. 3 35 3 2 Engano. 1 ¢ Bawean. 18 3 3 9 Borneo. 1 ¢ 1 2 Palawan. 1 g Celebes. 128. Flores. 20 (19). Unh cell spot much larger than half width of cell. ¢ upf no apical spots and unf pale dorsal area not crossing space 2. Style of clasp with the limbs sub-equal and more slender. $ F 24-25 mm. quadripunctata. 3 sub-species. (a). Unh purple gloss intense. 2 upf 1 or no apical spot. Sub-sp. gnaeus Plétz 1884: ¢ Philippines. Fig Seitz. Synonym. madatta Fruhstorfer 1911: 3 Java: type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 12 Malaya. 4 ¢ Sumatra. 1 g 22? Java. 173 69 Borneo. 6 ¢ Philippines (Mindoro, Mindanao). (b). 2 upf spots reduced, cell spot often, apical spots always absent. Sub-sp. celebica Staudinger 1889: 3 Celebes. B.M. 17 ¢ 11 9 Celebes. (c). Unh purple gloss most intense. ? upf spotless. Sub-sp. quadripunctata Mabille 1876: 9 Moluccas: type B.M B.M. 1 3 3 2 N. Moluccas (Batchian, Halmaheira). 21a (19b). Unh not brown with 2 pale spots. 21 (22a). Unh black with blue veins, streaks and bands. oes, 6 b25 mm. *subcoelestis Rothschild 1916: 2 Dutch New Guinea: type B.M. 15 ¢6 17 2 New Guinea. 22a (21). Generally, unh with a white band: upf white apical dot in space 6. 2 with pale yellow hyaline spots in spaces 2, 3 and 6 upf. 22b (24). ‘Tip of clasp blunt, not produced. 22 (23). Tip of clasp broad, serrate, half width of clasp in middle. Unh basal area dark indigo, more or less densely overlaid with brown scales. 67 A.3. HASORA vitta. 6 sub-species. (a). Unh white band broken in space 1b, 24 mm. wide, outwardly diffused. $ F 22 mm. Sub-sp. indica Evans 1932: $ Karens: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind as chabrona. B.M. 11g 11 9S. India. 63 6 2 Sikkim. 103 4 2 Assam. 5 3 ‘ ° Burma (to Karens). 8 3 3 9 W. China (Ta Tsien ou (b). Unh white band outwardly sharply defined, 13 mm. wide: basal greenish blue area Sie especially along dorsum. ¢ F 21 mm. Sub-sp. manda nov: ¢ S. Andamans: type B.M. B.M. 8 ¢ 1 9 Andamans. (c). Larger, ¢ F 23 mm. Unh as manda, basal area browner. Sub-sp. vitta Butler 1870: g Labuan: type B. M. Fig - Butler 1874. Synonym. chabrona Plétz 1884: g Malacca. Fig Swinhoe 1908. | | B.M. 435. Burma. 1339 Tonkin. 18g 3 ¢ Malaya. 9 36 3 2 Sumatra. 6 ¢ 1 @ Nias. 11 3g 11 Q Borneo. 2 5 1 Celebes. (d). Unh band broader 24 mm., sharply defined and more continuous at tornus. | a Sub-sp. proximata Staudinger 1891: ¢g Palawan. Fig Semper 9: Seitz 3 as proxissima. Synonym. pathana Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Luzon. Fig Seitz. B.M. 1 3g 1 2 Palawan. (e). 3 much darker: unf conspicuous, sharply defined, _ bluish white scaling at end of cell and beyond cell from _ vein 3 to vein 6. Unh white band narrow, 1 mm., sharply defined and not broken in space 1b. ? similar: upf marked as in vitta. § F 23 mm. Sub-sp. sula Evans 1932: 2 Sula-Besi: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 Celebes. 1 2 Sula-Besi. (f). Upf no sub-apical dot. Unh indigo blue: white band broad: with a narrow submarginal blue band, as in dis- color. 2° above unmarked and unf large bluish ‘white spot at end cell. ¢ F 25 mm. 68 A.3. HASORA Sub-sp. simillima Rothschild 1916: ¢ Kapaur: type B.M. Synonym. Jatifascia Joicey & Talbot 1917: 3 Schouten Is: type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ Waigou. 1 g 1 2 Dutch New Guinea. 2 3 2 9 Mefor Is. 2 3 2 2 Schouten Is. 23 (22). Tip of clasp narrow, much narrower than 4 width of clasp in middle. Like vitta, but unh the wing basis is brown, overlaid with brown scales uniformly over the wing, basal area not darker. 3 F 23 mm. moestissima. 2 sub-species. (a). Unh no purple gloss: white band narrow, 1 mm., sharply defined, more or less broken in space 1b. Unf narrow whitish bar at end cell, but fainter than in vitta. Sub-sp. moestissima Mabille 1876: $ Celebes: type B.M. B.M. 9 ¢ Mindanao. 8 3 1 2 Celebes. (b). Below with a dull purple gloss. Unf no pale bar at end cell and sub-apical dot faint. Unh pale band narrow and faint. Sub-sp. unica Evans 1934: ¢ Aru (?): type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 24 (22b). Tip of clasp curved back to a long point. Above unmarked. Below dark brown, paler on F except for broad dark apex and a white dot in space 6. Unh white band 3 mm. in middle, contracted to 14 mm. at costa, inset to I mm. at v2 to dorsum, but absent in space rb: no dark tornal lobe. Wings broad. ¢ F 26mm. perplexa. Mabille 1876: g¢ Moluccas: type B.M. B.M. 3 type only. 25a (17b). Style of clasp trifid. Antennal club longer, nudum 36 as against 26 to 30 in preceding species. ¢ upf with more or less well-marked brands along the veins, on either side of veins 1, 2 and 3 and under vein 4. Thridas Group 25 (26a). Unh brown, no purple gloss: usually with a white band. g upf unmarked: 2 usually with pale yellow ___ hyaline spots in spaces 2, 3 and 6. _ khoda. to sub-species. | 69 A.3. HASORA (a). Unh band 14 mm., broken at tornus. 9° uph grey- haired. g F 25 mm. : Sub-sp. coulteri Wood Mason & De Nicéville 1881: $ Cachar: figured. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 631¢@ Assam. 2 ¢ Ataran. 2 9? Andamans. (b). 2 similar, but unf with a purple-white bar at end cell and unh band 44 mm., tapering to I mm. at vein I. Sub-sp. mavis Evans 1934: 2 Perak: type B.M. B.M. & type only. (c). Unh discal white band only faintly indicated. $ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. tantra Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Nias: type B.M. Synonyms. avajra Fruhstorfer 1911: g¢ Sumba: type B.M. B.M. 5 619 Nias. 4 ¢ Java. 1 § Sumba. (d). Unh band narrow, 1 mm., usually tapering to costa. 3g F25 mm. Sub-sp. minsona Swinhoe 1907: $ Borneo: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908. Synonym. venesta Evans 1934: 3 Philipeieeeh type B.M. B.M. 1 2 Malaya. 36 ¢ 1 2 Borneo. 1 3g Palawan. 1 ¢ 1 2 Philippines. 1 ¢ Negros Is. (e). Similar, but larger, ¢ F 27 mm. Below paler, grey brown. j Sub-sp. burgeri Ribbe 1889: g Celebes. B.M. 3 61 9 Celebes. 1 $ Siao. 1 § Talaut. (f). Unh discal band broad, 5 mm., tapering at ends. ¢ brands faint. ¢ F 26 mm. ) Sub-sp. plexa nov: ¢ Buru: type B.M. 4 2 Amboina:'2 .¢° 1° 9 Buru. “2g aeCeram: 1 3 Batjan. (g). Above bases green-haired. Unh band 3 mm., more continuous. ¢ F 26mm. Sub-sp. dampierensis Rothschild 1915: $ Dampier: type B.M. B.M. 10 6 9 9 New Guinea. 1 ¢ Dampier. (h). Unh band suffused brown, narrow. Very large, 3 F 30 mm. Sub-sp. linda Evans 1934: 3 Bougainville: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 Bougainville. 1 ¢ Guadalcanar. 2 ¢ Florida Is. 70 A.3. HASORA (i). Like dampierensis, but unh band 1 mm., less con- tinuous. | Sub-sp. haslia Swinhoe 1899: 3 Brisbane: type B.M. Fig Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 11 3 13 2 Queensland. (j). Above no greenish hairs. 2 upf spots small or absent. Below paler: unf end cell and apex pale brown. Unh band narrow, suffused. ¢ F 22 mm. Sub-sp. khoda Mabille 1876: 3 Is. des Pins, New Caledonia: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 2 2 New Caledonia. 1 g 1 2 Lifu. 1 dg 2 9 Sandwich Is. 26a (25). Unh not plain brown. | 26 (27). Unh dark brown with strong purple gloss. ¢ upf brands conspicuous. leucospila. 2 sub-species. (a). Unh with a trace of a paler band ending in a white subtornal spot and a spot beyond on dorsum. Unf a pale bar at end cell. $ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. leucospila Mabille 1891: g¢ N. Celebes. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. palinda Swinhoe 1905: ¢ Java: type B.M. matisca Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Bazilan: type B.M. parma Fruhstorfer 1911: § Kina Balu: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 Mergui, 5. Burma. 2 ¢ Sumatra. 2 g Java. 3 6 Borneo. 1 § Mindanao. 1 ¢ 1 9 Celebes. (b). Unh purple wash intense: no band. Unf pre-apical blue band. $ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. spila nov: ¢ Amboina: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 27 (26). Unh bluish green. ¢ F 27 mm. thridas. 2 sub-species. (a). Unh with a narrow, well-marked, white discal band. 2 upf unmarked. Sub-sp. thridas Boisduval 1832: $ Buru. Fig Seitz as celaenus. Synonyms. ribbe: Plétz 1886: 3g Buru. apara Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Obi: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 Obi. 1 & Halmaheira. 3 ¢ 1 2 Amboina. 191d Gisser. 12 3 2 9 Ceram. 71 A.4. BADAMIA (b). Unh band faint. A New Britain male has spots in spaces 2, 3 upf. ‘ Sub-sp. chalybeata Joicey & Talbot 1917: ¢ Waigou: type B.M. B.M. 4 35 Aru. 1 3 Salwatty. 36 1 2 Waigou. 13 ¢ New Guinea. 1 ¢ New Hanover. 1 ¢ New Ireland. 2 2 New Britain. A.4. BADAMIA Moore 1881: type exclamationis Fabricius: fixed by author. 1 (2). Above dark brown, bases paler. g upf with whitish hyaline spots in spaces 2, 3 and cell: 2 spots larger, yellower, also a spot in space 1b and 1 or more apical spots. Unh pale brown with a dark brown tornus sur- mounted by a whitish subtornal spot. ¢ F 29 mm. Cilia fuscous. exclamationis Fabricius 1775: S. India. Fig Lep eid Seitz. Synonyms. ervicus Fabricius 1798: 3 S. India. ladon Cramer 1782: 2 Coromandel: figured. forulus Hiibner 1819 = ladon Cramer. thymbron Felder 1860: $ Amboina. Type B.M. B.M. 5 3 3 2 Ceylon. 8g 10 2 S. India. 1 9 Chitral. 9S392N. India. 8 $82 Sikkim. 8 ¢ 59 Assam. 83492 Burma. 2 9 Andamans. 6 ¢ 2 9 Siam. 1 9 S. China. 5 6 49 Formosa. 1 2 Malaya. 2 6 4 2 Java. 1 3 Bali. 7372 Borneo. 13 3 5 2 Philippines. 10 ¢ g 2 Celebes. 1 ¢1@ Timor. 1 ¢ 1 2 Adonara. 1 3 Halmaheira. 5 3 6 Q Ceram. 3 6 1 @ Aru. 10 g 2 9 New Guinea, etc. 1 g New Britain. 5 ¢ Solomons. 12 ¢ 10 2 Australia (N.W. Darwin, N. Queensland to N.S. Wales). 2 3 1 9 Tonga Is. 1 2 Samoa. 4 5 69 Fyi. 2 ¢ New Hebrides. 2 (1). Smaller, ¢ F 23 mm. and yellower. 3 upf spot in space 2 is not narrow and elongate. Cilia of ¢ grey, 9 ochreous. atrox. 4 sub-species. (a). Above base F and most of H rather dusky ochreous. 3 upf spots in spaces 2, 3 and cell small, equal, more or less rounded, traces of a spot in space 1b, as in 9, usually 72 A.5. CHOASPES an apical spot in space 8. 2 upf spot in space 2 nearly quadrate. Unh ochreous brown, an obscure pale discal band and, in 9, broadly and sharply paler ochreous outwardly. Sub-sp. *atrox Butler 1877: 2 Lifu: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 42 Lifu, Loyalty Is. (b). 3 above ochreous brown. 2 base F and all H, except the outer margin much brighter ochreous. Unh 2 much paler. Sub-sp. flava Evans 1933: ¢ New Hebrides: type B.M. B.M. 2 5 3 2 New Hebrides. (c). g upf spot in space 2 across the space, as in 9: always a dot mid space ib near vein 1: very like atrox. Sub-sp. subflava Waterhouse 1920: ¢ Fiji. Pes 23 9 Fiji. (d). 2 near subflava, but upf the cell-spot is very large and the spot in space 2 1s shaped more as in exclamationis. Unh internal to the subtornal spot, there is an ochreous streak tapering towards the base. Sub-sp. collenettei Evans 1933: 2 Marquesas Is. Type B.M. B.M. Only the type. A.5. CHOASPES Moore 1881: type benjaminii Guérin: fixed by author. 1 (2a). 3 with brands upf under vein 4 and on either side of veins 3, 2 and 1, and uph above vein 2 and on either side of veins 3 and 4. ¢ F 25 mm. Cuiller of clasp with broad rounded tip and a beak on the inner side. plateni. 5 sub-species. _ (a). Uph orange tornal area narrow, 2 mm., as in all Indian forms of the species of this genus. ¢ above basally green: Q paler and extending to middle upf and on uph leaving a broad black border. Unh the tornal orange area comparatively broad, extending inwardly along vein 2 half-way to end cell: reaching nearly to vein 3 along the margin: the two black spots in space 2 are nearer to vein 3 than to vein 2. Sub-sp. *stigmata Evans 1932: ¢ Assam: type B.M. ¢ fig Lep Ind. as benjaminiz. rs A.5. CHOASPES B.M. 21 3 9 2 Sikkim. 12 $ 8 2 Assam. 1 8 Tonkin. 3 36 42 Hainan. iby, Uph yellow tornal area 4 mm. wide. Unh the black tongue does not extend tornally beyond the black spots in spaces Ic and 2. ‘Tornus tailed. Sub-sp. *caudata Evans 1932: ¢ Mergui: type B.M. Fig Staudinger 1888 as benjaminiu; Lep Ind, 3 as crawfurdt. B.M. 2 3 Mergui. 2 g¢ Malaya. 17 3 8 2 Sumatra. 3 42 Nias. 6 6 1 @ Banka. 14 5 1 Q Borneo. (c). Uph yellow tornal area 8 mm. in ¢ (10 mm. in 9) with 2 black spots in space 1c. Unh yellow area nearly reaches vein 4. ‘Tornus tailed. Sub-sp. *extensa Evans 1932: ¢ Java: type B.M. Larva fig Rhop Java, plate 6/23b as a form of subcaudata. B.M. 13 6 142 Java. 1 3 Bali. (d). Uph tornus lobed, yellow area 4 mm. ¢ above, purple blue with green bases. Unh yellow area reaches vein 4 and the black tongue is present. Sub-sp. adhara Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Mindanao. B.M. 1g 1 9 E. Mindanao. (e). Uph tornus lobed, yellow tornal area as in caudata, but the two black spots are larger and detached. 3g above purple blue. Sub-sp. *plateni Staudinger 1888: g$ Muinahassa. Synonymy. venidens Mabille 1891: 2 Minahassa. BM 2 Bow. Celebes: 2a (1). ¢ without brands. 2b (4a). Cuiller of clasp with rounded tip and a beak, as in platent. 2 (3). Unh tornal orange area not reaching vein 3. Above, ~} ¢ and @ green or blue with darker borders: 9 uph with 7] the usual black ‘borders. a benjaminii. 4 sub-species. (a). Unh the orange area beyond the black tongue in — | space 1b as long as the tongue: shorter in other N. Indian forms and species. 3 F 25 mm. Sub-sp. *benjaminii Guérin 1843: ¢ Nilgiris. Fig Moore || 1881. B.M. 113662 Ceylon. 13 3495S. India. 74 A.5. CHOASPES (b). 3g above paler and more uniform. Unh the tornal orange area is narrow as in xanthopogon, rather than as stigmata, but the spots in space 2 are central as in furcata, not nearer vein 2 as in xanthopogon, nor nearer vein 3 as in stigmata. Sub-sp. japonica Murray 1875: ¢ Japan: type B.M. Fig Seitz I. B.M. 17 6 14 9 Japan. 20 6 6 2 W. China. 2 ¢ Yunnan. 1 9 Chekiang. 1 9 Hupeh. 8 g 2 2 N.W. Himalayas (Kangra~-Kumaon). 2g 12 Nepal. 3 ¢ Sikkim. 113 49 Assam. (c). Very much darker, particularly in the ¢. Sub-sp. formosana Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Formosa: type B.M. | B.M. 14 ¢ 6 2 Burma (Maymyo to Ataran). 1 $ Siam. 2 6 Tonkin. 9 $ Formosa. 1 2 Palawan. (d). H tailed. Uph tornal yellow area very extensive, from dorsum straight across to the termen at vein 2, unmarked. Otherwise like caudata. Sub-sp. pallida Evans 1932: ¢ Sumatra: type Indian Museum, Calcutta. B.M. None. 3 (2). Unh tornal orange area reaching to vein 4, inwardly turning red and penetrating to the origin of vein 2. $ F 30 mm. iluensis. 2 sub-species. (a). Unh the dark tongue reaching to the black spots. Above greener. Sub-sp. iluensis Ribbe 1900: g Ceram: figured. B.M. 3 6 7 2 Ceram. (b). Unh the dark tongue shorter. Above bluer. Sub-sp. ornatus Rothschild 1903: $ Kapaur: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 13 6 3 2 New Guinea. 4a (2). Cuiller of clasp without a beak on the ventral side. 4b (6). Clasp ending in a rounded disc. 4 (5). Tip of clasp turned over and, on the ventral side, _ the edge of the disc is expanded to a long oval with spined 75 A.5. CHOASPES edges. H tornus lobed. g¢ F 25 mm. ¢ above, uniform brown, no green scaling, but with some basal green hairs. @ above bases blue-haired, rest black. Unh tornal orange _ area narrower than in the other species and the black spots in space 2 against vein 2, far from vein 3. *xanthopogon Kollar 1844: ¢ Himalaya: figured. Synonym. szmilis Evans 1932: 3 Assam: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 “Japan”. 24 3 82 W. China (Ta Tsien Lou, etc.). 2g 19 Yunnan. 45 29 N.W. Himalayas (Kashmir to Kumaon). 1 ¢ Nepal. 7 ¢ Sikkim. 14 3 9 9 Assam. 5 (4). Tip of clasp not turned over and edge of disc not expanded. H tornus tailed. ¢ F 27 mm. ¢ above green, outwardly turning indigo blue: @ much bluer and out- wardly darker, on H having the usual broad black costal and outer border. Hind tibiae of 3 with the comb holding the dorsal brush black instead of brown as usual. subcaudata. 2 sub-species. | (a). Unh like caudata, but the black tongue is much longer, nearly to termen: uph black tornal area similarly produced. ; Sub-sp. crawfurdi Distant 1886: ¢ Province Wellesley: type BM:: figured. Fig Lep-Ind 2 correctly, but am 3 is extensa. 3 B.M. 6 3 3 2 Burma (Karens to Mergui). 1 3 Malaya. 3.36 1 2 Sumatra. 2 6 2 9 Nias. 13°46 13 2 Boren. (b). H tornal area like extensa, but in 3 uph the conjoined black spots are directed to the tornus rather than to the dorsum: unh the tornal yellow area ends at vein 3 and the black tongue in space rb is absent. 9 uph like g, the black spots becoming a tongue as in crawfurdh. Sub-sp. subcaudata Felder 1867: 3 Java: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz; Rh Java, where larva also is figured on pl. vi, fig 23d (nec 23b). B.M. 6 3 62 Java. 6 (4b). Clasp broadening outwardly and with a large curved projection on the outer side. hemixanthus. 4 very different sub-species with similar genitalia. 76 B.1. EUSCHEMON (a). Resembling benjaminiu. 3 above, pearly green to mid wing F, whence it is black with some indigo reflexion: on H the green colour extends to a black border along the costa and termen. 2 similar, but the dark borders uph are broader. Unh as benjamuiniz, tornal area rather yellower and wider. ¢ F 24 mm. Sub-sp. *furcata Evans 1932: ¢ Sikkim: type B.M. @ Fig Lep Ind as benjamuiniz. B.M. 1 g 1 2 N. China. 1 ¢ Chekiang. 11 5 2 9 W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou). 3 ¢ Kiang Si. 2 $ Yunnan. 2512 Nepal. 44 ¢ 16 2 Sikkim. 1 ¢ Bhutan. 5 5 49 Assam. 1 2 Burma, Karens. 1 $ Perak. 1¢ Siam. 1322 Hainan. 1 3 Palawan. 3 (b). H tailed. Above dark brown, bases very iridescent green. Uph tornal black tongue as in extensa. Unh tongue short, with single and double spot. $ 25 mm. Sub-sp. cora Evans 1934: 3 Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. (c). H lobed. 3 above, very dark green. Uph tornal pale orange area to vein 3 and unh to vein 5. Below ground colour bluer and veins more broadly black. ¢ F 27 mm. Sub-sp. mona Evans 1934: S$ Halmaheira: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. (d). H lobed. Uph tornal half of wing yellow. Unh yellow area extends to end cell inwardly and to vein 6 at termen, unmarked. ¢ F 27 mm. Sub-sp. hemixanthus Rothschild 1903: 3g Aroa Riv.: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 19 3 92 New Guinea. B1. EUSCHEMON Doubleday 1846: type rafflesia Macleay: sole species included. Placed in group Fraenati by Mabille 1876. In subfamily Euschemoninae by Waterhouse & Lyell 1914. In family Euschemonidae (next Castnudae) by Lefroy 1923. rafflesia. 2 sub-species. (a). Upf i yellow band compact: sical blue scaling continued broadly to dorsum. Cilia F in space 1b and H in space ic not narrowly white. Unf blue scaling Ph B.2. CHAETOCNEME continued broadly to tornus, completely obscuring the pale hyaline spot in space 1b. Unh with conspicuous blue scaling in space 1c beyond the pale discal band. $ F 29 mm. Sub-sp. viridis Waterhouse 1933: ¢ Kuranda. B.M. 21 $ 21 2 N. Queensland. (b). Upf pale band more broken, cell spot separated from rest of band: apical blue scaling duller and restricted to apex. Cilia F in space 1b and H in space tc narrowly white. Unf blue scaling not continued below vein 2 and hyaline spot in space 1b conspicuous. Unh blue scaling in space Ic very narrow and inconspicuous. Sub-sp. rafflesia Macleay 1827: ‘‘Australia”. Fig Water- house 1932 and Seitz. White or partially white aberrations are not a and have been named: albo-ornatus Olliff 1891: ¢ Dunoon, Richmond Riv. alba Mabille 1904: $ Cooktown: type B.M. B.M. 28 ¢ 16 2 S. Queensland. B.2. CHAETOCNEME Felder 1860: type hekrius Cramer: | type fixed by Butler 1870 as corvus Felder, which is a synonym of helirius. Synonyms. Casyapa Kirby 1871: to replace Chaetocneme, wrongly considered to be preoccupied by Chaetocnema. Phoenicops Watson 1893: type denitza Hewitson: fixed by author. 1a (5a). 3g upf with conspicuous central hyaline spots. I (2a). g uph with 2 large yellow spots in and beyond end of cell, above which the costa is yellow. Elsewhere black with narrow yellow hyaline spots upf. 3 no costal fold. ¢ F 25 mm. *kumpiana Evans 1934: ¢ Mt. Kumpi, Weyland Mts., Dutch New Guinea: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 2a (1). Uph with at most small hyaline spots, costa not yellow. 2 (3a). 3 2 upf always with hyaline apical spots in spaces 78 3 : | | B.2. CHAETOCNEME 5 and 6, and usually also in 4. Uph veins grey. Unh with large black spots. Eyes red. No costal fold. 3 F 26 mm. denitza Hewitson 1867: ¢ Moreton Bay: type B.M. Fig Hewitson 1874; Seitz; Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 15 ¢ 17 2 N. Queensland to Brisbane. 3a (2). 3 2 upf no hyaline spot in space 6. 3 (4). 3g no costal fold. $ upf apical spots, if present. nearer to the spot in space 3 than to termen. @ upf central spots conjoined to a band, leaving a small dark triangle at base of space 3. Eyes red. ¢ F 30 mm. beata Hewitson 1867: $ Australia: type B.M. Fig Hewitson 1874; Seitz; Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 29 ¢ 172 N. Queensland to Sydney. 4 (3). 3 upf with costal fold: a single conspicuous apical spot in space 5, placed midway between the spot in space 3 and termen, usually present in 2 where the spots are not conjoined to a band. $ F 26 mm. editus. 2 sub-species. (a). 3 variegated dark and bright fulvous: upf as denitza, but also a spot mid space 5 and a small upper spot in space 1b: uph like beata, with small hyaline dots mid cell and space 5: below more uniform than beata. 92 dark brown with markings, which may be as in the figure of the type, longer or smaller: no two specimens seem alike. 3 eyes red. Sub-sp. editus Plétz 1885: Aru. Fig Swinhoe 1908; Seitz. Synonym. stothari: Rothschild 1915: 2 Utakwa River: type B.M. B.M. 1362 New Guinea. (b). g darker, more uniform, rendering conspicuous the central orange spot uph. 9? as 3. Sub-sp. trifenestrata Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 New Pomerania: type B.M. B.M. 1 $ New Pomerania. 3 ¢ 1 2 New Ireland. 5a (1a). 3 upf without hyaline spots: costal fold present. 5b (8a). Uph with more or less orange. 79 B.2. CHAETOCNEME 5c (7). Upf with a broad orange central band. 5 (6). Uph margin broadly orange, except at apex. $ F 30mm. critomedia. 4 sub-species. (a). Upf orange band even, tapering to dorsum. 3 uph orange bar end cell absent or faint. Unh orange area wide, extending upwards to vein 7 and downwards to vein 1a, but at termen the dark apical colouring extends narrowly to vein 2 and the cilia are brown correspondingly. Sub-sp. critomedia Guérin 1831: ¢ Arfak: figured. Fig Seitz 2, not g. Synonyms. odix Boisduval 1832: 3 Arfak. latifascia Rothschild 1915: $ Utakwa River: type B.M. waigeuensis Joicey & Talbot 1917: ¢ Waigou: type B.M. subornata Mabille & Boullet 1919: $ Humboldt Bay. B.M. 2 3 “Moluccas”. 10 3 3 2 Waigou. 5 5 2 2 Mysol.. : 21 $ 14 9 New Guinea (Geelvink, Humboldt and Astrolabe Bays). (b). Upf band irregular, spot in space 1b often reduced. 3 uph orange bar end cell usually present. Unh orange area narrower, upwardly to vein 6 and downwardly not. as far as vein Ia; at termen the dark apical colouring not reaching beyond vein 4 and cilia orange to end of vein 6. Darker. Sub-sp. caristus Hewitson 1867: ¢ Aru: type B.M. Fig | Rebel 1898. B.M. 11 ¢ 4 9 Aru. 26 ¢ 8 2? New Guinea (Astrolabe range to East, Eilanden, Utakwa and Aroa Rivers. Milne Bay). 2 ¢ Sudest Is. 1 3g “‘Java’’. (c). Like caristus, but upf with a conspicuous orange spot end cell and vague large spots interior to the band. Uph large orange spot end cell. Sub-sp. hydra Evans 1934: ¢ Hydrographer Mts., New Guinea: type B.M. B.M. 9 3 type loc., Kumusi River and Collingwood Bay. (d). A small edition of hydra: 3 F 26 mm., in hydra 31 mm. Sub-sp. sphinterifera Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Cape York: type B.M. Fig Waterhouse 1932; Seitz as critomedia 3. B.M. 4 3 Cape York, N.E. Australia. 80 B.z2. CHAETOCNEME 6 (5). Uph margin narrowly orange at apex only. Upf band centrally hyaline. 3 costal fold very slender: hind tibiae without a hair pencil: aedeagus without the usual shield dorsally. g¢ F 29 mm. - porphyropis Meyrick & Lower 1902: g¢ N. Queensland. Fig Seitz; Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 13642 N. Queensland. 7 (5c). Upf unmarked dark brown: uph outwardly orange. é F 23 mm. H tibiae without hair pencil. antipodes. 2 sub-species. (a). Uph orange area broad, 6 mm. Sub-sp. antipodes Guérin 1831: $ Dorey, New Guinea: figured. Synonym. dichroa Boisduval 1832: $ New Guinea. B.M. 5 5 Snow Mts., Utakwa River, New Guinea. (b). Uph orange area narrow, 34 mm. Sub-sp. biaka Joicey & Talbot 1916: & Biak, Schouten Is.: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 8a (5b). Uph plain brown. 8 (ga). 3 2 upf with a broad orange discal band. ¢ F 29 mm. | callixenus. 2 sub-species. (a). Upf band orange in J, yellow in 9. Unh plain. Sub-sp. callixenus Hewitson 1867: 2 Dorey: type B.M. Fig. Hewitson 1874: Seitz 2 (his 3$ is critomedia), 3 (as kallima). Synonym. kallima Swinhoe 1907: 3 Milne Bay: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908. B.M. 2 ¢ Waigou. 3 5 4 2 Dutch New Guinea (Geelvink Bay, Utakwa and Wangaar Rivers). 1 $ 3 2 Astrolabe range. 1 ¢ Aroa River. 9 ¢ 5 2? Milne Bay. 1 ¢ Aru. (b). g upf band yellow. Unh dorsal area broadly shaded yellow, ending along the margin in a double elongated Spot in space Ic. Sub-sp. stringa nov: ¢ Hydrographer Mts.: type B.M. B.M. 4 6 type loc. 6 SI B.z2. CHAETOCNEME 9a (8). 3 upf unmarked or with a dull yellow band, not reaching costa or tornus. 2 with a white band upf. g (10a). Large, $30-32mm. ¢ cilia yellow, except in sombra. helinhin 5 sub-species. (a). g$ unmarked, except for a more or less disviner black — bar at end cell upf and traces of a pale band unh. Clasp with widely bident tip. Sub-sp. naevifera Mabille 1888: 3 Batchian: figured. B.M. 15 3 8 2 Batchian. 1 g 1 2 Halmaheira. 2 3 1 2 Gilolo. (b). 3 upf with a more or less well-developed band of 3 yellow spots separated by dark veins in spaces 2, 3 and cell (last two may be absent): unf band more conspicuous. Clasp with singly pointed recurved tip. Sub-sp. helirius Cramer 1775: 3 “Surinam” (probably Amboina): figured. Synonyms. corvus Felder 1860: 3 “‘Surinam’’: type B.M. Fig Felder 1867; Seitz g and 2. cerinthus Felder 1860: 2 “‘Surinam’’: type B.M. Fig Felder 1867. aristippus Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Buru: type B.M. | B.M. 1 9 “Java”. 163 14 9 Amboina. 10 ¢ 10 9 Ceram. 736 72 Buru. 4 3 Gisser. 2 § Saparua. 2 3 “New Guinea’. 1 ¢ Kei Is. | (d). 3 like naevifera and same clasp form: veins above more darkened: unh with broad ochreous suffusion from base. 2 unh dorsal half whitish. Sub-sp. dissimilis Swinhoe 1905: ¢ German New Guinea: type B.M Synonyms. corippus Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Fergusson Is.: type B.M. swinhoet Joicey & Talbot 1917: ¢ Waigou: type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ 1 9 Waigou. 1 9 Mysol. 1 $ 1 2 Mefor Is. 14 g 122 New Guinea. 4 5 2? Schouten Is. 3 ¢ Kiriwini. 1 g¢ Dampier. 14 5 1 2 Fergussons. 1 g Sudest. 1 Sariba. (d). 3g upf with a more or less well-developed broad, rather dull yellow, band, broader than in helrius and directed to the termen, as in all females, instead of to the dorsum, sometimes reaching tornus: unf band more 82 B.2. CHAETOCNEME _ conspicuous: unh dorsal half bright ochreous: clasp as in dissimilis. 9 band broader: unh plain. Sub-sp. morea Evans 1934: ¢ Astrolabe Range: type B.M. B.M. 3 36 1 2 type loc. 1 $ British New Guinea. 1 3 Filanden.R. 2 $ Utakwa R. (e). g without a costal fold upf: cilia brown: like dissimilis, there are indications of a band, as in morea. 2 as morea. Clasp closely bident. Sub-sp. sombra Evans 1934: ¢ New Mecklenburg: type B.M. B.M. 1 dtype. 4522 New Britain. 2 3 2 2 New Ireland. 10a (9). Much smaller, ¢ F 23-25 mm. Cilia brown. 10 (11a). $ uph and unh with a conspicuous yellow spot at end of cell. 2 with a yellow band upf. lunula Mabille 1888: $ Waigou: figured. Synonym. oetwakensis Rothschild 1916: 2 Utakwa R.: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 Kapaur. 7 9 Geelvink Bay. 3 2 Humboldt Bay. I g 1 2 Astrolabe Bay. 1 9 MenooR. 1 3 3 2 Utakwa R. 735 AroaR. 1 3 Milne Bay. 1 g¢ 19 Waigou. 1 2? Mysol. 11a (10). ¢ uph and unh no conspicuous yellow spot at end cell: a narrow spot is rarely present in tenuis. 11 (12). Clasp with a short spine at the tip, as in lunula. Above and below unmarked. triton. 2 sub-species. (a). Above uniform. Sub-sp. triton Boisduval 1832: ¢ New Guinea. Fig Seitz as callixenus 3. B.M. 2 3 Waigou. 4 ¢ Aroa R. 1 g 2 9 Milne Bay. 1 2 Eilanden R. | (b). Above darker: veins darkened. _ Sub-sp. hibernia Evans 1934: 3 New Ireland: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 Rook Is. 6 3 6 2 New Britain. 3 ¢ 1 9 New Ireland. 12 (11). Clasp with a very much longer spine at the tip. g above, rufous brown, upf broadly, uph narrowly dark brown: unf with distinct traces of a broad pale band, as in morea. 2 upf with a white band. 83 B.3. CAPILA tenuis van Eecke 1924: $ Prauwenbivak, Dutch New Guinea: figured. B.M. 4342 Mysol. 2 3 2 9 Waigou. 3 2 Geelvink Bay. 5 6 3 2 Humboldt Bay. 3 g¢ Kapaur. 1 ¢ Wangaar R. 3632 Utakwa R. 29 Eilanden R. 5 3 4 9 Astrolabe Range. 3 ¢6¢ AroaR. 19 Kumusi R. 1 ¢ Collingwood Bay. 1 $ Hydrographer Mts. 16 $ 18 9 Milne Bay. 1 ¢ 1 @ Rook Is. B.3. CAPILA Moore 1865: type jayadeva Moore: sole species included. Synonyms. Pisola Moore 1865: type zennara Moore: sole species included. Calliana Moore, 1878: type pieridoides Moore: sole species’ included. Crosstura De Nicéville 1892: type pennicillatum De Nicé- ville: fixed by author. Pteroxys Watson 1893: type phanaeus Hewitson: fixed by author: homonym by Hampson 1893 Orthophoetus Watson 1895: to replace Pteroxys. 1a (4a). 39 pe with conspicuous separated hyaline ae spots. tb (3). Uph and unh with conspicuous dark spots. 1 (2). These spots large and yellow-ringed. ¢ with costal fold. ¢F2gmm. Spots upf, 3 yellow, 2 white. lidderdali Elwes 1888: 3 Sikkim or Bhutan: type B.M. Fig El & Ed 1897. I ¢ type, 1 2 Assam. (Duffla Hills). 2 (1). The dark spots uph and unh small, not yellow-ringed. g F 29 mm. ¢ with one of the spurs of the lower pair on the hind tibiae very swollen. Eyes red in the paler forms. Cheeks, under palpi, concolorous with the pectus, not white, as in rest of genus. Clasps very variable. phanaeus. 8 sub-species, some of which overlap. (a). The first 6 forms have a well-marked costal fold upf. The first 3 forms have 3 hyaline apical spots. Above, dark ferruginous brown. 84 B.3. CAPILA Sub-sp. fiducia nov: $ Khasi Hills: type B.M. B.M. 4 ¢ Assam, Khasi Hills. (b). Above, bright tawny. Sub-sp. lalita Doherty 1888: g Lushai Hills: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, ¢ is ferrea, 2 fulva. B.M. 2 ¢ Manipur. 2 ¢ 1 2 N.W. Siam (Klong-Klung. Me Sai Song). (c). Above, pale tawny, hyaline markings much enlarged and black-edged. ‘Tip of clasp pointed, undivided: usually bifid or trifid. Sub-sp. *flora Evans 1934: ¢ Maymyo: type B.M. B.M. 4 6 2 9 N. Shan States, Burma. 1 $ Thaungyin. 2312 W. Siam (Nam Phi, Me Chow Prae, Me Sai Sing). (d). The next 3 forms have apical hyaline spots faint, dark or absent in g, present in 9. Above bright tawny as lalita, grading from J/alita to falta. Sub-sp. fulva Evans 1932: ¢ Karens: type B.M. B.M. 635 892 Karens. 1 ¢ 12 Rangoon. 3 3 3 2 Ataran. 1 g W. Siam (Melamoung). (e). Above ferruginous brown, grading from fulva to ferrea. Sub-sp. falta nov: ¢ Kanbauk, Tavoy: type B.M. B.M. 9 3 4 2 Ataran. 1 9 Salween. 73 Tavoy. 4322 Mergui. 2 ¢ Siam (Krabin Bankeong, Khao Sabap, Chentabun). (f). Dark brown, with only a slight ferruginous tinge, if any. nes ferrea Evans 1934: ¢ Perak: type B.M. Fig Rhop Malayana as phanaeus. B.M. 6 g 2 9 Malaya (1 3 has no costal fold). (g). This and the next form have no costal fold. Above, plain brown, no ferruginous tint. Upf 3 hyaline apical spots, recalling fiducia. Smallest form, ¢ 25 mm. Sub-sp. quagga Evans 1942: $ Siberut Is. Type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ Siberut Is. 1 ¢ Sipora Is. (h). Above, dark ferruginous brown. Upf hyaline apical spots as in fulva. Sub-sp. phanaeus Hewitson 1867: 9 Sarawak: type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 12 Sumatra. 15 ¢ 19 Borneo. 85 B.3. CAPILA 3 (1b). Uph and unh dark spots suffused or absent. ¢ no costal fold. Upf spots white, only a single conspicuous spot in space 1b. ¢ F 30 mm. omeia Leech 1894: $ Omeishan: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 19 ¢ 16 2 W. China (Ta Tsien Lou, etc.). 4a (1a). 3 2 without conspicuous separated hyaline spots upf. ¢ upf no costal fold. 4 (5a). ¢ 2 with hyaline white apical spots and a con- tinuous discal band upf. ¢ uph with a projecting hair tuft at end of vein 4. pennicillatum. 3 sub-species, which may prove inseparable. (a). ¢ F 30 mm. Unf 5 (2 4) apical spots, band 2 mm., from costa to space Ia. Sub-sp. pennicillatum De Nicéville 1892: 3 Khasi Hills: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 6 ¢ 2 2 Khasi Hills. (b). ¢ F 27mm. Unf 3 (2 4) apical spots, band 15 mm., not to costa nor to space Ia. 2 uph and unh with con- spicuous black spots. Sub-sp. insularis Joicey & Talbot 1921: ¢ Hainan: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 264292 Hainan. (c). ¢ F 26 mm. Upf 3 opaque apical spots vestigial, unf band shorter and broader. Sub-sp. kiyila Fruhstorfer 1914: 3 Canton: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 5a (4). ¢ 2 without apical spots upf. 5 (6a). 3g above mostly white. 2 brown, upf with large discal white spots extending to costa. ¢ upf no costal fold. ¢ F 30-33 mm. pieridoides. 4 sub-species. (a). F apex pointed. g upf a black spot mid space rb. Uph only a black discal spot in space 6. Sub-sp. chinensis Evans 1932: ¢ Pu Tsu Fong, W. China: type B.M. Fig Leech 1894. B.M. Only the type. (b). F apex rounded. ¢ upf no spot in space 1b. Uph black discal spots in spaces 3 to 7. 86 B.3. CAPILA Sub-sp. pieridoides Moore 1878: 3 N.E. Bengal: type B.M.: figured. 9 fig. De Nicéville 1891. B.M. 26 3 5 2 Khasi Hills. 1 g Manipur. 1 $ Lushai Hills. 1 9 Ataran. (c). 3g upf cell darkened and veins dark to apex, which is broader. Sub-sp. sofa Evans 1934: g Selangor-Pahang border: type B.M B.M. Only the type. (d). g upf apex entirely black to end cell: basal half of cell darkened. Sub-sp. adamsi Evans 1932: ¢ Kina Balu: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 Borneo. 6a (5). ¢ not mostly white, above. ? upf witha broad white band. 6b (9g). ¢ above, with grey streaks between the veins. 6 (7a). These streaks not reaching the termen and enlarged in spaces 2 and 3 upf to large hyaline spots. @ uph and unh with faint grey streaks. ¢ F 30 mm. translucida Leech 1894: $ Omeishan: type B.M.: figured. Synonym. pussa Hering 1918: 2 China. B.M. 23292 W. China. | 7a (6). ‘These streaks all narrow and reaching the termen. 7 (8). 3 above, head, thorax and wing bases brown: wings squarer, dorsum.F > termen. ? upf band narrow and constricted at veins. ¢@ antennal apiculus short. 3g F 31 mm. 2 H striping absent. zennara Moore 1865: 2 N.E. Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz as jayadeva. B.M. 15 ¢ 15 9 Sikkim. 2 ¢ Bhutan. 3 ¢ Manipur. 8 (7). 3 above, head, thorax and wing bases orange: wings produced, dorsum F = termen. ? H striping conspicuous. $ F 30 mm. jayadeva Moore 1865: $ Darjiling: type B.M.: figured (fig. of 2 = $ zennara). Fig Lep Ind; figs in Seitz are zennara. B.M. 7352 Sikkim. 13 ¢ 15 2 Assam. 87 B.4. LOBOCLA 9 (6b). 3g above without grey streaks: upf with a large white spot before end of cell. 9 with a broad white band upf, as in jayadeva, at costa not much wider than in cell. é¢ F 33 mm. hainana. 2 sub-species. (a). 3g paler. 2 band regular. Sub-sp. mackwoodi Evans 1914: ¢ Maymyo: type B.M. B.M. 11 ¢ 13 2 Burma, Momeit to Ataran. (b). 3g darker. 9 band irregular, dislocated at vein af Sub-sp. hainana Crowley 1900: 2 Hainan: type B.M. Synonym. barroni Riley & Godfrey 1923: ¢ S.E. Siam: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 136 495S.E. Siam. 1 9 Hainan. B.4. LOBOCLA Tope 1884: type liana Atkinson: fixed by author. 1a (7). Palpi grey below. Upf with 3 apical spots, in spaces , 7 an tb (6). Upf spots in spaces 4 and 5, if present, nearer to the apical spots in spaces 6 to 8 than to the termen. _ 1 (2a). Upf central spots conjoined to a compact band from costa to vein 1 at tornus. Cilia F dark except at apex and tornus. | liliana. 5 sub-species. (a). In the first 2 sub-species the end of the uncus is straight and not bent. ‘The western form is paler with a narrow central band, 2 mm. wide, and usually it stops short in the middle of space 1b. 3 F 23 mm. Sub-sp. ignatius Plotz 1882: ?loc. Synonym. casyapa Moore 1884: 3 Mussoorie: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 173 72 N.W. Himalayas (Murree to Kumaon). (b). Upf band broad, 5 mm. wide. ¢ F 24 mm. | Sub-sp. liliana Atkinson 1871: ¢ W. Yunnan: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz I. B.M. 23 Sikkim. 35 ¢ 10 9 Assam. 1 ¢ 1 2 .N. Shan St. 4392S. Shan St. 16 g 162 Karen Hills. 1 $ 1 9 Ataran. 1g Siam. 1 ¢ Indo-China (Laos). 2 9 Yunnan. (c). In the last 3 sub-species the end of the uncus 1s 88 B.4. LOBOCLA short and bent: band as in kiana. Upf band yellow. 3 F 23 mm. Sub-sp. aborica Tytler 1915: Abor Valley: type B.M. : figured. _ B.M. 2 3 Abor Valley. (d). Unh white semi-hyaline spot in space 3. Band pale yellow. Sub-sp. zesta nov: $¢ Momeit, N. Burma: W. Doherty: type B.M. B.M. 3 ¢ type loc. (e). Only differs from ilana in the short uncus and, as in the case of the last 3 sub-species, the obsolescence of the spots in spaces 4 and 5 upf: g F 24 mm. » Sub-sp. tonka nov: ¢ Ngai Tio, Tonkin: H. Stevens: type B.M | B.M. Only the type. 2a (1). Upf the central band broken into spots and does not extend beyond the middle of space 1b. Cilia F chequered throughout. 2b (4a). Upf spot in space 3 approximate to the central band. 2 (3). Upf spot in space 3 overlaps the spot in space 2. Unf dorsum generally broadly white to middle of space tb. Unf with grey scaling at the apex from termen to apical spots. Very variable in respect of size, ¢ F 18-24 mm., width of band, which is sometimes yellow, and width of markings. bifasciatus Bremer & Grey 1853: 3 Pekin. Fig Ménétriés 1855: Oberthiir 1886: fig in Seitz is of contractus. Synonym. kodairi Sonan 1936: 2 Formosa: figured. ? a worn stray. B.M. 23292 Amur. 6349 Korea. 2 3 2 9 Shansi. 1 3 N. Shensi. 11 ¢ 6 2 Hupeh. 1 3 1 2 Chekiang. 39 2 22 2 W. China (Mupin, Ta Tsien Lou, etc.). 21 3 5 2 Tse Kou. 5 ¢ 3 2 Yunnan (Tali, Li Kiang, etc.). 1 ¢ Mekong. 3 (2). Upf spot in space 3 just does not overlap spot in space 2. Unf dorsum (space 1a) brown, but space 1b may be whitish. Unf grey scaling before termen narrow and extending further towards tornus. ¢ F 22 mm. Top 89 B.4. LOBOCLA of clasp serrate at tip of cuiller and not alone greater part of upper edge. contractus Leech 1894: 3 Wa Ssu Kow: type B.M.: figured. The fig. reproduced in Seitz I as bifasciatus; Seitz I Supp. B.M. 62 $ 179 W. China, flying with bifasciatus. 4a (2b). Upf spot in space 3 midway between the spots in spaces 4 and 5 and the central band. ¢ F 20-23 mm. 4 (5). Unh dark markings conspicuously contrasting with the paler ground colour and the lower edge of the so discal spot in space 4 prolonged inwards to end of cell. germanus Oberthiir 1886: ¢ Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M.: figured. Fig in Seitz I. B.M. 47 3 32 2 W. China. 7 $ 8 9 Yunnan. 5 (4). Unh dark markings not conspicuously contrasting, much paler, and the dark discal spot in space 4 not produced inwards. nepos. 2 sub-species. (a). Above markings narrow, spot in space 3 narrower than the distance from it to the spot in space 2 or 4. Unh ground colour grey. , Sub-sp. nepos Oberthiir 1886: ¢ Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M.: figured. Fig in Seitz I. B.M. 60 3 24 9 W. China. 3 ¢ 1 9 Szechwan. 15 5 6 9 Yunnan (Tse Kou and Li-kiang). (b). Above markings broad, spot in space 3 broader than the distance from it to the spot in space 2 or 4. Unh ground colour brown. Sub-sp. phyllis Hemming 1933: ¢ Ho Ko, Kham (midway between Ta ‘Tsien Lou and Batang). Synonym. frater Alphéraky 1897: homonym by Ober- thiir 1891. B.M. 4 6 5 2 Yunnan (Wei Hsi Ting and Yunnan Fou). 6 (1b). Upf spots in spaces 4 and 5 nearer to the termen than to the apical spots in spaces 6 to 8. Unh markings conspicuously white-edged, spot in space 5 rin NS g F 22mm. go B.5. CHARMION proximus Leech 1891: ¢ Pu Tsu Fong: type B.M. Fig Leech 1891; Seitz I; Seitz I Supp. as frater. Synonym. frater Oberthiir 1891: $ Yunnan: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 29 ¢ 3 2 W. China. 6 g 2 9 Yunnan (Tse Kou, Li-kiang). 7 (1a). Palpi black below. Upf with 4 apical spots in spaces 6 to g. Below dark brown, markings faint, outwardly broadly grey. ¢ F 20mm. simplex Leech 1891: $ Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz I. Synonymy. gener Oberthiir 1891: ¢ Yunnan: type B.M.: figured. ? B.M. 83 5 33 ¢ W. China. 13 3 3 @ Yunnan (Li-kiang, Tali, Tse Kou, A Tun T'se, Teng Yueh Ting). 1 2 S.E. Thibet (Rong To Valley). B.5. CHARMION De Nicéville 1894: type ficulnea Hewit- son: fixed by author. Single velvet black species unmarked except for a white or yellow central band upf. g¢ F 19-21 mm. ficulnea. 5 sub-species. (a). White band narrow, in $ 4 mm. at vein 3, crossing cell, but not entering space 1b. Wings produced. Sub-sp. queda Plétz 1885: 9 Malacca. Fig Seitz 9; Lep Ind ¢ only, as ficulnea. Synonym. mibana Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Sumatra: type B.M B.M. 2 3 Naga Hills. 3 ¢ 1 9 5S. Mergui, Burma. 1 ¢g Peninsular Siam. 13 ¢ 2 2 Malaya. 21 g 12 2 Sumatra. (b). Similar but band wider, 3 5 mm. at vein 3. Sub-sp. ficulnea Hewitson 1868: ¢ Borneo: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, 2 only. Synonym. signata Druce 1873: 3 Borneo: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 25 ¢ 22 2 Borneo. (c). Smaller: band not crossing cell, wherein it is absent or represented by a lower, detached spot. gi B.6. CELAENORRHINUS Sub-sp. niasica Mabille 1913: g¢ Nias: type B.M. Synonym. ovalis Mabille 1913: 3 Nias. B.M. 15 3 Nias. (d). Band extends into space 1b and across cell. Wings rounded. Sub-sp. tola Hewitson 1878: $ Tondano: type B.M. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. zawi Plotz 1885: 3 Celebes. plesioneurae Staudinger 1888: 2 Minahassa: figured. B.M. 32 3 42 Celebes. 1 2 Ternate. (e). Band yellow to orange, crosses cell and sometimes enters space 1b. Wing shape of tola. Smaller. Sub-sp. crona Hewitson 1878: 3g Batchian. Type B.M. Synonym. batchianus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Bat- chian: figured. B.M. 7 3 2 2 Batchian. 1 ¢ Halmaheira. 1 3 Obit. t)o-Birea. B.6. CELAENORRHINUS Hiibner 1819: type eligius Stoll: fixed by Scudder 1875. Synonyms.’ Ancistrocampta C. & R. Felder 1862: type sylhus C. & R. Felder: sole species included. Hantana Moore 1881: type spilothyrus Felder: fixed by author as infernus Felder, which is a synonym of spilothyrus. — Gehlota Doherty 1889: type sumitra Moore: fixed by Watson 1893. | Apallaga Strand 1891: type mokeezi Wallengren: only species included was separata Strand which is a synonym of mokeezt. 1a (32). Upf with central pale spots or a band (¢ spilothyrus is aberrant and the key is based on the 9). tb (26a). Upf the central spots or band white. 1c (12a). Upf with a pale or dark spot in the basal part of space 1b (in Formosa, where all the known species belong to this group, this spot is frequently absent: in pyrrha it is very small or vestigial). 1d (3a). Upf spot in space 3 mid spots in spaces 2 and 4. 1 (2). Upf inner spot in space 1b black. Unh orange with black spots. 3 antennae club and shaft white. ¢ F 27 mm. g2 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS flavocincta De Nicéville 1887: $ Bhutan: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 2 3 Sikkim. 3 ¢ Bhutan. 2 (1). Upf inner spot in space rb hyaline white. Unh brown with yellow spots. ¢ antennae club and shaft white or broadly white chequered: ¢ club white, shaft narrowly chequered. 3¢ F 28 mm. aspersa Leech 1891: $ Chia Kou Ho: type B.M. Fig Leech 1894; Seitz I. | Synonym. clitus De Nicéville 1891: $ Nagas: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 1 3 1 2 Szechwan (Chia Kou Ho, Tien Tsuen). 5 6 Naga Hills. 3 $3 2 N. Burma (Bernardmyo, Momeit). 1 2 Hainan. 3a (1d). Upf spot in space 3 approximate to the spot in space 2. 3b (5a). Below with more or less developed basal yellow striping, at least visible before dorsum unh. Antennae, base of club white, shaft plain. 3 (4). Upf apical spots subequal and in a straight line. maculosa. 2 sub-species. (a). Markings conspicuous. ¢ F 24 mm. Sub-sp. maculosa Felder 1867: ¢ Shanghai: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz I; Leech 1894. Synonym. refulgens Oberthiir 1896: 2 Siao Lou: type B.M.: figured. An aberration. B.M. 3 6 Mongolia. 1 g Shanghai. 1 9 Fukien. 9 3 9 2 Hupeh. 3 3 5 2 Chekiang. 46 3 37 2 W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou area, Kwan Shien). (b). Markings reduced, particularly the inner spot in space 1b upf, which may be absent, and the striping below, which is absent unf and reduced unh. ¢ F 22 mm. Sub-sp. taiwanus Matsumura 1919: 2 Formosa: figured. B.M. 2 3 3 2 Formosa. 4 (3). Upf apical spots irregular and unequal, spot in space 6 elongate, nearer termen, and spot in space 7 minute. Much smaller, $ F 19 mm. Uph discal spot present in 93 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS space 7. Unf basal striping more intense. Clasp ending in a bent-over point. *oscula nov: ¢ Tien Tsuen: P. Dejean: type B.M. B.M. 10 3 6 9 Ta Tsien Lou area (Moupin, Omeishan, Siao Lou, Ya Tchao). 5a (3b). Below without basal striping. 5 (6a). Uph and unh submarginal spots conjoined and _ connected to termen by yellow veins. ¢ F 18 mm. kiku Hering 1918: 2 T’sha Jiu Shan: figured. B.M. None. Possibly an aberration of maculosa or consanguinea. 6a (5). Uph and unh submarginal spots not conjoined. 6b (ga). Unf in space 1b a double pale spot beyond the double discal spot. Antennae base club white, shaft chequered. 6c (8). Cilia more or less conspicuously white chequered — on both wings. 6 (7). Uph discal spots more or less blurred. Two seasonal forms. WSF uph and unh all markings blurred. DSF all markings unh and submarginal spots uph sharply defined. g F 25 mm. ambareesa Moore 1865: ¢ Manbhoom (Purulia), Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. | B.M. 1 2 “Ceylon” (? wrong label). 15 ¢ 12 2 DSF, 16 $ 169 WSF, S. India. 2 ¢ DSF Pachmarhi, Centr. Proy, .29d{1i? Chota Nagpur, Centr. India. 1 2 WSF “Bengal” (type). a 7 (6). Uph and unh spots brig it yellow, sharply defined. g F 22 mm. consanguinea Leech 1891: 3 One Shan: type B.M.: Fig Leech 1894; Seitz I. B.M. 22 g¢ 11 9 W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou area). 5 ¢ Yunnan (Tali). 8 (6c). Cilia F plain dark brown: H chequered yellow. g F 25 mm. 94 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS pyrrha De Nicéville 1889: 3 Bhutan: figured. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 3 36 4 2 Sikkim. 2 ¢ 2 2 Bhutan. 15 ¢ 15 2 Assam. 1g N. Burma (Momeit). 1 9525S. Shan St. 1 2 Cochin China. 9a (6b). Unf in space 1b no double spot beyond the double discal spot. gb (11); 3 2 only basal half of club white, shaft chequered or plain dark brown. Cilia H yellow, conspicuously chequered. g (10). ¢ 2 apex F rounded, termen < dorsum. Unh super- scaling basal, leaving discal spots clear. Abdomen striped. ratna. 3 sub-species. (a). Uph and unh spots much reduced, no outer spot in space 7. Upf spots much enlarged and in both the central and apical series the spots are conjoined. ¢ F 21 mm. Sub-sp..daphne nov: 2 “Sikkim” (recte Kumaon): type B.M.: figured Lep Ind pl. 758/4 a and 4c as pulomaya 9. 3 6 22.N.W. Himalayas (Kumaon). (b). Uph and unh yellow spots complete and conspicuous. g Fi 23 mm. Sub-sp. tytleri Evans 1926: 3 Nagas: type B.M. 2 Fig Seitz I, pl. 84c and Evans 1926 and 1932 as 2 pulomaya. B.M. 17 3 162 Sikkim. 17 3 18 2 Assam. (c). Upf as tytler1, but the spot near base space 1b and the lower discal spot in the same space absent in ¢: present as dots in 2 and present unf in ¢ and 9. Unf in © there is a single spot in space 1b beyond the discal double spot. ¢ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. ratna Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 Formosa: type B.M. Fig Matsumura 1931 as consanguinea. Synonym. cho Mabille 1914: $ Formosa: type B.M. B.M. 23 42 Formosa. 10 (9). ¢ 2 apex F produced, termen = dorsum. Unh super- scaling covers entire wing evenly rendering the yellow spots much duller. Genitalia very different, uncus and clasps undivided. | pulomaya. 2 sub-species. | (a). Closely resembles tytlertz. Upf lower spot in space 1b 95 \ B.6. CELAENORRHINUS always smaller than the upper spot. Uph spots con- spicuous and complete. ¢ F 24 mm. | Sub-sp. pulomaya Moore 1865: ¢ Sikkim: type B.M. ¢ fig Lep Ind, pl. 758/4 and 4b: other figures of pulomaya are raina or pero q.vV. Synonym. pila Tytler 1915: 3 Manipur: type B.M. B.M. 4 3 2 2 N.W. Himalayas. 33 3 10 2 Sikkim. 26 12 Bhutan. 31 ¢ 6 Assam. 1 $ Lo Tse Kiang, Yunnan. (b). Much darker and smaller, ¢ F 19 mm. Uph markings reduced, only a bar at end cell and 3 post-discal spots. Upf inner spot in space rb obsolete in g, vestigial in 9: unf usually just traceable. Sub-sp. formosanus Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 Formosa: type B.M ; B.M. 5 3 4 2 Formosa. 11 (gb). 3 entire antennal club and shaft white. H cilia broadly yellow, only faintly chequered at end of veins. Wings produced. Apex upf usually narrowly whitish. pero. 2 sub-species. (a). ¢ F 24 mm. Markings H reduced and paler. Sub-sp. pero are Nicéville 1889: 3 “‘India”’: figured. Fig — Lep Ind; Seitz. | B.M. 18 3 3 2 Mussoorie and Kumaon. (b). g F 28 mm. Markings H darker and larger. Sub-sp. lucifera Leech 1894: 9 Moupin: type B.M.: figured. Reproduced Seitz I as pulomaya. B.M. 1 3¢ Sikkim. 2 g 1 2 Naga Hills. 19 Moupin. 12a (1c). Upf no pale or dark spot in basal part of space 1b. 12b (19a). Upf the cell spot placed midway between the base and the apex of the wing. Unh with sharply defined yellow spots. | 12c (15a). g@ antennal shaft chequered: club and apiculus white in 3, basal part of club only white in 9. Uph with yellow spots. Cilia H conspicuously chequered yellow and brown. 12 (13a). Upf upper spot in space 1b completely over- lapped by the spot in space 2. Otherwise resembles 96 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS plagifera: smaller, 3 F 23 mm. and uph spots darker and less developed. Genitalia abnormal: uncus reduced to 2 long narrow arms: tip of cuiller very long and bent over the style. morena nov: ¢ Naga Hills, 6,000 ft.: W. Doherty: Aug. 1889: type B.M. B.M. 29 Sikkim. 6 3 8 2 Manipur and Naga Hills. 13a (12). Upf upper spot in space rb external to spot in space 2. 13 (14). Uph spot end cell conspicuous as well as all the spots unh: generally a discal and basal spot in space 7. Genitalia normal. ¢ F 27 mm. plagifera De Nicéville 1889: 9 Sikkim: figured. Fig Lep Ind. Synonym. moellert Evans 1932: 3 Sikkim: type B.M. An aberration. B.M. 15 ¢ 13 ¢ Sikkim. 231 @ Bhutan. 5 3 2 2 Assam. 3 6 Sadon, N. Burma. 1 ¢ Tempang, S.E. Thibet. 14 (13). Upf no spot at end cell, only the post-discal spots. Upf the central spots narrow and in line. ¢ F 28 mm. sumitra Moore 1865: 2 N.E. Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, but the artist has accentuated the spot end cell uph, which in the original specimen (in B.M.) is vestigial. B.M. 3 3 3 2 Sikkim. 1 ¢ Manipur. 3 ¢ 1 9 Maymyo. N. Shan States. 15a (12c). ¢ antennal shaft and club white: 9 generally the club is white and the shaft plain brown, never chequered, but in patula and entellus the white colouring often extends along the club, even to its base. 15b (17a). Wings not produced, dorsum F > termen. 15 (16). Abdomen striped. Upf cell spot not continued above radius. Cilia H yellow, more or less narrowly chequered at end veins. The variation displayed by this species appears to be ecological rather than geographical. At one extreme there is typical patula, very large, 3 F 27 mm.: upf apical spots in spaces 4 to 8 large, subequal and approximate: central spots small, spots in spaces 1b and 3 reduced and detached: uph spots orange, large. 7 97 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS At the other extreme is the small (¢ F 22 mm.) dry season form from mid-Burma: upf spots in spaces 4 and 5 small and detached: central spots large and upper spot in space 1b overlapped by the spot in space 2: uph spots small and pale. In the Naga Hills patula seems to reach its maximum development and the DSF seems absent. In the 'Ta Tsien Lou area the prevailing form is like patula: specimens from Omei Shan (chinensis ($) and pluscula (2)) are smaller, dark examples of the DSF described above. In Sikkim all forms occur. In Burma the WSF is like chinensis. Style of clasp longer than cuiller. patula De Nicéville 1889: 3 Sikkim: ¢ figured. Fig repro- duced Lep Ind. ¢ fig Leech 1894 (reproduced Seitz [) as sumitra and Swinhoe 1908 as chinensis: 2 fig Leech 1894 as pluscula. Synonyms. pluscula Leech 1894: 2 Omei Shan: type B.M.: figured. chinensis Swinhoe 1907: ¢ Omei Shan: type B.M. B.M. 23 3 19 2 W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou, Siao Lou, Tien ‘T’suen, etc.). 10 ¢ 4 2 Omei Shan. 2 $ Chin Fu Shan. 2 g¢ N. Yunnan. 9 ¢ 102 Sikkim. 2 ¢ 2 2 Assam. 24 $6 9 2 Manipur and Naga Hills. 7 ¢ 5 2 Momeit, N. Burma. 7 $6 42 5S. Shan St. 4 5 2 2 Karen oo 1 ¢ W. Dawnas. 16 (15). Abdomen unstriped, dark brown. Upf cell spot generally continued above radius. Cilia H outwardly white, basally yellow, chequered at ends of veins. Style — and cuiller of clasp subequal. There are 2 well-marked | seasonal forms: WSF uph with subequal small discal and _ post-discal spots: DSF with a single large spot at end of — cell. g F 22 mm. leucocera Kollar 1848: 9 Himalayas: figured. Fig Lep Ind. Synonym. arminia Plotz 1884 = leucocera. vitruvius Fruhstorfer 1910: 9. Siam: type B.M. | B.M. 22 3g 22 2S. India to Centr. Prov. 12392 N.W. ~ Himalayas (Murree to Kumaon). 23 ¢ 22 9 Sikkim. | 4 5 1 2 Bhutan. 9 6 142 Assam. 25 6 122 Burmato | Tavoy. 6 3g 13 2 Siam. 5 3g Tonkin. 2 9 Hainan. © 7 3 12 2 Andamans. 98 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS 17a (15b). Wings produced, dorsum F = termen. Abdomen unstriped. Upf cell spot not continued above radius. 17 (18). Upf upper spot in space 1b adjoining outer angle _ of spot in space 2. Cilia H brown or chequered whitish and brown. putra. 5 sub-species. (a). Uph with small but distinct yellow spots. Cilia H comparatively conspicuously chequered. ¢ F 24 mm. Sub-sp. putra Moore 1865: 3 Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 44 2 2 Sikkim. 1g 1 2 Bhutan. 19g 10 2? Assam. (b). Uph spotting faint. Cilia more narrowly chequered. ¢ F 21 mm. Sub-sp. sanda Evans 1941: ¢ Dawnas: type B.M. 'B.M. 18 g 2 2 Burma (Karens to Victoria Point). 1 g 19 Malaya. (c). Larger $ F 24 mm., darker, uph unmarked. Cilia H very narrowly chequered. Sub-sp. questa nov: ¢ S.W. Sumatra, Liwa, 1,400 m., Sept.: W. Doherty: type B.M. B.M. 13 3 69 Sumatra. (d). $ F 21 mm., very like sanda: uph usually unmarked. Upf spots in spaces 3, 4 and 5 often absent. Sub-sp. piepersi Fruhstorfer 1909: 3 W. Java: type B.M. Fig Rhop Java as leucocera. Synonym. parva Evans 1932: ¢ Java: type B.M. B.M. 15 5 168 Java. (ce). ¢ F 25 mm., like questa, but spots larger and cilia plain brown. Sub-sp. brahmaputra Elwes & Edwards 1897: ¢ Kina Balu: type B.M. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 17 3 16 2 Borneo. 18 (17). Upf upper spot in space 1b far removed from the spot in space 2 and the spot in space 2 separated from the cell spot. Uph unmarked except for a dull yellow bar at end of cell. Cilia H broadly yellow, narrowly chequered. 3 F 23 mm. entellus Hewitson 1867: ¢ Java: type B.M. Fig Rhop Java as sumitra. 99 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS Synonyms. simula Hewitson 1877: $ Sumatra: type B.M. angustipennis Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Java: type B.M. binotatus Fruhstorfer 1909: ° Java: type B.M. B.M. 3 6 22 Sumatra. 31 ¢ 11 Q Java. 19a (12b). Upf cell spot distinctly nearer to apex than to base. Antennal shaft not white. Uph plain or obscurely marked. 19b (24a). Upf cell spot continued to costa. 1gc (22a). Upf spot in space 2 from before origin of vein 3 and conjoined to the cell spot at least up to the origin of vein 3. 19d (21). Cilia H entirely white or pale yellow between the darkened ends of the veins. | 19 (20). Apex H brown beyond the end of vein 8. Antennal club conspicuously white in front. munda. 3 sub-species. (a). Upf spot in space 3 completely conjoined to the spots in cell and in space 2, sometimes leaving a tiny brown triangle at base of space 3: upper spot in space 1b over- lapped by spot in space 2 and the lower spot, diagonally: inwards, always present unf and often upf. Unh un- marked except for a pale bar at end cell. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. *munda Moore 1884: ¢ Simla: type B.M. | B.M. 17 3 8 2 N.W. Himalayas (Murree, Simla). 8 3 Sikkim. (b). Upf spot in space 3 small and detached: spots in | space 1b smaller, but present unh. Unh usually a series of small yellow discal spots in addition to the bar end | cell. ¢ F 22 mm. Sub-sp. maculicornis Elwes & Edwards 1897: ¢ Khasi: type B.M.: figured: Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 2 3 Sikkim. 15 g 10 2 Assam. 7 3 4 2? Burma (to Karen Hills). (c). Exactly like munda, but the central band upf entirely — compact, running across space Ib as a single spot. Very closely resembling tibetana which flies with it. Sub-sp. joka nov: 3 Tsekou, Yunnan: P. Dubernard 1898: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 100 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS 20 (19). Apex H white from end of vein 7 to costa well beyond end of vein 8. Upf band compact from costa to vein 1. Antennal club only whitish on inside. Genitalia abnormal. g F 21 mm. tibetana Mabille 1876: Thibet. Fig Leech 1894; Seitz I. Synonym. latifascia Mabille & Boullet 1919: g Thibet. B.M. 37 3 31 9 W. Szechwan and Yunnan. 1 ¢ S.E. Thibet (Tsira). 1 g¢ Mt. Victoria, Chin Hills, N. Burma. 21 (19d). Cilia H narrowly whitish between ends of veins, or entirely brown. Upf spot in space 3 completely con- joined to the band: only an upper spot in space 1b against the outer angle of the spot in space 2. Unf no inner spot in space 1b. Unh with faint, suffused markings. Antennal club white in front. End of clasp not nearly so deeply and widely cleft as in munda and style as thick or thicker than cuiller. nigricans. 3 sub-species. (a). Upf band narrow. Unf the spot in space 1b con- tinued by a suffused equal-sized spot to end of vein 1. g F 20mm. Sub-sp. nigricans De Nicéville 1885: $ Sikkim: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz I. B.M. 1412 Sikkim. 2 ¢ 29 Bhutan. 7 $ 5 2? Assam. Mgeto a, ohan ot. 3 ¢ 5 2 Karens. 2 3.2 2 Ataran. 3 6 Tavoy. 1 2 Mergui. 1 3 W. Siam. The from the S. Shan St. is a large aberration. (b). Darker. Upf band very wide, 4 mm. Cilia H brown. Unf with a double suffused white spot exterior to and separated from the discal spot in space 1b. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. balukinus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 2 Kina Balu: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 18 3 1 2 Borneo. (c). Exactly like balukinus except the outer half of the spot in space 2 is absent and the cilia H very narrowly white between the dark veins. Genitalia as balukinus. Perhaps an aberration. Sub-sp. orbiferus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Kina Balu: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 1 ¢ Kina Balu, Borneo. IOI B.6. CELAENORRHINUS 22a (19c). Upf spot in space 2 from origin of vein 3, separated from cell spot: spot in space 3 also separate. 22 (23). Antennae plain brown. ¢ aberrant, black, unmarked except for a small yellow cell spot and 3 apical spots upf. 2 uph 2 spots in space rb arranged as in munda, an upper outer spot and a lower inner one. Genitalia abnormal. g F 21 mm. spilothyrus Felder 1868: 92 Ceylon: type B.M. Fig Lep Ceylon; Lep Ind; Seitz—<¢ as infernus, 2 as sptlo- thyrus. Synonyms. infernus Felder 1868: $ Ceylon: type B.M. B.M. 22 3 21 2 Ceylon. 23 (22). Antennal shaft chequered, club white in 3, white at base in 9. Unf no inner, lower spot in space 1b: the upper spot followed by a more or less developed — whitish area. g¢ F 20 mm. ruficornis. 3 sub-species. (a). Uph with large suffused dark spots and unh with obscure suffused yellow spots. Cilia H gi ach white, chequered. | Sub-sp. fusca Hampson 1889: $ Nilgiris: type B. M. Fig Lep Ind as area. B.M. 29 3 29 2S. India (Palnis, Animalais, Coorg, Nilgiris, N. Kanara). (b). Very similar: darker and uph the dark markings obsolete. Sub-sp. ruficornis Mabille 1878: 2 Java: type B.M. Fig Rhop Java as chamunda. : B.M. 20 3 19 @ Java. (c). As last, but discal spot in space 1b always more conspicuous. Sub-sp. area Plétz 1885: ¢ Celebes: copy MS. fig in B.M. Plétz also gave Bengal as the locality, based on a specimen, ~ now in B.M., marked “‘area”’ by Herrich-Schaffer, which © agrees with Celebes specimens. Synonyms. anoma Fruhstorfer 1909: 3 Celebes: type B.M. celebica Evans 1932: 3 Celebes: type B.M. B.M. 21 3 19 2 Celebes. 102 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS 24a (19b). Upf cell spot not continued above radius. 24 (25). Upf central white band narrow, continuous to vein 1. H cilia broadly yellow unchequered. Unh un- marked except for a yellow bar at end cell. Antennae _ yellowish at base of club, shaft plain brown. 3 F 27 mm. Genitalia abnormal. badia Hewitson 1877: $ Sikkim: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 54642 Sikkim. 1 g¢ Bhutan. 1 ¢ 1 2 Assam. 25 (24). Upf central white band compact, not continued below vein 2 and spot in space 3 projecting: unf no spot in space 1b, but a more or less well-developed tornal whitish patch. Uph with obscure, suffused, large dark spots and unh with traces of suffused paler markings. H cilia brown. Antennae plain brown. ¢ F 20 mm. asmara. 3 sub-species. (a). Wings less produced, § F dorsum > termen and H quadrate mid termen. Varies from a dark WSF (con- sertus) to a pale ochreous brown DSF (cacus, aditta) with the apical spots upf reduced. Sub-sp. consertus De Nicéville 1890: $ Khasi Hills, WSF: figured. Fig Lep Ind as asmara. Synonyms. cacus De Nicéville 1890: ¢ Rangoon, DSF: figured. aditta Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Siam, DSF: type B.M. BM. 5342 Assam. 292N. Shan St. 14 ¢ 42 Karens. 45669 Rangoon. 3 ¢ 29 Ataran. 9392 Tavoy. 83592 Mergui. 3 6 32 Siam. 1 ¢ Indo-China. (b). g¢ wings produced, F dorsum = termen and termen H evenly curved. A single variable form. Sub-sp. asmara Butler 1877: ¢ Malacca: type B.M. Fig Distant. Synonyms. goto Mabille 1883: 2 “‘Japan”’ (recte Java): type B.M. Fig Leech 1894 and reproduced as asmara in Seitz I. milinda Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 Java: type B.M Fig Seitz as milinda, reproduced from a fig in Rhop Java (as asmara) of a specimen transitional to palajava. — ayata Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 5 3.5 2 Malaya. 6 $ 3 9 Sumatra. 14 ¢ 6 2 Java. 103 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS (c). Like asmara, but unf the tornal white area bifid, sharply defined and conspicuous. Sub-sp. palajava Staudinger 1889: 2 Palawan: figured. | B.M. 3 5 3 2 Borneo. 1 g 2 2 Palawan. 1 $ Celebes. 26a (1b). Upf the central spots or band yellow to orange. 26b (30a). Upf edges of central band irregular. Uph usually with dark, suffused markings and unh with small suffused ochreous spots. Cilia H often narrowly chequered. 26c (29). Upf central yellow band opaque above radius to costa and usually also at the tornus. 7 26 (27a). Upf upper spot in space 1b small and triangular, placed under the centre of the spot in space 2: band compact. Unf the spot in space 1b submerged in a large tornal yellow spot. Cilia H unchequered. Genitalia aberrant, nearer to asmara than any other species. ¢ F 18 mm. zea Swinhoe 190g: 2? Khasi Hills: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. BM. 2.¢ Sikkim. '1°¢ 2 2-Assam. 27a (26). Upf upper spot in space rb at or near outer angle of the spot in space 2. ‘The genitalia of the next 10 forms indicate a close affinity: their association as species or sub- species may have to be modified. 27 (28). Style of clasp not longer than cuiller and not bifid dhanada. 9g sub-species. (a). Band compact in all but last 2 forms. Cilia H narrowly chequered in first 2 forms. Unf the tornal yellow often ill developed and not appearing upf. Anten- nal club yellow banded at base, club and cilia chequered. Style of clasp pointed. g¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. dhanada Moore 1865: 3 Bengal: type B.M. Fig Moore 1878; Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 1 g 1 2 N.W. Himalayas (Mussoorie, Kumaon). 7349 Sikkim. 1 ¢ 5 9 Bhutan. (b). Similar but upf with a broad yellow tornal spot as on unf. Style of clasp broader and with a rounded end. 104 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS Sub-sp. affinis Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Karens: type B.M. figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 9 3 102 Assam. 17 3 23 2 Burma to Karens. (c). Like affinis, but much smaller, ¢ F 17 mm. Cilia H plain. Cuiller of clasp with a single long point: style short and hooked. Sub-sp. hanna nov: $ Kanbauk, Tavoy: April 1924: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 2 2 Tavoy, S. Burma. (d). Like hanna, but upf, as in dhanada, only the upper hyaline spot in space 1b is present. Unh the yellow spots better marked than in any other sub-species. Sub-sp. andamanica Wood Mason & De Nicéville 1881: g Andamans. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 8 3 3 @ Andamans. (e). In the next three forms the cuiller is deeply bifid as in dhanada, but the style is long, as long as the cuiller, and hooked, ending in a long fine point: band darker orange. Upf band 4 mm. wide: dot in space 4 (and sometimes in space 5): upper spot in space 1b short and inside the outer angle of the spot in space 2, no tornal yellow spot. Unf tornal yellow spot present, but usually separated from the hyaline band. H cilia plain. Base of antennal club whitish and shaft chequered. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. hersa nov: ¢ Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 3 3 2 2 Sumatra. (f). Upf band 5 mm. wide: no dots in spaces 4 or 5: spot in space 1b continued to vein 1, conjoined to a large tornal spot in 2, which in ¢ is represented by some separated tornal yellow scaling. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. lativittus Elwes & Edwards 1897: $ Kina Balu: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 21 3 4 @ Borneo. (g). Similar except that the tornal yellow spot from unf does not appear upf and is much reduced unf. Its geni- talia are identical with Jativittus, whereof it may be an aberration, seasonal or local form. Sub-sp. dentatus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Kina Balu: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 1 ¢ 1 2 Kina Balu. 105 B.6. CELAENORRHINUS (h). In the last two forms the band is broken into spots exactly as in saturatus, but the spots are paler and the spot in space 3 is widely separated from the cell spot. Genitalia as in /ativittus, but the style is shorter. 3 F 20mm. In sema the spot in space 2 upf is widely separated from the cell spot. Cilia H narrowly chequered. Sub-sp. *sema Evans 1926: g Java: type B.M. (nomen nudum, Moore 1857). | | B.M. 12 6 10 Java and Bali. (i). Only differs from sema in the spot in space 2 upf being much larger and completely overlapping the cell spot. Sub-sp. snelleni Fruhstorfer 1909: 3 S. Celebes: type B.M. B.M. 29 3 14 2 Celebes. 28 (27). Style of clasp longer than cuiller and bifid: uncus seen ventrally V-shaped, not U-wise as in dhanada. Upf q band divided into spots, spot in space 3 contiguous to cell spot: spots dark orange. g F 20 mm. saturatus Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Java: type B.M.: figured. Fig Rhop Java as dhanada; Seitz. B.M. 24 3 21 2 Java. 29 (26c). Upf central orange band entirely hyaline from costa to tornus: opaque tornal yellow spot absent upf and unf. | ¢ F 21 mm. Band compact. Cuiller of clasp very short, style stout. inaequalis. 2 sub-species. , (a). Upf without spots in spaces 4 and 5: there is a tendency for the apical spots to be reduced. Sub-sp. irene Evans 1941: $ Gunong Ijau, Perak: type B.M. j B.M. 1 3 Malaya. 1 g Sumatra. 5 3 Borneo. | (b). Upf with spots in spaces 4 and 5: apical spots fully developed. | Sub-sp. inaequalis Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Java: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 292 Java. 30a (26b). Upf edges of central compact band regular. Uph and unh unmarked, except for a dull yellow cell bar unh. Antennae and cilia H plain. 106 B.6. CELAENORRHIN US 30 ” 1). Upf er band not extending beyond end cell. H tibiae without the hair pencil present in all the other species in the genus. aurivittata. 5 sub-species. (a). Upf band yellow, apical spots present. ‘Two seasonal forms occur. DSF large, ¢ F 23 mm., band wide and regular. WSF, ¢ F 19 mm., band narrower and more irregular. Sub-sp. aurivittata Moore 1865: $ Meetan: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 16 3 5 2 Assam. 40 ¢ 25 9 Burma to Ataran. 75 69 Siam. 1 9 Szechwan. 4 ¢ 1 2 Indo-China. 1 ¢ Andamans. (b). Upf band orange, 4 mm. wide: apical spots present. & FE 20.mm. Sub-sp. cameroni Distant 1882: Penang: Fig Distant 1884. 1 gS. Mergui, Burma. 2 ¢ Peninsular Siam. 1g 12 Langkawi Is. 12 $ 12 2 Malaya. (c). As cameronz, rather larger: apical spots usually absent. Sub-sp. mahaca Fruhstorfer 1916 (July): ¢ Sumatra: type B.M. Synonym. sumatranus Mabille & Boullet 1916 (Oct.): g Sumatra. | B.M. 8 3 8 § Sumatra. (d). Upf discal band very narrow, 3 mm., and constricted at vein 1: apical spots absent. Sub-sp. simalurensis Van Eecke 1918: $ Simalur: figured. B.M. None. (e). Upf band very broad, 5 mm.: apical spots present: g§ F 19 mm. Sub-sp. vimana Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Kina Balu. B.M. 2 3 Borneo. 31 (30). Upf central band extending well beyond end cell, the spotless apical dark area narrower than the band. g F 20mm. ladana Butler 1870: 2 Borneo: type B.M. Fig Butler 1874; Seitz. Synonym. vayrada Fruhstorfer 1911: $ Borneo: type .M B.M. 2 3 19 Malaya. 13 3 14 @ Borneo. 107 C.1. NETROCORYNE 32 (1a). Upf unmarked dark brown. Unh tornal two- dards , yellow with large dark spots. Antennae and cilia plain. bazilanus. 2 sub-species. (a). Large, ¢ F 22 mm.: uph unmarked: abdomen unstriped. Sub-sp. paradoxus Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Lawas, Borneo: type B.M. © B.M. Only the type. (b). Small, ¢ F 18 mm.: uph tornal quarter yellow ith a jagged interior edging: abdomen yellow striped. — Sub-sp. bazilanus Fruhstorfer 1909: 3 Bazilan: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 1 2 Bazilan, Philippines. C.1. NETROCORYNE Felder 1867: type eer Felder: sole species included. 1 (2). Uph with a hyaline cell spot. Head with a tawny . spot behind the base of each antenna. $8 a tibiae fringed. $ F 22 mm. repanda. 2 sub-species. (a). $ upf the large central hyaline spots conjoined. 2 upf - white streak on costa over cell spot extending beyond the cell spot on either side. Darker. Sub-sp. expansa Waterhouse 1932: 2? Kuranda. B.M. 8 3 4 2 Kuranda, N. Queensland. (b). 3 upf central cell spots separate. ? upf the streak above the cell spot shorter than the spot. Sub-sp. repanda Felder 1867: $ Moreton Bay: type B. M.: figured. Fig Seitz; Waterhouse 1932. Synonym. vulpecula Prittwitz 1868: ¢ New Holland. B.M. 15 3 8 2 Queensland. 19 3 14 2 N.S.Wales. 2 (1). Uph no hyaline spot. Head with a white spot behind each antenna. 3 hind tibia with a recumbent hair pencil. 3 unmarked dark brown except small hyaline white spots upf. 2 unf with the submarginal spots enlarged and extended to vein 1: unh white except for broad dark brown costal and terminal border. g F 22 mm. *thaddeus Hewitson 1876: 2 Papua: type B.M. , Synonyms. hymenaeus Hewitson 1876: 3 Aru: type B.M. 108 C.2. TAPENA abstrusus Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Dutch New Guinea: type .M. B.M. 1 ¢ Obi, N. Moluccas. 1 ¢ Aru. 20 6 7 9 New Guinea. C.2. TAPENA Moore 1881: type thwaitest Moore: sole species included. thwaitesi. 3 sub-species. (a). Clasp with tip not bifid and only a single lower spine. $6 F 16 mm. WSF 3¢ (thwaites1) more or less uniform dark brown. DSF 3 (hampsont) paler with more or less conspicuous dark bands. | Sub-sp. thwaitesi Moore 1881: g Ceylon: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz @. Synonym. hampsoni Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Nilgiris: type B.M.: genitalia figured. Fig Seitz 3. B.M. 631 9 Ceylon. 42 $ 29 2 S. India (Coorg, Nilgiris, N. Kanara, Khandesh) (b). Clasp like thwaitesz, but with 2 lower spines. ‘There are 2, well-marked seasonal forms, which are very like thwaitest. Sub-sp. minuscula Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 N. Burma: type B.M.: genitalia figured. B.M. 2 § Manipur. 3 ¢ Bernardmyo, N. Burma. 2 3 N. Shan States. 5 § Ataran. 1 ¢ Tavoy. 7 3 Siam. (c). Clasp bifid at tip and with single lower spine. There seems to be only one seasonal form, like thwaitesz. Sub-sp. bornea Evans 1931: ¢ Perak: Jan—Feb. 1890: W. Doherty: type B.M.: figure of genitalia by Elwes & Edwards 1897 as thwaitest. B.M. 5 3 Malaya. 3 ¢ Sumatra. g ¢ Borneo. C.3. DARPA Moore 1865: type hanria Moore: sole species included. | 1 (2a). Termen F and H highly crenulate. Upf cell spot | peculiar: continued upwards to above vein 12 and, down- wards, branched to 2 spots in space 2. Uph with sub- marginal black dots in spaces 2 and 3 on the pale tornal area, which is cream in g, white in. ¢ F 17 mm. 109 C.3. DARPA hanria Moore 1865: $ Sikkim: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 3531 2 Sikkim. 4412 Assam. $158. Shan States. 2a (1). Termen not crenulate. Upf 2 dots in cell and all hyaline spots small. Uph tornal area white in ¢ and 9°. 2 (3). Uph with 2 submarginal black spots in spaces 2 and 3. ¢ F 17 mm. striata. 2 sub-species. (a). Wings broader. Uph pale streaks on dark area more conspicuous. Unh white area more extensive, so that the black spotting is also more extensive: the discal row of 4 spots from space 1b to space 3 always present and conspicuous. Sub-sp. minta nov: 3g Sebong, Manipur: March 1913: H. C. Tytler. B.M. 7 ¢ Manipur. 5 ¢ 29 N. Shan St. 5 5 2 2 Karens. (b). Wings narrower, apex F and tornus H produced. Uph pale streaks less prominent. Unh costal dark area broader: discal spots in spaces 1b to 3 usually absent. Specimens from Manipur and Borneo are readily separ- able, but in the area between there is intergrading. Sub-sp. *striata Druce 1873: g Borneo: type B.M. Synonym. dimidiata Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 N. Borneo: type B.M. B.M. 20 3 S. Burma (Ataran to Mergui). 1 92 Siam. 23 Malaya. 75 1 2 Sumatra. 12 Nias. 15 d1Q2N. Borneo. 3 (2). Uph tornal white area unmarked. pteria. 2 sub-species. (a). Small g F 15 mm. Sub-sp. dealbata Distant 1886: g Malacca: figured. Fig / - Lep Ind. BM...3.29: Assam: 103d Tavoy. 63 3 2 Malaya. 1 3 Sumatra. 29 Java. 3532 Borneo. (b). Much larger, ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. pteria Hewitson 1868: 9 Pigjlifpiiess type B. M. Fig Hewitson 1873; Seitz. B.M. 1 3 1 2 Mindanao. 1 2 Philippines. 110 C.4. ODINA C.4. ODINA Mabille 1891: type /zeroglyphica Butler: sole species included was chrysomelaena Mabille, which is considered to be a sub-species of /weroglyphica. 1 (2). Above and below orange with black spots, except on the outer third upf, which is black traversed throughout by a narrow zigzag pale line. 2 yellow. ¢ F 17 mm. decoratus Hewitson 1867: 3 Sylhet: type B.M. Fig Hew 1873; Lep Ind; Seitz. Synonym. bicolor Oberthiir 1893: ¢ ‘Tonkin: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 2 3 Sikkim. 4 56 1 9 Assam. 27 ¢ 2 2 Burma (to Tavoy). 3 6 Siam. 4 ¢ Tonkin. 2 (1). Above and below black with more or less extensive orange (9 yellow) areas. ¢ F 17 mm. hieroglyphica. 5 sub-species. (a). Above appearing pale orange divided into large geometrical areas by narrow black lines. Uph and unh costa orange to beyond middle. Sub-sp. ortygia De Nicéville 1895: 3 ‘Tenasserim: figured. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 1 g Ataran. 1 $ Tavoy. 1 ¢ Mergui. 1 @ Victoria Point, Burma. (b). Darker and dark lines broader. Uph and unh costa black except at base. Sub-sp. ortina Evans 1931: 3 Perak: type B.M. Fig as Miero- glyphica Distant 1886: Lep Ind. Vin 2g tk 2 Perak. (c). Still darker, black areas as wide as the orange ones. Sub-sp. hieroglyphica Butler 1870: g$ Sarawak : type B.M. B.M. 23 39 Sumatra. 3 ¢ 1 9 Borneo. (d). Like Azeroglyphica, but upf discal spots in spaces 2 and 3 form a narrow rectangle, instead of being extended towards the termen: between these spots and the termen there are a series of broad yellow streaks: sub-apical spots are also contracted and do not extend into space 5. Sub-sp. cuneiformis Semper 1892: 3 Mindoro: figured. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 1 ¢ Luzon. 1 ¢ Philippines. III C.5. COLADENIA (e). 3 greatly modified: above, black with very shaded reduced orange spots arranged as in /ueroglyphica: uph black, with only a single orange spot mid costa: unh there are a few additional orange spots. ? upf with spots as in 2 hneroglyphica, but paler and smaller: uph with the ochreous spots in 3 -rows, 3 basal, 4 central and 8 sub- marginal spots. 7 Sub-sp. chrysomelaena Mabille 1891: 3 Macassar. Synonym. sulina Evans 1932: 2 Sula Besi: type B.M. B.M. 9 3 1 2 Celebes. 1 Q Sula Besi. C.5. COLADENIA Moore 1881: type zndrant Moore: fixed by author. 1 (2a). Unh dark brown with more or less suffused tawny spots. 3 Q hind tibiae fringed. Uncus of a peculiar type, widely divided, with outer side processes and what appears to be a shield at the back. Locally variable in respect of wing-shape, size and arrangement of the central spots upf, as well as in the shape of the clasp. dan. 11 sub-species. (a). In the first 4 sub-species the central spots upf are contiguous (faizh type). In dea these spots are very large, deep yellow and completely conjoined in the g, but in the 9 they are white and separated (dan type). 3 upf apical spots broad and conjoined. Wings broad, large, 3 F 23 mm. Apex of clasp elongated to a long spine. Sub-sp. dea Leech 1894: ¢ Pu Tsu Fong: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz I. | B.M. 56 3 8 2 W. Szechwan (Siao Lou, Ta Tsien Lou, Moupin). (b). ¢ 2 spots upf white or nearly so, contiguous, not — conjoined: spot in space 2 extending to before origin of vein 3, but spot in space 3 not reaching that point. Ground colour rather dull tawny above and the dark © spots rather conspicuous, intermediate, as is the clasp form, between festa and fatua. 3 F 18 mm. Sub-sp. fatih Kollar 1844: ¢ Mussoorie: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz (seems nearer fatua). B.M. 17 3 8 2 N.W. Himalayas (Kangra to Nepal). 112 C.s. COLADENIA (c). fatih continues in a slightly modified form into the E. Himalayas. Darker: upf central spots more conjoined, pale yellow in 3g, white in 2. ¢ 18 mm. Clasp broad, oblique, evenly curved. A very variable form. Sub-sp. festa nov: g¢ Kirbari, Naga Hills: 6,000 ft.: Oct. 1912: H. C. Tytler: type B.M. B.M. 8 ¢ Sikkim. 1 @ Bhutan. 1 ¢ 1 2 Khasi Hills. 2 $6 Manipur. 11 ¢ 2 2 Naga Hills. 9 6 2 2 W. Szechwan (Toy Tou Ho, Chia Kou Ho, Washan, ‘Ta Tsien Lou). 5 ¢6 Yunnan. 18 g 1 2 N. Burma (Sadon, Bernardmyo, Bhamo, Momeit, Kambaiti). 6 ¢ 19 S. Shan St. 1 ¢ Karens. 1 2 Ataran. (d). Smaller, 3 16-17 mm., bright reddish above: central spots upf as in faith, which it closely resembles, differing in being redder, smaller and with more produced wings. It occurs in much the same areas as festa, but at lower elevations and in the plains is replaced by fabia. Clasp narrow and more angled. Sub-sp. fatua nov: $ Sikkim, Gangtok: Summer 1884: Bretaudeau: type B.M. B.M. 16 3 3 2 Sikkim. 1 ¢ Bhutan. 1 ¢ Lushai. 1 9 Sylhet. 4 $ 1 2 Khasi Hills. 4 ¢ 1 9 Manipur (2—4,000 ft.). 2 5 Naga Hills. 1 ¢ Ruby Mines, N. Burma. (e). In the next 4 sub-species the central spots are not conjoined: the spot in space 2 does not extend beyond the origin of vein 3 in the g, while in the 9 it is well in advance of that point: the spots are yellow in the ¢ and white in the 9. Typical dan is distinguished by having the lower limb of the cell spot much prolonged: in the 9 the spot may be completely divided into an upper dot and a lower streak. The dry season form is paler and duller, with reduced markings. g¢ F 17 mm. Clasp like fatih, but much narrower. -Sub- -sp. dan Fabricius 1787: ‘Tranquebar: Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 23 3 20 2 S. India (Travancore to N. Kanara and Mysore). (f). Like dan, but the cell spot upf is larger, less excavate and the upper and lower limbs subequal. Wings broader. Two slightly differentiated seasonal forms. $ F 16-18 mm. Sub-sp. fabia nov: $ Margherita, Assam: May 1889: W. 8 113 C.5. COLADENIA Doherty: type B.M. Flies at lower elevations than fatua. B.M. 446 69 Sikkim. 3 ¢ 1 9 Bhutan. 21 $ 11 2 Assam (7oo ft.). 13 ¢ 5 2 Burma (to Ataran). 2 ¢ Fukien. 3642 Kwang-Si. 8g 29 N.and W. Siam. 2459 ae China. 4 3 3 9 Hainan. (g). Smaller than faba, $ F 15 mm.: cell spot upf more like dan, from which it differs, as does fabia, in being more variegated above. In some females the cell spot is reduced to an upper dot. Sub-sp. dhyana Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ S.E. Siam: type B.M. B.M. 44 3 23 2 S. Burma (Karens to Mergui). 63 3 2S. and E. Siam. 16 $ 12 9 Malaya. (h). Large, ¢ F 20 mm.: wings elongate. Upf spots large, as in fabia: 2 yellow (2 white) discal spots and a sub-basal dot in space 1b. Unh spots large and sharply defined. Clasp as in dea, but the projecting spine is shorter. A very aberrant form. Sub-sp. decora Evans 1939: ¢ Chekiang: type B.M. B.M. 5 6 1 2 Chekiang. (i). The next two sub-species show an unexpected return to the fatih type: the central spots are contiguous, but — : are deep yellow in g and 9 and the cilia are dark brown. $ F 17mm. In Sumatra the central spots are contiguous, but not conjoined. Clasp as in dan. Sub-sp. sumatrana Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 31 ¢ 1 2 Sumatra. (j). Similar, but the central spots are completely conjoined. Sub-sp. fulvescens Elwes & Edwards 1897: $ Kina Balu: figured. Fig. Seitz. B.M. 21 3 21 2 Borneo. (k). A reversion to the dan type: generally resembles fabia, but is very variable. Upf the spot on the costa over the cell spot is more forward. ¢ F 16-18 mm. Sub-sp. eacus Latreille 1823: Java. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. dichroa Plotz 1884: Java. lombokiana Fruhstorfer 1909: $¢ Lombok: type B.M. sumbawana Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 Sumbawa: type B.M. B.M. 22 ¢ 22 2 Java. 1 2 Banka. 7 ¢ Lombok. 6 3 Sumba. 3 ¢ 2 9 Sumbawa. 1 ¢ Adonara. 2 ¢ Flores. 5 3 4 2 Celebes. 114 C.5. COLADENIA 2a (1). Unh not dark brown with tawny spots. 3 hind tibiae with a recumbent hair pencil. Uncus undivided _ and without the back shield. _ 2b (ga). H without hyaline spots. Uph and unh with more or less well-defined black spots. 2 (3a). Above with more or less developed ochreous shading or spotting. Unf always in space 1b with an ochreous discal spot, a similar spot beyond near termen and cilia white. indrani. 4 sub-species, each with 2 seasonal forms. (a). Darkest form, with smallest markings. Upf cell spot conspicuously narrowed at its upper end. g F 18 mm. Sub-sp. tissa Moore 1881: 2 Ceylon: type B.M. figured. Fig Lep Ind. | Synonym. lankae Plotz 1885: Ceylon. B.M. 15 3 14 9 Ceylon. (b). Upf cell spot not, or only slightly, narrowed at upper end: rectangular, higher than wide. Uph uniform dark brown in WSF, with tawny spots outside the dark spots. DSF paler and more ochreous, the tawny spots not apparent. Sub-sp. indra Evans 1926: g N. Kanara: type B.M. Fig Ind, pl. 773/1, 1b as indrant. B.M. 20 g 21 2 N. Kanara. 3 6 1 9 Madras. 2 3 Nilgiris. 63 19C. India, Jabalpur. 2 3 Orissa. (c). Upf cell spot oval or quadrate, as wide as high. WSF as WSF indra. DSF, and apparently only form in Sikkim, has uph bright tawny. Sub-sp. indrani Moore 1865: ¢ Bengal. Fig Lep Ind, Penge) ta, 1c; seitz. B.M. 1 ¢ Kangra. 2 ¢ Kumaon. 1 ¢ Bhutan. 41 ¢ 3 2 Sikkim. 4 $ Assam. (d). Uph of the WSF rather more ochreous. DSF very much brighter orange yellow and upf with the sub- marginal yellow spots complete and conspicuous: 2 darker. Sub-sp. uposathra Fruhstorfer 1911: ¢ Bernardmyo: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, pl. 773/1d and te, as zndranz. Synonym. atarana Evans 1932: ¢ Ataran: type B.M. B.M. 2 ¢ Manipur. 31 5 4 9 Burma. 3 ¢ 2 2 Siam. 1Q Japan. 13 Singapore? 19 Java? 115 C.5. COLADENIA 3a (2). Without ochreous colouring or spots. Uph and unh black spots on a uniform brown or grey ground. 3b (7a). F hyaline spot in space 11, over the cell spot, does not extend over vein 12 towards costa. 3c (5a). Upf and unf no sub-basal spot in space 1b. Uph dark spots are placed mid end cell and termen. F and H termen even. 3 (4). ‘Unf no conspicuous white spot in space 1b external to the discal series. Antennae plain. Uncus without any projection at back. g F 18 mm. agni. 2 sub-species. (a). Upf central pa contiguous. Uph cilia white at apex. Sub-sp. agni De Nicéville 1883: § Sikkim: figured: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 14 3 4 9 Sikkim. 6 g Assam. I0 g 2 % Burma to Tavoy. 1 2 Siam. 1 ¢ Hainan. (b). Upf central spots more separated. Uph cilia brown at apex. Sub-sp. igna Semper 1892: ¢ Luzon. Fig Seitz. Synonym. sadakoe Sonan 1936: Formosa: figured. | B.M. 2 ¢ 1 2 Sumatra. 1 ¢ Java. 1 g¢ Borneo. (Malaya, Selangor Museum.) 4 (3). Unf conspicuous whitish spot external to the discal series in space 1b. Antennae whitish below club. Uncus with conspicuous wing at back. Otherwise as igna. ¢ F 18mm. agnioides Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Naga Hills: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. | B.M. 2 ¢ Manipur. 2 $ Naga Hills. 1 3 Tilin Yaw, N. Burma. 1 2 Fukien. 5a (3c). Upf and unf with a sub-basal black spot in space 1b. F termen excavate in space 1b and H in spaces 4-5. Uph dark spots nearer end cell than termen. 5 (6). Above with conspicuous grey scaling. Smaller, 3 F 16mm. Uncus flat topped: clasp excavate in middle of inner face. palawana Staudinger 1888: ¢ Palawan: figured. Fig De 116 C.5. COLADENIA Nicéville 1891 (Bombay N.H. Soc., pl. G/28) as 3 laxmi (specimen in B.M.). B.M. 1 3 Malacca. 2 2 Sumatra. 6 (5). Above without grey scaling. Larger, ¢ F 18 mm. Uncus ending in a narrow projection, as in agni: clasp with a projection in middle of inner face. Upf spots smaller and yellow in 9. *kehelatha Hewitson 1878: 3 Celebes: type B.M. Synonyms. atila Mabille 1888: Muinahassa: figured (very badly). sempert Elwes & Edwards 1897: ¢ Camiguin di Luzon. B.M. 2 2 Mindanao. 4 ¢ 3 2 Celebes. 1 $ Sula Mangolli. 1 3 Sula Besi. 7a (3b). F hyaline spot in space 11, over the cell spot, extends across vein 12. 7 (8). Pale brown, without any grey scaling. Upf central spots completely confluent. Clasp broadly bifid. Large, g F 23 mm. buchananii De Nicéville 1889: 2 Ruby Mines, N. Burma: figured. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 1 3 Karen Hills, Burma. 8 (7). Above with conspicuous grey scaling. Upf central spots more or less contiguous, but not confluent. Clasp narrowly bifid. laxmi. 3 sub-species. (a). Large, F 22 mm., produced at apex. Upf central spots large, contiguous. Uph area beyond dark discal spots immaculate light grey. Top of clasp longer, | rounded. _ Sub-sp. landa nov: $ Sebong, Manipur: April 1913: H. C. Tytler: type B.M. B.M. 1 g¢ Manipur. (b). Smaller, ¢ F 20 mm., not produced. Upf as landa. Uph grey outer area darker and blackened at apex. Sub-sp. laxmi De Nicéville 1888: $ Karens: figured. Fig Lep Ind. Bevin 2°s°2 2 Karens, Burma. 1. ¢.N. Siam. EIT C.5. COLADENIA (c). Still smaller, ¢ F 18 mm.: darker. Upf central spots separated. Uph outer grey area darker and with obscure dark submarginal spots. Sub-sp. sobrina Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3g Sumatra: figured: type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 5 3 S. Burma (Ataran-Mergui). 1 ¢ Hainan. 1 ¢ Malaya. 1 $ Sumatra. 9a (2b). H with hyaline spots. ¢ F 18-22 mm. g (10a). Upf with 2 costal hyaline spots over the cell spot in spaces 10 and 11. Above and below brown, no grey scaling. Uph spot end cell large, quadrate: discal spots small, a spot mid space Ic present. hoenei Evans 1939: ¢ Chekiang: type Bonn, cotype B.M. B.M. 2 36 1 9 Chekiang. 10a (9). Upf single costal spot over the cell spot in space 11. 10 (11a). Uph no hyaline spot mid space Ic: mostly grey-scaled and discal hyaline spots small, disconnected. maeniata Oberthiir 1896: $ Maenia, Thibet: figured: type Dali, V hae Sets. vol).k. B.M. 20 6 1 9 Maenia. 3 3 2 9 Ta Tsien Lou. 19 ¢ Tsekou, Yunnan. 4 $ Tali, Yunnan. 6 $ Bahand, Yunnan. 11a (10). Uph with a hyaline spot mid space 1c: discal spots continuous. 11 (12). Uph discal hyaline spots separated from the cell spot. Palpi below grey. vitrea Leech 1894: 3 Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz vol. I. B.M. 4 ¢ W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou, Tchang Kou, Siao Lou, Tien Tsuen). 12 (11). Uph hyaline discal spots conjoined to the much enlarged cell spot, except for 2 small black spots at bases | of spaces 4-5 and 6. Palpi below bright orange. sheila Evans 1939: 3 Chekiang: type Bonn; cotype B.M. B.M. 2 3 Chekiang. 5 ¢ Fukien. 118 C.6. SARANGESA C.6. SARANGESA Moore 1881: type dasahara Moore: the type was specified by the author as purendra Moore, but this name was not published with a description until 1882: the sole species included was albicilia Moore, which is now considered to be a sub-species of dasahara Moore. 1 (2). Unh with small white spots. Cilia chequered. Uncus plain and tapered. purendra. 4 sub-species. (a). Small, ¢ F 11 mm. Dark, markings above obsolete or faint. Sub-sp. hopkinsi Evans 1921: g¢ Madras: type B.M. B.M. 12 5 2 2 Madras. (b). Small, ¢ F 11 mm. Greyer, upf spots very small, but conspicuous. Sub-sp. sati De Nicéville 1891: § Cutch: figured. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 39 3 11 2 Cutch. (c). Larger, ¢ F 15 mm. WSF -upf hyaline spots con- spicuous, those in cell and space 2 larger than the others. Darker than typical purendra and unh spots sharply defined. DSF-smaller, ¢ F 13 mm.: dull, markings obsolescent and looks very like dasahara, but the cell spot upf crosses the cell. Sub-sp. pandra nov: g Karwar, N. Kanara: January: T. R. Bell: type B.M. B.M. 1 2 Ceylon (?). 2 3 Nilgiris. 19 ¢ 19 2 N. Kanara. 3 6 22 Bombay. 1 S$ Poona. 1 9 Matheran. 3 ¢ 1 2 Mt. Abu. 5 ¢ Pachmarhi, Centr. Prov. (d). Large, ¢ F16 mm. Paler and duller than pandra: unh markings suffused: seems to be only one seasonal form. Sub-sp. purendra Moore 1882: 2 Kangra: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, pl. 778/3a, 3b from a 3 from Kumaon: fig 3=dasahara adona 8. B.M. 3 2 Kangra. 5 ¢ 22 Kulu. 15 3 5 9 Simla Hills. 7 6 22 Dun and Garhwal. 2 ¢ 2 9 Kumaon. | 1 ¢ Khasi Hills ? 2 (1). Unh dark brown suffused with ochreous grey to white scales, leaving a number of dark spots. Cilia not 119g C.6. SARANGESA chequered. Upf with 2 cell spots, separate or conjoined, never solid across cell. Uncus broad, flanked by pointed processes. dasahara. 5 sub-species. (a). Unh white, except for costa. Upf cell spots small, absent in DSF. Cilia H white. -¢ F 13-14 mm. ' Sub-sp. albicilia Moore 1881: $ Ceylon: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. Synonym. sezendis Plétz 1885: Ceylon. Copy of MS. fig in B.M. B.M. 43 ¢ 11 2 Ceylon. (b). Unh scaling ochreous grey. Upf cell spots small and separate. WSF (hampsoni) dark, with white cilia H. DSF (davidsont) smaller, paler, cilia pale brown. Sub-sp. davidsoni Swinhoe 1912: ¢ Mahableshwar: type B.M.: figured. Synonym. hampsoni Swinhoe 1912: $ Nilgiris: type B.M.: figured. 7 B.M. 41 ¢ 21 92.8. India to Poona. (c). Similar, but upf the cell spots are conjoined and outwardly concave. Cilia H white. | Sub-sp. adona nov: ¢ Pachmarhi: type B.M.: fig Lep Ind, pl. 778/3 as 3 purendra. B.M. 1339 Pachmarhi. 1 ¢ Mt. Abu. 1 ¢ 1 9 Ganjam. (d). Generally larger, $ F 16 mm. Cilia H dusky. Cell spots upf small and separate. Some seasonal variation. Sub-sp. dasahara Moore 1865: 3 Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. Synonym. philippus Mabille 1883: “‘ Brazil” (wrong label). B.M. 8 ¢ 2 2 N.W. Himalayas. 1 g Behar. 17 ¢ 12 9 Sikkim. 22 Bhutan. 18 ¢ 82 Assam. 32 6 15 2 Burma to Mergui. 1 ¢ Indo-China. 14 ¢ 1 2? Yunnan (Langkawi Is., coll Corbet). (ce). ¢ F 13 mm. Darkest form. Cilia at apex and tornus, both F and H, white. Upf cell spots oblique and separate, as in davidsoni WSF, from which it differs in the cilia H not being white throughout. Sub-sp. sandra nov: ¢ Middle Andaman Is.: June 1930: M. L. Ferrar. B.M. 6 g 1 2 Middle Andaman Is. 120 C.7. SATARUPA C.7. SATARUPA Moore 1865: type gopala Moore: fixed by Scudder 1875. fa (5a). F cell spot absent or small, not larger than the spot in space 3, and with its centre directed to the dorsum well before the tornus. I (2a). Upf apical spots irregular, the spot in space 6 _ out of line with those in spaces 7 and 8. Small, ¢ 26 mm. Style of clasp broad. | valentini Oberthiir 1921: g Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 16 $ Ta Tsien Lou area. 2a (1). Upf apical spots in spaces 6 to 8 equal and in line. 2 (3a). Upf spots in space rb as wide as the spot in space 2 and wider than the spot in space 3. Style slender, straight. zulla. 2 sub-species. (a). Upf with a small upper cell spot. Aedeagus spined. 3 F Sub- ia, Tytler 1915: 3 Naga Hills: type B.M. Fig Tytler 1926. B.M. 10 3 Sikkim. 4 3 Naga Hills. (b). Upf without a cell spot. Aedeagus smooth. ¢ F i 30mm. _ Sub-sp. ouvrardi Oberthiir 1921: ¢ Tsekou: type B.M.: ” © figured. B.M. 4 3 N. Yunnan. | 3a (2). Upf spots in space rb narrower than the spots in spaces 2 and 3. 3 (4). Unh the black discal spots rounded and separated by white veins, which penetrate to the termen. Aedeagus smooth. $ F 25-28 mm. Some variation in the darkness of the border uph. Unh with a prominent inner spot in space 7. _gopala Moore 1865: 3 Sikkim: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind: Seitz. Synonyms. tonkiniana Fruhstorfer 1909: 3 ‘Tonkin: type M hainana Evans 1932: ¢ Hainan: type B.M. I21 C.7. SATARUPA malaya Evans 1932: 3 Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 28 g 2 2 Sikkim. 29 ¢ 3 2 Assam. 1 3 1 Q ‘Tonkin. 2332 Hainan. 1 § Malaya. 1 § Sumatra. 4 (3). Unh with the discal spots conjoined and the dark border undivided by white veins. Style of clasp curved forward. ¢ F 30 mm. nymphalis. 2 sub-species. (a). Uph central white band half the width of the outer dark border. Unh inner spot in space 7 conspicuous. Sub-sp. nymphalis Speyer 1879: ¢ Amur. Fig Staudinger 1887; Seitz I. Synonym. sugitani Matsumura 1929: 3 Korea: figured. B.M. 1 3g Vladivostock. 1 ¢ Manchuria. (b). Uph central white band as wide or wider than the dark border. Unh inner spot in space 7 often absent. Very variable. Sub-sp. khamensis Alphéraky 1897: 3 Kham: figured. Fig Oberthiir 1921 as nymphals. Synonyms. oberthuert Evans 1932: $ Ta Tsien Lou: type B.M. : intermedia Evans 1932: ¢ Siao Lou: type B.M. B.M. 75 3 62 W. China and E. Thibet. 5a (1a). F cell spot larger than the spot in space 3 and its centre directed to the tornus. 5 (6a). Upf spot in space 2 nearer to the spot in space 3 than to the cell spot, as in the preceding species. Unh with an inner spot in space 7. Aedeagus bifid at end. g F 32 mm. splendens Tytler 1915: ¢ Naga Hills: type B.M. Fig) Tytler 1926. B.M. 13192 Naga Hills. 6a (5). Upf central spots approximate, spot in space 2 mid cell spot and spot in space 3. 6 (7). Unh with a conspicuous inner spot in space 7: discal spots large and completely conjoined. Upf in g spots in space 1b often very small, as in splendens, which it also resembles in respect of the bifid aedeagus. ¢ F 33 mm. I22 C.8. SESERIA monbeigi Oberthiir 1921: g Siao Lou: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 1 ¢ Mongolia. 1 ¢ Shanghai. 1 2 Kwei Chow. 1 6 Hunan. 4 3 6 9 Hupeh. 4 ¢ 1 2 Kwan Shien. 33 ¢ 15 2 W. China (Ta Tsien Lou area). 7 (6). Unh without an inner spot in space 7: discal spots more rounded and separate. Aedeagus undivided. 9 upf cell spot much larger than in any other species. majasra Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Formosa. Fig Matsumura 1931 as formosicola. Synonyms. formosana Matsumura 1910: homonym by Fruhstorfer 1909. formosibia Strand 1926: 3 Formosa. formosicola Matsumura 1929: 3 Formosa. B.M. 8 ¢ 2 2 Formosa. C.8. SESERIA Matsumura 1920: type formosana Fruh- storfer: fixed by author as mgroguttatus Matsumura, which is a synonym of formosana. 1a (4a). H lower end of row of dark discal spots curved up, so that the spot in space 2 is nearer to end cell than to termen. t (2a). Uph and unh plain brown, dark discal spots faint. Upf hyaline spots pale yellow. ¢ F 22 mm. Genitalia like dohertyt. formosana Fruhstorfer 1909: $ Formosa: type B.M. Fig Matsumura 1931 as nigroguttata. Synonym. mgroguttata Matsumura 1910: 3 Formosa. B.M. 18 3 Formosa. © 2a (1). Uph with the usual white band. 2 (3). End of clasp broad, short. Unh inner spot in space 7 comparatively small and well clear of the dark costal and basal areas: upper end of discal row of spots straighter and outer spot in space 7 nearer to the spot in space 6 than to the inner spot in space 7. Uph white area unsullied. _ dohertyi. 3 sub-species. (a). Abdomen above white corresponding with the hind- wing band, base and tip brown. Uph white area broader 123 C.8. SESERIA than in sambara and unh the discal spots are separated from the dark border, particularly in the DSF. Upf the spot in space 1b connected to the dorsum by a white area wider than the spot. 3 F 20 mm. Sub-sp. dohertyi Watson 1893: ¢ Kumaon: type B.M. B.M. 6 g 1 2 N.W. Himalayas (Murree to Kumaon). 5 6 1 2 Sikkim. 3 ¢ Manipur and Naga Hills. (b). Very large, ¢ F 24 mm. Abdomen brown. Markings broad, but the white connection of spot in space 1b to dorsum upf is narrower than the spot. The genitalia clasps are asymmetric showing a connection between salex and dohertyt. Sub-sp. scona nov: $ Lou Tse Kiang, Yunnan: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. (c). g F 22 mm. Abdomen above brown. Upf markings narrow, particularly the spot in space 1b, which is not connected to the dorsum by a white bar: in the type there is a small lower cell spot. H more like sambara, but unh the 2 spots in space Ic are well clear of the dark border. Sub-sp. salex nov: 3 Hainan: type B.M. B.M. 2 3$ Hainan. 3 (2). End of clasp long and narrow, entirely different in form from dohertyi, lower spine from base instead of — centre of cuiller. sambara. 2 sub-species. (a). Abdomen centrally white, as in doherty, but in 2 tends to be striped. In WSF the white area uph is some- what sullied and narrower than in doherty:. Upf the white spot in space 1b is narrower and outwardly excavate: the | connecting white bar to the dorsum is obscure in the — WSF. 3¢ F 20mm. Sub-sp. sambara Moore 1865: : Sikkim: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. Synonym. cosima Plotz 1884: 3 N. India. B.M. 23 Kumaon. 32 4 3 2 Sikkim. 1g Bhutan. 1731 2 Assam. 6 3 Manipur and Naga Hills (flying with dohertyz). (b). Similar to sambara WSF, but upf usually with an additional apical dot in space 8 and the spot in space 1b is very narrow and not connected to the dorsum. Very 124 C.8. SESERIA _ like salex, but unh the dark spots in space 1c are completely covered by the dark border. ¢ F 20 mm. Lower spine of cuiller very much shorter than in sambara. Sub-sp. indosinica Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Tonkin: type B.M. B.M. 3 312 Tonkin. 4a (1a). H dark spots on a much more even curve, the spot in space 2 is nearer to the termen than to the cell. 4 (5a). Abdomen above striped. Upf apical spots gener- ally faint and the spot in space 5 mid termen and spot in space 4: spot in space 1b broad, but not continued to dorsum. g F 22 mm. A connecting link between the sambara and affinis groups. strigata Evans 1926: 3 Ataran: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind as kirmana. B.M. 23182 Karen Hills. 7 3 1 2 Ataran. 5a (4). Abdomen above brown. Upf apical spots well marked and the spot in space 5 is nearer to the termen than to the spot in space 4: spot in space rb not continued to dorsum. 5 (6). Cuiller of clasp on inner face produced centrally and apically: the central projection or spine midway between the tip of the apical projection and the style. Upf generally no spot in space 8 and spots in spaces 3 and 4 not elongate. _ affinis. 4 sub-species. | (a). Small, ¢ F 20mm. Upf marking in space 1b reduced to 2 dots, which may be conjoined to a narrow streak. ie Uph discal spots entirely submerged in the dark border. | Sub-sp. kirmana Pl6tz 1885: 3 Malacca. Lep Ind fig is | strigata. Synonym. cognata Distant 1886: 3 Perak: figured. B.M. 1 3 Perak. 2 3 No loc. | (b). Large, ¢ F 22 mm. Upf complete spot in space 1b, _ usually broad. Uph dark discal spots partly free of the dark border. | Sub-sp. affinis Druce 1873: 3 Borneo: type B.M.: figured. | Synonym. phates Weymer 1887: $ Sumatra: figured. | B.M. 27 3 Sumatra. -26 3 Borneo. | 125 C.9. PINTARA (c). Small, ¢ F 20 mm. Upf markings reduced, dot in space 1b or unmarked. Uph white area not extending behind the spot in space 7. Unh dark border absent except narrowly at apex and tornus: termen conspicuously chequered. Sub-sp. niasica Evans 1932: 3 Nias: type B.M. B.M. 43 Nias. (d). ¢ F 22 mm. Upf spots large: uph white area very broad. Unh inner spot in space 7 small or absent, much nearer to base than to outer spot in space 7. Sub-sp. javanensis Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Java: type B.M. Fig Rhop Java as affinis; fig in Seitz of javanensis 1s affinis. B.M. 28 3 22 Java. 1 3 Borneo (? wrong label). 6 (5). Cuiller of clasp on inner face produced at either end and not centrally: the lower spine just above the style — as in sambara. Upf with a spot in space 8: spots in spaces 3 and 4 linear, oblique, the upper spot may be reduced to an inner dot: spot in space rb linear, oblique. Unh spot base space 7 large. ¢ F 22 mm. oi sesame nov: ¢ Sarawak, 1908: C. J. Brooks: type B.M. B.M. 2¢ Borneo. 3 ¢ Sumatra. C.9. PINTARA Evans 1932: type pimwilli Butler: fixed — by author. : 1 (2). Upf with sub-apical spots in spaces 4, 5 atte 6 to 8. Unh discal black spots clear of the dark border. g F 25 mm. F spots white. tabrica. 3 sub-species. (a). Upf central hyaline spots large, cell spot across cell. Uph and unh most of wing clear orange. Sub-sp. tabrica Hewitson 1873: 3 Darjiling (?): figured: type B.M. ¢ fig Lep Ind: fig Seitz g¢ as 9 tabrica, fig of g and underside are pinwill.. | B.M. 1 3 type, probably from Indo-China. 1 9 Laokai, © Cochin-China. } (b). Upf as tabrica. Uph orange area patchily shaded brown and unh veins black. | 126 C.10. CHAMUNDA Sub-sp. melli Hering 1918: ¢ Tsha Jiu San, S.E. China: figured. B.M. None. (c). Uph and unh as mel. Upf central spots small, widely separated, cell spot not reaching across cell. Sub-sp. bowringi Joicey & Talbot 1921: $ Hainan: figured: type B.M. B.M. 13292 Hainan. 2 (1). Upf no spots in spaces 4 to 8. Upf central spots large, pale yellow. Unh dark border much broader, more or less coalescent with the discal spots. ¢ F 25 mm. pinwilli. 2 sub-species. (a). 3g upf discal spots well separated. _ Sub-sp. pinwilli_ Butler 1877: 3 Malacca: type B.M.: figured. Fig Distant 1886; Lep Ind; Seitz as pinwilli and as tabrica $ and underside. B.M. 12 3g 5 2 Burma (Karens to Victoria Point). 1 Siam. 1 ¢ Malacca. (b). g 2 upf central spots completely conjoined. $ uph orange area redder. : oe -sp. banga nov: ¢ T’'ameang Lajang, S.E. Borneo: type | BM. B.M. 2 3 Borneo. 1 2 Sumatra (Battak Mts.). : C10. CHAMUNDA Evans (p. 14): type chamunda _ Moore: fixed by author. Single species. Superficially resembles species belonging to the genera Lobocla and Celaenorrhinus in respect of the arrangement of the hyaline spots upf. Upf up to the central band and uph except for a narrow dark border, densely clothed with olive scales. Unh clothed with olive scales and unmarked except occasionally with a small pale spot in space 6 and more rarely one in the cell. g F 24 mm. | | chamunda Moore 1865: ¢ Darjiling: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; Seitz. B.M. 21 3 18 9 Sikkim. 12 ¢ 11 2 Assam. 1 ¢ N. Shan eeyeautma. 1 ¢ 12S. Shan St. 3 don @:Karen Hills. 127 C.11. DAIMIO C.11. DAIMIO Murray 1875: type tethys Ménétriés: sole species included. Synonyms. Catodaulis Speyer 1878: type tethys Ménétriés: sole species included. Gerosis Mabille 1903: type hamiltoniu De Nicéville: sole species included. 1 (2a). Palpi below white. Upf generally with a white spot — mid costa over cell spot. $ recumbent tibial pencil on hind tibia shorter than tibia. 2 with anal hair tuft. ¢ F 18-21 mm. tethys. 4 sub-species. (a). Clasp in first two sub-species with end hemispherical. Typical tethys has the uph unmarked: unh often with traces of a white central band. A not infrequent form (lineata) has, uph and unh, a broken incipient white | band, more or less developed. Sub-sp. tethys Meénétriés 1857: 3 Japan: figured. Fig Pryer; Seitz. Synonyms. lineata Mabille & Boullet 1916: ¢ China. —datseni Riley 1921: 3 Mt. Daisen, Japan: type B.M.(= | lineata). yamashiroensis Kato 1930: ¢ Mt. Atago, Japan (=/mneata). B.M. 30 3 24 2 (tethys), 1 Q (ab. epitaras, see moort), 19 2 — 10 2 (lineata) Japan. 13 ¢ 2 9 Amur and 8 ¢ Manchuria (tethys grading to lineata). 192 Korea, 2 $ Snowy Valley (Hong Kong), 1 2 Shanghai, 1 g “‘C. China” (typical tethys). (b). Uph and unh with an unbroken central white band outwardly bordered by black spots. Uph the white band | is generally bulged outward centrally, much constricted apically and does not usually reach the costa: the black spots are partially or completely submerged by the dark border. Sub-sp. moori Mabille 1876: $ Mupin (2 is roona). Fig Alphéraky 1895; Seitz I. Synonyms. felderi Butler 1881: 3 “Japan” (probably Ichang): type B.M. chinensis Staudinger 1892: 3 Mongolia. epitaras Oberthiir 1907: 2 Ta Tsien Lou: figured: type B.M. Aberration. 128 C.11. DAIMIO formosana Matsumura 1919: g§ Formosa. Homonym by Fruhstorfer 1909. taiwana Matsumura 1919: 3 Formosa: figured. _ saishituana Okamoto 1924: 2 Quelpart Is.: single specimen flying with thetys. B.M. 3 ¢ Mongolia. 2 3 “Snowy Mountain”. 2 2? N. China. 1 $ Shantung. 1 g 1 2 Shansi. 1 g 22S. Shensi. 1 ¢ 19 Hunan. 2g 1 2 Kiang Su. 4 ¢ 1 2 Chekiang. 4 $ Fukien. 15 $ 82 Hupeh. 3 ¢ 1 9 “Japan” (probably Hupeh). § ¢ 19 Formosa. 8 3 7 2 (moort), 1 2 (epitaras) Ta Tsien Lou. 5 ¢ 3 ¢ Siao Lou. 1 ¢ 1 Q Leon Fang. 3 6 32 Mupin. 2 2 Nan Chuan (S. Szechwan). 4 3 1 9 Yen Chuan and Traku (W. Szechwan). 5 3 6 2 Tien Tsuen. 2 ¢ Pa Tse Fang. 6 ¢ 1 2 O Mei Shan. 1 ¢ Fort Naryn. 1.6 1 @ Ya-Tcheou. (c). Uph white band usually of more even width, less constricted apically and reaching costa: black spots par- tially clear of dark border uph and entirely clear unh. Unh cilia brown at end of veins, white in interspaces: in moort the cilia are often narrowly white throughout, and at interspaces the white colouring penetrates on to the wing. In certain localities (first mentioned below) the two sub-species fly together. _ Sub-sp. roona nov: ¢ Se-Pin-Lou-Chan, Ya-Tcheou: fig Oberthiir 1912, pl. 137 fig 1208 as tethys var. 9. B.M. 2 2 Ta Tsien Lou. 1 3 2 2 Siao Lou. 25 19 Mupin. 1 ¢ O Mei Shan. 3 6 1 9 Pa Tse Fang. 5 g 29 Ya-Tcheou. 2 ¢ 1 2 Washan. 1 g Ni Tou. 2 $ Kiao Chuy. 1 ¢ 1 2 Wa Ssu Kow. 12 Tay Tou Ho. 5 3 3 9 Tchang Kou. 2 $ Chia Kou Ho. 2 ¢ 1 2 Chow Pin Sa. 6 $22 Tong Ho Valley. 129 Ta Tong Kiao. 15 $19 Thibet (Foulin, Ta Ho, Qua Se, Moenia, Cha Pa). 5 6 1 2 Yunnan (Tse Kou, Bahand). (d). Differs from roona in being smaller and with broader markings: the spot in space 1b upf is quadrate instead of rectangular. Sub-sp. birmana Evans 1926: ¢ N. Shan St.: type B.M. B.M. 13 3 5 2 Yunnan (Li-kiang, A Tun Tse, Manhao, Teng Yueh Ting). 5 3 3 2 N. Burma (Htaw-gaw, Maymyo). 2 9 La) C.11. DAIMIO 2a (1). Palpi below yellow. Upf no white spot mid costa. $ tibial hair pencil longer than tibia. ? no anal hairtuft. 2b (4a). Upf cell spot absent or small, smaller than the spot in space 3. 2 (3). Abdomen above white centrally, brown at ali End of uncus bulbous. Uph white area unmarked and unsullied. Sinica. 3 sub-species. (a). Large, ¢ F 21 mm. Uph white band narrow in 4, about one-third of dark border, one-half in 9. Upf cell spot comparatively large, often nearly as large as spot in space 3: spot in space 1b about = spot in space 2 and not overlapping in 3g, but in 9 larger and overlapping. Unh conspicuous black spot in space 7 and, in 3, narrow bar at end cell joined to the dark border. Sub-sp. sinica Felder 1862: 3 Ningpo. Synonym. diversa Leech 1890: $ Chang Yang: type Fig. Leech 1894; Seitz I; figures of diversa in Lep Ind are narada WSF. B.M. 2 ¢ 1 2 Kiang Su. or eal 8g 29 W. Szechwan (Ta Tsien Lou, Wa Ssu Kow). (b). Smaller, ¢ F 17-19 mm. ‘Two well-marked seasonal forms. WSF uph white band = dark border and upf spots in spaces 1b and 2 sub-equal. DSF uph white band twice as wide as dark border and upf spot in space 1b much enlarged. No spot at end cell uph. Sub-sp. narada Moore 1884: 3 Sikkim WSF: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, DSF as narada, WSF as diversa: Seitz 9 DSF as phisara, his narada is bhagava. Synonym. indica Evans 1926: ¢ WSF Assam: type B.M. B.M. 3 6 2 2 WSF, 24 3 3 2 DSF, Sikkim. 18 3 13 2 WSF, I0 ¢ OP DSF, Assam. 5 ¢ 1 2 DSF Ataran, Burma. (c). Very small, g¢ F 16 mm. Like WSF narada. Upf spot in space 2 smaller and cell spot is mid spots in spaces 2 and 3, instead of over the centre of the cell spot. Uph no signs of dark spots on the border and cilia brown. Genitalia as narada. Sub-sp. minima Swinhoe 1910: g Labuan: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 1 9 Borneo. (Malaya, coll Cowan.) 130 C.11. DAIMIO 3 (2). Abdomen above narrowly striped. End of uncus tapered to a point. Superficially sometimes difficult to separate from narada. phisara. 3 sub-species. (a). In China there appear to be 3 forms. WSF like a large phisara WSF, 3 F 22 mm., and very like sinica: $ upf no spot in space 1b and uph band = 4 of border, with a large black spot at end of cell: 2 differs from szmca in having, like the g, unchequered cilia on hindwing. Intermediate form exactly like narada WSF, but in 3 upf the spot in space rb overlaps the spot in space 2 and the cilia unh are unchequered. DSF (typical rex) like narada DSF but upf, 3 and 9, the spot in spaces 2 and 3 overlap: é F 18 mm. Sub-sp. rex nov: ¢ Tse Kou, Thibet: R. P. Dubernard: type B.M. B.M. WSF 1 3g Hupeh. 3 ¢ Kiang Si. 1 ¢ Kwang Tung. 26 1 2 W. Szechwan (Siao Lou, Ta Tsien Lou). Int. F 16 Ta Tsien Lou. 2 ¢ Tse Kou, Yunnan. DSF 1 ¢? Fukien. 2 ¢ Yunnan (Bahand, ‘Tse Kou). (b). phisara also has 3 forms. WSF ¢ uph band yellowish, very narrow, like vex WSF but smaller, ¢ F 19 mm.: 2 like 2 narada WSF, but the spot in space 1b upf is usually completely overlapped by the spot in space 2. DSF upf as WSF: uph ¢ band pale yellowish, nearly as broad as the dark border, whereon the grey post-discal line and grey veins therefrom to the white area are conspicuous, as also is the spot end cell: uph @ band broader than the dark border. Intermediate form (more frequent in Burma and Assam) in ¢ uph has the band whiter and broader than the WSF and the dark border more uniform: it grades to the WSF of which it is a minor variation. In addition there is a rare aberration (hamil- toni) which in its extreme form has the white markings on both wings completely absent and the uph grey scaled: __ no two of the known specimens are quite alike. | Sub-sp. phisara Moore 1884: ¢ WSF Khasi Hills: type | BM. Fig Lep Ind, WSF as phiisara, DSF as bhagava: Seitz fig of phisara is DSF narada. Synonym. hamiltoni De Nicéville 1888: 3 Sylhet: 131 C.11. DAIMIO figured. The figure reproduced in Lep Ind and Seitz. Aberration. kuki Tytler 1915: ¢ Lushai Hills: type B.M. Aberration. expansa Mabille & Boullet 1916: 3 British India, DSF. B.M. 1 $ DSF Kumaon. 15 ¢ 2 2 WSF, 22 3 3 2 DSF, 1 § Ab (genotype of Gerosis) Sikkim. 24 3 4 9 WSF and Int F, 183 42 DSF, 13 Ab, Assam. 1 ¢ WSF, 1 ¢ DSF, 13 6 13 2 Int F, 1 6 1 2 Ab, Burma, to Tavoy. 1 ¢ WSF, 2 6 1 2 DSF Siam. (c). Dark form of DSF phisara: 3 uph band obsolete. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. tenebrosa Joicey & Talbot 1921: 3 Hainan: type B.M. | B.M. 4 6 19 Hainan. 4a (2b). Upf cell spot large, as large or aes than the spot in space 3. End of uncus bulbous. 4 (5a). Upf spot in space 3 small and adjoining the spots in space 2 and cell. Uph band reaching costa and dorsum, and bearing black spots in space 7 and usually at end cell: band pale yellow in 3, white in 9. Abdomen yellow (2 white) with end narrowly ringed. ¢ F 19 mm. bhagava. 2 sub-species. (a). 3g upf always with a pale spot in space 1b. WSF | band uph narrower than the dark border in ¢: ground colour dark brown. DSF uph band paler and broader than the border: ground colour much paler and veins more or less grey thereon. Sub-sp. bhagava Moore 1865: 3 N.E. Bengal, WSF: type | B.M. WSF fig Seitz as narada; DSF Lep Ind as milliana, the figures of bhagava are phisara DSF. Synonym. milliana Swinhoe 1912: $ Burma: type B.M. B.M. 43S. India. 1 g¢ 19 C. India (Pachmarhi). 1 3 N. India (type). 2 ¢ Nepal. 1 ¢ Manipur. 37 ¢ 222 Burma © to Tavoy. 6 3 Siam. (b). Like WSF bhagava, but upf central spots much ~ smaller. Sub-sp. andamanica Wood Mason & De Nicéville 1881: g Andamans: figured. Fig Lep Ind and Seitz. B.M. 12379 Andamans. 132 C.11. DAIMIO 5a (4). Upf spot in space 3 generally as large as the cell spot and well separated from the spots in space 2 and the cell. 5b (7). Unf with a conspicuous double white spot in space 1b midway between the discal spot and the termen. $ F 18 mm. 5 (6). Upf cell spot oblique, over the outer edge of the spot in space 2. Uph pale area white in § and?. Abdomen striped. limax. 4 sub-species. (a). g uph white area oval, occupying a quarter or less of wing: in 2 not wider than the dark border. Sub-sp. dirae De Nicéville 1895: 3 Pulo Laut: figured. Fig in Seitz. Synonym. graya (Staudinger MS) Elwes & Edwards 1897 irae. B.M. 11g5¢@5. Burma (Tavoy to Mergui). 1 2 Siam. 1 9 Malaya. 12 3 5 2 Sumatra. 14 3 7 Q Borneo. (b). 3g uph white area obsolete. 2 unh post-discal spots unusually large. Smaller. ¢ F 17 mm. Sub-sp. fumosa Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 “‘Sumatra’”’ (recte Nias): type B.M.: figured. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 8 3 3 2 Nias. (c). Uph white area wider, post-discal grey line reouie and conspicuous, also veins thereto from the white area are conspicuously grey. Sub-sp. limax Plétz 1884: 3 ? loc. (Java). Fig Rhop Java. Synonym. wisana Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 Java: type B.M. Fig Seitz. B.M. 26 ¢ 11 2 Java. (d). g uph white area as in imax, but reaches dorsum and vein 7. Larger. § F 20 mm. Sub-sp. philippina Evans 1932: 3 Palawan: type B.M. B.M. 2 3 Palawan. 6 (5). Upf cell spot large, directly over the spot in space 2. | 36 uph central area yellow, oval: in 2 white: post-discal spots large, no trace of grey veins. Abdomen brown in 3, im white in. | corona Semper 1892: ¢ Mindoro. Fig Seitz. B.M. 2312 Luzon. 1 $ Mindoro. 3 3 2 9 Mindanao. a3 C.12. TAGIADES 7 (5b). Unh no spot in space 1b exterior to the discal spot. Upf cell spot large, placed over spot in space 2. Uph central pale area yellow in 3, white in 2: post-discal grey line and veins as in imax. 2 abdomen white with end brown. celebica. 2 sub-species. (a). Large, $ F 22 mm. ¢ uph yellow area sullied. 2 upf usually a discal spot in space 1b. ¢ abdomen striped. Sub-sp. celebica Felder 1867: 3 N. Celebes: figured: type B.M. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. permena Hewitson 1868: $ Macassar: type B.M. nivescens Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 Bonthain: type B.M. B.M. 37 5 25 2 Celebes. (b). Smaller, ¢ F 20 mm. and darker. g uph ello area clear and broader. © upf no discal spots in space 1b and uph post-discal grey lines and veins very faint. ¢ abdomen basally yellowish. Sub-sp. sulina Evans 1932: 3 Sula Besi: type B. M. B.M. 4349 Sula Is. C.12. TAGIADES Hiibner 1819: type japetus Stoll: fixed — by Butler 1870. Synonym. Pterygospidea Wallengren 18 57: type flesus 7 Fabricius: fixed by Scudder 1875. 1a (5a). F no hyaline spot in space 11 over cell spot. H — tibiae without a hair pencil in g. End uncus bilobate. Antennal club nudum 18. Japetus Group 1 (2a). Upf with 2 hyaline discal spots | in spaces 2 and 3. 5 ation 24 sub-species. (a). Uph cilia white from tornus to vein 6, surmounted | by a narrow white area, whereon are 2 or 3 submarginal | black dots, and followed by bluish white shading to mid — wing. Upf without cell spots and discal spots in g¢ minute. — Unh white except for dark costa. ¢ F 22 mm. .4 Sub-sp. obscurus Mabille 1876: 3 ‘‘Malay Archipelago?, | Java”’ (recte Ceylon). Fig Seitz, pl. 164f g: as distans 134 C.12. TAGIADES in Lep Ceylon and Lep Ind: fig of obscurus in Lep Ind, pl. 768/3 1s of gana silvia. Synonym. distans Moore 1881: 2 Ceylon: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 18 ¢ 19 2 Ceylon. 10 3 3 9S. India (Nilgiris). (b). Uph cilia brown (atticus section b—h). Unh bluish white: with 2 well-marked seasonal forms. DSF pale brown, wings pointed, large, ¢ F 23 mm.: unh black spots small or absent. WSF darker, wings more rounded, smaller, ¢ F 20 mm.: unh black spots large, white colour- ing more suffused. 3 upf discal spots small in 3, much larger in 9. Sub-sp. ravi Moore 1865: ¢ Bengal, WSF: type ¢ lost (2 B.M.). Fig Lep Ind, pl. 767/1-1c DSF, 1d-1g WSF as atticus; also pl. 768 /2a, 9 WSF, as meetana; Seitz. Synonyms. khasiana Moore 1884: 3 DSF, Khasi Hills: type B.M. lugens Mabille 1888: ¢ WSF, Saigon: type B.M. epicharmus Fruhstorfer 1910: 2 DSF Siam: type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ Orissa. 1 ¢ Dehra Dun. 3 ¢ 3 2 Calcutta. Ig 22 Sikkim Terai. 28 3 28 2 Assam. 30 ¢ 30 2 Burma (to Ataran). 9 692 Siam. 4 5 4 2 Indo-China. (c). Unh WSF rather pale brown without any bluish white suffusion. DSF like DSF ravi, but smaller, 3 F 21mm. g¢ WSF 19 mm. Sub-sp. atticus Fabricius 1793: “India” (recte Pen Siam or Malaya): type Copenhagen Mus. (see Aurivillius 1897 and Corbet 1941): “‘hyalinae”’ in original description presumed to be a lapsus calami for “‘fuscae’”’ for uph. Fig Distant ¢ DSF as ravi; Swinhoe 1908 and Seitz WSF as utanus. Synonyms. utanus Plotz 1885: $ WSF Malacca. yotissa Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ WSF Nias: type B.M. Fig Seitz. rajaghra Fruhstorfer 1910: $ WSF Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 15 ¢ 7 2 S. Burma (Tavoy to Victoria Point: 3 Mergui = ravi). 93 42 Pen Siam. 4352 DSF, 16312 WSF, Malaya (1 3 balana and 1 3 helfert). 1 9 WSF Lingga Is. 13 689 WSF Sumatra. 1 g WSF Sipora. 19 WSF Banka. 2 3 1 2 WSF Batoe Is. 8 3 8 2 WSF Nias. 135 C.12. TAGIADES (d). Prevailing form like a large atticus above: ¢ F 22 mm: unh, except for costa, smooth bluish white with dark spots as in atticus. Normal atticus also occurs infrequently. Sub-sp. balana Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Borneo: type B.M. B.M. 36 3 24 2 Borneo. (ce). Larger, $ F 22 mm., darker and much more strongly marked form of razz. Sub-sp. ravina Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Andamans: based on Elwes & Edwards description. B.M. 16 3 129 Andamans. _(f). 3g like utanus, 2 like balana. Upf discal hyaline spots larger. Sub-sp. carnica Evans 1934: $ Car Nicobar: type B.M. B.M. 7372 Car Nicobar. (g). Smaller, ¢ F 20mm. ¢ 2 unh clear white. Sub-sp. nankewra Evans 1934: g Nankowri: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, pl. 762/2 3 as helferz. | B.M. 20 3 6 2 Central Nicobars. (h). ¢ darker, larger, F 23 mm., wings SEoeiaeedk Unh white area duskier and less extensive. 2 as nankowra. F hyaline spots conspicuous. | Sub-sp. helferi Felder 1862: ¢ Pulo Milo. Synonym. zoctis (Staudinger MS) Elwes & Edwards 1897 = helferi. B.M. 1 2 Pulo Milo. 4 $ Kondul. 1 ¢ 1 2 Little Nicobar. 5 6 2258. Nicobar. (i). H cilia white (japetus section: remainder, except for last sub-species, Razana). Uph without any white, but tornal half of termen broadly bluish. Upf discal hyaline spots small. ¢ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. enganicus Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Engano: type B.M. Fig. Seitz, pl. 164f as brasidas; Rhop Java as japetus. Synonyms. nepos Latreille 1823: Java: homonym by Fabricius 1793. jetavana Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 “Sumatra”: type B.M. ? wrong label. guineensis Mabille & Boullet 1916: 3 ““New Guinea”’. ? wrong label. B.M. 1 3 “Sumatra”. 18 ¢ 18 9 Java. 9 3 6 9 Bali. 8 $79 Bawean. 64 5 2? Engano. 136 C.12. TAGIADES (j). Similar, but upf discal spots much enlarged. Unh with a continuous dark border instead of separated spots. $ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. titus Plotz 1884: g Philippines. Fig Seitz 3. Synonym. Jatreille: Staudinger 1889: 3 Palawan. Fig Seitz 2. B.M. 6 3 4 2 Palawan. 1 g W. Sumar. 1 2 Guimaras. I $ Siassi. 6 $ 69 Luzon. 21 6 15 2 Mindanao. 4 35 2 2 Pollillo. 1 3 2 2 Bazilan. 1 g Bongao. 6 3 1 2 Panay. 6 3 62 Mindoro. 1 $ Sulu Archip. 11 ¢ 8 2 Philippines. (k). Uph in remainder (except kazana) with the tornal half of the termen more or less white. Forms from the Celebes area (k—m) have the unh more or less darkened and the dark discal spots more developed. Celebes speci- mens are large, ¢ F 24-25 mm.: white tornal area uph narrow but conspicuous. Sub-sp. prasnaja Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Celebes: type B.M. B.M. 28 3 27 2 Celebes. 1 3 Saleyer. (1). As large, but much darker unh: uph most of white tornal area suffused bluish. Sub-sp. obscurata Staudinger 1889: 3 Sangir. B.M. 15 3 8 Q Sangir. (m). A small edition of prasnaja, 3 F 23 mm. Sub-sp. navus Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Sula Mangoli: type B.M. B.M. 14 36 7 2 Sula Is. (n). In the welter of islands from Lombok to Kei (n-r), the uph has a narrow white tornal area, often with 2 sub- marginal black dots at ends of veins 2 and 3: unh white below the radius and vein 6, bearing 3 submarginal black spots at ends of veins 2, 3 and 4, a double spot mid spaces 4-5 and a large round discal spot in space 6. From Lombok to Alor the specimens are large, ¢ F 23 mm., and there is considerable seasonal and individual variation, affecting the depth of the brown colouring and the intensity of the black spotting. Sub-sp. brasidas Doherty 1890: $ Sumba: type B.M. Synonyms. esvara Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Lombok: type B.M sumbae van Eecke 1933: ¢ Sumba. B.M. 19 ¢ 11 9 Lombok. 10 ¢ 10 9 Sumba. 7 ¢ 6 2 137 C.12. TAGIADES | Sumbawa. 3 ¢ 22 Flores. 1g 19 Pura. 1 ¢ Adonara. 1 g Oinainisa. 7 3 3 2 Alor. (0). From Timor to Kei the specimens are smaller, ¢ F 20 mm., and the white area uph is generally wider and more often spotless. In Timor the black spots unh are well developed. Sub-sp. xarea Mabille 1891: 3 Timor. Synonym. mangala Fruhstorfer: 2 Babber: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 5 @ Timor. 3 6 1 2 Roma. 2 § Dammer. 3612 Kisser. 1 3 Kissoei. 1 ¢ Savu. 2 3 Kalao (inter- mediate to prasnaja). 1 3 1 2 Wetter. 1 2 Babber. 5 ¢ Koer. 3 2 Taam. 1 $ Teandor. 1 9 Djampea. 1 2 Teoor. 1 9 Semao. 6 g 1 9 Letti. 1 ¢ Sermatta. 1 ¢ Manovolka. (p). Tenimber specimens are darker above and unh the — black spots are reduced to dots, that in space 4 being © missing. Sub-sp. tenimberanus Kalis 1933: ¢ ‘Tenimber. Synonym. yamdena Evans 1934: 3 Tenimber: type B.M. B.M. 204 29 2 Tenimber. (q). Across the Banda sea a considerably modified form — prevails on the Banda Is. Upf spots enlarged as in fztus: — uph white area square ended, instead of tapered at vein 4. | Sub-sp. bandanus Fruhstorfer 1910: g Great Banda Is.: — type B.M. B.M. 5 3 792 Banda Is. (r). On Kei there seem to be two intergrading forms: at one end inseparable from xarea: at the other a smaller, darker form with more rounded wings and a narrower white area uph. Sub-sp. avienus Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 Kei Is.: type B.M. Fig Seitz. | B.M. 26 3 22 2 Kei Is. (s). Moluccan specimens generally resemble those from the Celebes and the Banda sea on the upperside. Unh the white area is not sullied, but the apical dark area extends further down the termen, engulfing the dark spot at end of vein 4. 3 F 23 mm. There is a considerable amount of variation, which appears to be of an individual | and not sub- specific nature. ; 138 | ; : . C.12. TAGIADES Sub-sp. japetus Stoll 1782: ¢ Amboina: figured. Fig Seitz. Synonyms. dburuanus Fruhstorfer 1910: 2 Buru: type B.M eprius Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Obi: type B.M. masisttus Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Halmaheira: type B.M. deinolochus Fruhstorfer 1910: § ? Ternate: type B.M. B.M. 14 6 11 9 Obi. 11 9 14 9 Batchian. 13 ¢ 2 2 Hal- maheira. 49 42 Ternate. 14 6 13 2? Amboina. 18 g 11 9 Ceram. 12 6 129 Buru. 4 3 Gisser. 2 ¢ 1 2 Goram. (t). The primary differentiating feature for specimens from New Guinea, the Bismarcks and Solomons is the enlargement of the black spot at end of vein 2 unh. In the New Guinea area and the Bismarcks there appears to be a single sub-species varying between four extremes, ViZ.3 (1) janetta (Seitz, pl. 165a as lowisa). Uph white area spotless and wide, equal to half the length of the wing at mid termen. The only form on Rossell, Sudest and Woodlark, and in N. Queensland. Frequent on Kei, Aru, Misol and St. Aignan. Occasional in British New Guinea and on Goodenough. (2) Rowaza (Seitz, pl. 164g). Uph white area extensive and marked with more or less conspicuous black spots. Frequent on Kei, Aru, Misol, Waigou, New Guinea, St. Aignan, Goodenough, Fergussons. (3) clericus (Seitz, pl. 164g as tindal). As Rowaia, but the white area uph restricted to 4 or } of the wing and the spots thereon may be much enlarged. Frequent throughout: the only form on Mefor and prevalent in the Bismarcks. | (4) bubasa. As clericus, but the white area uph spotless. Occasional in New Guinea: frequent in the Bismarcks: prevalent in the Schouten Is. For all ¢ F 21-23 mm. Sub-sp. janetta Butler 1870: ¢ Aru: type B.M. Synonyms. clericus Butler 1882: $ Duke of York Is.: type B.M. | kowaia Plotz 1885: ¢ New Guinea. Fig Swinhoe 1908. gamelia Miskin 1889: $ Cape York: = janetta. Fig Waterhouse 1932. tindali Ribbe 1889: 3 New Pomerania: = clericus. 59 C.12. TAGIADES australensis Mabille 1891: ¢ Cape York: = janetta. bubasa Swinhoe 1904: $ Humboldt Bay: type B.M. louisa Swinhoe 1907: 2 Rossel: type B.M. Fig Swinhoe 1908: = janetta. fergussonius Fruhstorfer 1910: 2 F ergussons: type B.M.: = clericus. vulcania Evans 1934: 3 Vulcan Is.: type B.M.: =clericus. B.M. 1 g Sula. 1 ¢ Yamma. 2 ¢ Goram. 3 6 1 2 Am- boina (“‘Strays or wrong labels’). 2 6 1 2 Kei. 173 179 Aru. I ¢ Salwatty. 13 ¢ 3 2 Misol. 7 3 3 2 Waigou. 235622 Jobi. 22 Egum. 5 ¢ Roon Is. 93 3 46 2 New Guinea. 1 ¢ Yule Is. 1 ¢ 12 Mioswar. 16 3 162 Mefor. 13 $3 2 Schouten Is. 1 $ Simbang. 11 6 42 St. Aignan. 3 ¢ 2 2 Woodlark. 10 3 3 2 Sudest. 11 ¢ g 2 Rossel. 7339 N. Queensland. 11 $ 4 2 Fergussons. 6 g 1 2 Goodenough. 3 3 3 2 Dampier. 3 6 22 Vulcan. 635 1 2 Trobriands. 5 ¢ 1 2 Rook Is. 15 3 9 2 New Britain. 9 6 7 2 New Hanover. 12 3 5 2 New Ireland. 2 3 2 2 Duke of York Is. (u). A bubasa form, but unh dark markings vestigial. g F 20 mm. | Sub-sp. mathias Evans 1934: ¢ St. Mathias: type B.M. B.M. 5352 St. Mathias. 2 $ 3 2 Squally Is. | (v). Also a bubasa form. Large, $ F 24 mm., wing pro- — duced. Upf spots rather larger than usual. Uph white area narrow, 4 mm. Unh black spots nearly as vestigial _ as in mathias. Sub-sp. inconspicua Rothschild 1915: 3 Admiralty Is.: type B.M. B.M. 2 ¢ Admiralty Is. (w). In the typical form from the Solomons the dark sub- marginal markings unh are very pronounced, triangular, conjoined at their bases and their apices prolonged along the veins. Upf the hyaline spots are larger than in janetta — and uph the white tornal area is narrow, more or less — suffused bluish and bearing 2 dark spots, very much as © in prasnaja. ‘There is a good deal of variation, seemingly individual rather than sub-specific: occasional specimens ~ are like bubasa or clericus. Larger than janetta, 3 F averaging 23 mm. 140 . C.12. TAGIADES Sub-sp. hovia Swinhoe 1904: $ Alu, Shortland Is.: type B.M B.M. 12 3 6 2 Guadalcanar. g ¢ 2 2 Vella Lavella. 10 $ 2 2 Bougainville. 5 ¢ 5 2 Niasan. 10 g 5 2 Short- lands. 1 g Savo. 1 9 Fauro. 1 g 1 2 San Christoval. I$ 22 Kolumbunga. 2 6 19 Ugi. 19 Tugela. 4312 Malaita. 4 ¢ 2 2 New Georgia. 1 ¢ 3 2 Gila. 163 49 Florida. 4 ¢ 2 2 Ysabel. 1 $ Choiseul. 1 3 1 9 Guizo. I § Ranonga. 4 3 4 9 Rendova. (x). The last sub-species provides perhaps the most remarkable variation of japetus. Above and below en- tirely brown, resembling atticus from Malaya, but the hyaline spots upf are larger and the unh is darker, with the dark discal spots very faint. $ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. kazana Evans 1934: ¢ Treasury Is.: type B.M. B.M. 5 5 3 2 Treasury Is. 2a (1). Upf with no trace of hyaline spots in cell or spaces 2 and 3. 2b ay Unh always with dark submarginal markings. 2 (3). Uph white area, if present, with at most 2 sub- marginal black spots (except in Philippines): dark spot in space 6 placed rather nearer origin of vein 7 than termen. $ F 19-22 mm. gana. 10 sub-species. (a). In India, Burma and China (a—e) the white tornal area uph is narrow, suffused bluish and without con- spicuous spots. In S. India there are two comparatively well-marked intergrading seasonal forms. DSF has the white tornal area uph narrow, unsullied and the cilia are white. WSF has the white area narrower, more or less sullied and the cilia often brown. Sub-sp. silvia Evans 1934: ¢ N. Kanara: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, pl. 768/3 as obscurus. B.M. 26 3 26 2 S. India (Travancore to W. Ghats and Chota Nagpore). (b). Like stlxza DSF, but the white area broader. Sub-sp. athos Plétz 1884: g¢ Calcutta. B.M. 1 ¢ Orissa. 2 ¢ Nepal. 3 1 2 Sikkim. 163 11 2 Assam. 1 ¢ Siam. I4I C.12. TAGIADES (c). Like silvia WSF, but the white area narrower and the cilia nearly always brown. Sub-sp. meetana Moore 1878: 3 Meetan: type B.M. figured. Fig Lep Ind, ¢ only, 2 is japetus ravt. Synonym. patimoka Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Tonkin: type B.M. B.M. 24 3¢ 22 2 Burma (Pegu Yoma and Karens to | 4 Mergui). 12 ¢ 3 2 Siam. 2 ¢ coll. Mabille, no loc., | marked odscurus but not agreeing with his description. (d). An enlarged edition of athos: $ F 23 mm. Sub-sp. sangarava Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Tonkin: type B.M. B.M. 3 5 4 2 Tonkin. 20 3 7 2 Hainan. 1 g Kwang-Si. (e). A dark fornrof athos. Unh submarginal dark mark- ings much intensified. Sub-sp. alica Moore 1877: 3 S. Andamans: type B.M.: figured. Fig Lep Ind. | B.M. 22 ¢ 162 Andamans. 1 ¢ 1 2 Centr. Nicobars. (f). Malaysian specimens have a clear white tornal white area uph, whereon are 2 conspicuous black spots. There seem to be two more or less well-marked forms of the ¢. Large, 3 F 23 mm., with the tornal white area uph 5 mm. wide. Small, ¢ F 19 mm., with more rounded wings and the white area 3 to 4 mm. y Sub-sp. gana Moore 1865: 3 “‘Bengal”’ (recte Java): type B.M. Fig Seitz, pl. 164h as gana and 165d 2 as “‘melan- tho”. Fig Distant as gana. Fig Rhop Java, pl. 5/10 as menanto: fig of ““gana”’ is parra. Synonyms. menanto Plotz 1885: 3 Malacca. avala Fruhstorfer 1910: $ W. Java: type B.M. paceka Fruhstorfer 1910: 9 Palawan: type B.M. Fig in Seitz is karea. mahinda Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 Kina Balu: type B.M. perakana Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 Perak: type B.M. javanus Kalis 1933: 3 Java. B.M. 4 3 7 2 S. Burma (Mergui to Victoria Point). 4342 Pen Siam. 1 $ Langkawei Is. 17 3 13 2 Malaya. 1 3 Lingga Is. 173 79 Sumatra. 22 6 11 9 Java. 303 172 Borneo. 1 3 1 9 Palawan. (g). Only differs from gana in being darker and unh the sub- marginal dark markings are enlarged and more extensive. 142 C.1z2. TAGIADES Sub-sp. jainas Fruhstorfer 1g10: 3 Nias: type B.M. B.M. 234142 Nias. (h). Uph tornal white area narrower, more or less suf- fused. Unh the apical dark area runs broadly along the termen to tornus. Sub-sp. narba Evans 1942: 3 Batoe Is.: type B.M. B.M. 432 2 Batoe Is. 13 1258. Natuna Is. 1 $ 2 2 Sipora. (i). In the Philippines the white tornal area uph is bor- dered by 3 or more dark spots, which may be more or less united.to a continuous band. There are two forms: DSF (Rarea) with the dark spots separated: WSF (elegans) white area narrower and the spots contiguous, __ also wings more rounded. 3$ F 20-22 mm. _ Sub-sp. elegans Mabille 1877: 3 Mindoro: type B.M. DSF fig Seitz, pl. 164h 3 as paceka and 165a as karea. WSF fig Semper 1892, pl. 49 ¢ and Seitz, pl. 164 h as elegans. Synonym. karea Mabille 1891: ¢ Philippines. B.M. 24 ¢ 12 2 DSF, 3 6 WSF, Mindanao. 1 9 DSF Bazilan. 1 g 19 DSF Luzon. 22 WSF Pollilo. 10 $62 WSF Mindoro. (j). Large WSF form with wings prolonged, ¢ F 22 mm. Upf with hyaline discal dots in spaces 4 and 5, absent in elegans, and uph continuous broad brown border. _ Sub-sp. semperi Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Camiguin di Luzon: __ type B.M. | BM. 2 3 type loc. _3 (2). Uph tornal white area very broad, occupying one- third of the wing and with 3 black spots thereon: dark spot in space 6 nearer to termen than to origin of vein 7. Large, § F 25 mm. _parra. 4 sub-species. (a). 3 H not conspicuously elongate at tornus: termen convex in DSF, straighter in WSF. Uph white area not penetrating behind the large black discal spot: sub-margi- nal spot at end of vein rb often absent in DSF and in WSF never more conspicuous than the spot at end of vein 3. | Sub-sp. gala nov: ¢ Sikkim: O. Miiller: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind as gana. | 143 a a A ne i C.12. TAGIADES B.M. 19 3 23 ¢ Sikkim. 5 ¢ 1 2 Assam. 11 6 2 2 Burma (to Mergui). 1 ¢ 19 Siam. 1 ¢ Indo-China. (b). ¢ H conspicuously elongate and termen straight. Uph white area not penetrating behind the large black discal spot. Unh spot at end of vein 1b more conspicuous than that at end of vein 3. Uph spot at end of vein 2 much larger than the other two. Sub-sp. naxes nov: $ Perak: Lakatt and Pamboo: ard Aug. 1895: type B.M. _ B.M. 5312 Malaya. (c). As naxos, but uph the 3 black spots equally large. Sub-sp. niasana ‘Mabille & Boullet 1916: g Nias. B.M. 9 3 Nias. (d). As naxos, but uph the white area penetrates behind the large black discal spot in ¢ and 9. Sub-sp. parra Fruhstorfer 1gio: g N. Borneo: type B.M. Fig Seitz, pl. 164h 3 as avala; Rhop Java as gana. Synonym. elongata Mabille & Boullet 1916: $ Sumatra. — B.M. 1 2 Sumatra. 1 9 Banka. 10d 1 ? Java. 14639 Borneo. 1 ¢ Palawan. 4 (2b). Uph with a narrow, spotless tornal white area, more or less surmounted with bluish scaling. Above black, no — signs of darker markings. Unh spotless white below vein — 6. ¢ F 18mm. ; lavata Butler 1879: 2 Malacca: type B.M.: figured. Fig — Distant & Seitz. Synonym. albovittata Moore 1883: 3 Borneo: type B.M. — B.M. 1312958. Burma (Tavoy, Victoria Point). 13 192 Pen Siam. 4 ¢ 3 2 Malaya. 3 g Sumatra. 2 3 Java. 9d 12 Borneo. 2 2 Natuna. a 5a (1a). F with a hyaline spot in space 11 over cell spot. — Hind tibiae in ¢ with a short recumbent hair pencil on | inner side and difficult to see. End uncus undivided. Antennal club nudum i6. Nestus Group 5b (11a). Cuiller of clasp undivided, but may be furnished — with slender processes. Upf lower hyaline cell spot and — spots in spaces 2 and 3 generally feebly developed | or 144 C.12. TAGIADES absent. Uph submarginal spots separate except in WSF. Unf generally without a double subtornal white spot. India and China to Java and Borneo. _ 5c (ga). Uph no dark discal spot in space ic (tanda, aberrant). 5 (6a). Uph ¢ and ¢ no spot at end of vein 1b, only at ads of veins 2 and 3: tornal white area very broad. 3 F 18 mm. calligana Butler 1879: $ Malacca: type B.M.: figured. Fig Distant; Rhop Java as menaka. Synonym. yapatha Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Nias: type B.M. B.M. 1 2 Naga Hills (?). 63 4 9 Malaya. 5 ¢ 4 9 Sumatra. 136 4¢@ Nias. 1 g 12 Banka. 4 3 Java. 63 1 2 Borneo. 6a (5). Uph always with a dark spot at end of vein rb. 6b (3). This spot at least twice as large as the spot at end of vein 2. 6 (7). F always with a hyaline dot in space 3. Uph tornal white area narrow in dg, not extending above vein 3 and bearing only 2 submarginal spots. ¢ F 17 mm. toba. 2 sub-species. (a). g uph spot at end of vein 2 a dot; white area along 4 dorsum in g, $ in @. Sub- -sp. toba De Nicéville 1896: $ Sumatra: figured. B.M. 4 6 2 2 S. Burma (Mergui). 2 ¢ 2 2 Malaya. Ig 12 Sumatra. 5 ¢ Borneo. (b). 3g uph spot at end of vein 2 much larger; white area along 4 dorsum in 3, 3 in @. Sub-sp. nana Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Nias: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz as toba. B.M. 123 68 Nias. 7 (6). F no hyaline dot in space 3. waterstradti. 2 sub-species. (a). ¢ F 18 mm. Uph white area narrow, 7 mm.: spots at ends of veins 2 and 3 well marked, triangular. Sub-sp. talanga nov: $ Gunong Talang, Pad Bovenland, Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 131 9 Malaya. 3 3 3 2 Sumatra. 13 g 1 2 Borneo, Sarawak. 10 145 C.12. TAGIADES (b). ¢ F2omm. Uph¢ white area 9 mm.: spots at ends of veins 2 and 3 mere dots. The mountain form in Borneo. Sub-sp. waterstradti Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Kina Balu: type B.M.: figured. Fig in Seitz, pl. 165b, is of litigiosa. B.M. 22 3 142 Borneo, Kina Balu, Mt. ae Mt. Regios Mt. Matang. 8 (6b). Uph spot at end of vein 1b equal to or only slightly larger than the spot at end of vein 2: with 4 submarginal spots. litigiosa. 6 sub-species. (a). Clasp in (a) to (c) with the cuiller tapered to a blunt point and with a small style turned inwards. Upf with a hyaline dot in space 3. With 2 seasonal forms: DSF uph submarginal spots well separated: WSF more or less conjoined. Ceylon specimens are large, ¢ F 19 mm. WSF, 22 mm. DSF: unh a narrow brown line along the termen linking the bases of the spots. Sub-sp. ceylonica Evans 1932: ¢ Ceylon: type B.M. Fig Seitz as gavina, § WSF; Lep Ceylon as atticus, DSF. B.M. 26 ¢ 22 WSF, 64 5 2 DSF, Ceylon. (b). Smaller, g F 18mm. WSF, 19 DSF. Unh DSF no © brown terminal line. In WSF uph submarginal spots larger and often conjoined. | Sub-sp. litigiosa Méschler 1878: ¢ Sylhet. Fig Lep Ind WSF; Seitz, pl. 165a 2 (nec $) as vajuna, pl. 165a as menaka WSF and pl. 165 b as waterstradti, DSF. Synonyms. vajuna Fruhstorfer 1910: $ WSF, N. Kanara: type B.M. eson (Boisduval MS) Evans 1926; cited Moore 1857 = = litigiosa. kotoshona Sonan 1936: 3 Formosa: figured. B.M. 21 ¢ 21 2 S. India. 2 9 N.W. Himalayas (?). 16 3 15 2 Sikkim. 15 $ 15 2 Assam. 16 § 10 2 Burma (to Ataran). 63 592Siam. 1 6 19 Indo-China. 10 3 109 Hainan. 12 Yunnan. 1 ¢ 22 Kwang Si. 9 6 7 2 Kwang Tung (Langkawi Is, coll Eliot). (c). Uph dark border very broad, completely conjoined in WSF, spots contiguous in DSF. Upf upper cell spot much enlarged. 146 C.12. TAGIADES Sub-sp. andamanica Evans 1932: ¢ S. Andamans, WSF: type B.M. i Synonym. major Evans 1932: $6 S. Andamans, DSF: type B.M. B.M. 5 522 WSF, 2 5 22 DSF, Andamans. (d). End of clasp rounded and furnished with a short curved process with serrate edges, from the inner tip of the cuiller: no style. Upf no hyaline dot in space 3. Otherwise as litigiosa and with similar seasonal forms. g F 19 mm. Sub-sp. ultra Evans 1932: ¢ Victoria Point, S. Burma: type B.M. B.M. 5 5 49S. Burma (Tavoy, Mergui). 1 ¢ 1 2 Pen Siam. 16 g 1 2 Malaya. 8 3 3 9 Nias. 9 3 5 2 Sumatra. 23512 Banka. 23 ¢ 42 Borneo. 3 ¢ Palawan. (e). End of clasp rounded and furnished with a long curved and twisted process, thin and not serrate: with a short style directed outwards. Inseparable from ultra DSF: no WSF. Sub-sp. tubulus Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 Java: type B.M. B.M. 33 6 192 Java. 5 6 1 9 Bali. 6 3 3 2 Lombok. (f). Genitalia as tubulus, but style shorter and absent in Flores. Upf with 1 or 2 distinct hyaline dots in space rb. Unf the dark discal spot in space 6 is just conjoined to the dark costal border, instead of being just separate: otherwise as tubulus. § F 20 mm. Sub-sp. sambavana Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3$ Sambawa: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 3312 Sambawa. 2 ¢ Flores. 9a (5c). Uph with a dark discal spot in space 1c (except tanda). 9 (10). Upf usually with a hyaline dot in space 3. 3$ outer half of abdomen white above: 2 white or striped at end. menaka. 4 sub-species. (a). Large, ¢ F 23 mm. Uph dark border heavier and often a dark discal spot in space 2 as well as in space 3. No DSF. | Sub-sp. mantra Evans 1934: 3 W. China: type B.M. Fig Leech and Seitz I as atticus. 147 C.12. TAGIADES B.M. 9 6 11 2 W. Szechwan (T'a ‘Tsien Lou area). — Fukien. (b). Smaller ¢ F 21 mm. With 2 well-defined seasonal forms: WSF with contiguous large dark submarginal spots uph: separated in DSF. Uph always with a de- tached discal spot in space 3. Sub-sp. menaka Moore 1865: g Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind; fig in Seitz, pl. 165 is of Ltigiosa WSF. Synonyms. vulturna Plotz 1884: Calcutta. gavina Fruhstorfer 1910: $ Tonkin: type B.M. B.M. 18 $ 12 2 N.W. Himalayas (Kulu to Kumaon). 24 ¢ 23 9 Sikkim. 3 ¢ Bhutan. 23 § 219 Assam. 10 3 3 9 Burma (to Ataran). 2 $ Siam. 1 $ 1 2 Indo-China. 5 6 5 2 Hainan. (c). Like menaka DSF, but uph the dark discal spot in space 3 is conjoined to the large discal spot in spaces 4-5 and veins 3 and 4 are more or less darkened, also the white area does not extend into space 6. g¢ F 22 mm. Sub-sp. manis Evans 1933: ¢ Sungei Bertam, Perak, 5,000 ft.: type B.M. B.M. 14622 Malaya. | (d). More like dtigiosa, but with the genitalia of menaka. g F 22 mm. Upf conspicuous hyaline dots in spaces 2 and 3. Uph white area.as in manis and discal spot in space 3 conjoined to the large spot in spaces 4-5: sub- — marginal spots small and sub- equal: no trace of a dark discal spot in space Ic. Sub-sp. tanda nov: g Lebong Tandai, Mt. Lalangia, W. Sumatra, 5,000 ft., July 1923: C. J. Brooks: type B.M. B.M. g 3 type loc.: in company with waterstradti talanga. 10 (9). Upf no hyaline spot in space 3. ¢ 2 outer half of — abdomen conspicuously white striped above. ¢ F 20-22 © mm. cohaerens. 3 sub-species. (a). Uph no trace of a discal spot in space 3 or on vein 3. Two well-marked seasonal forms, resembling litigiosa. Sub-sp. *cynthia Evans 1934: 3 DSF Karen Hills: type B.M. 3 Synonym. pintra Evans 1934: $ WSF China: type B. M. 148 C.12. TAGIADES B.M. 1 ¢ WSF Murree, N.W. Himalayas. 1 ¢ WSF Nepal. 1 9 DSF Sikkim. 5 ¢ 1 2 DSF, 645 1 2 WSF Assam. 1 ¢ 2 2 DSF, 3 6 2 9 WSF S. Shan States. 9362 DSF, 1 3 WSF Karen Hills. 1 ¢ WSF China. (b). Intermediate between DSF and WSF cynthia: uph no discal spot in space 3, but vein 3 has a narrow spot. oulbsp. cinda Evans 1933: ¢ Fraser’s Hill, Malaya: type B B.M. Only the type. (c). Uph.as WSF cynthia, but uph with an irregular narrow brown discal band linking the dark discal spots in spaces 1c and 4-5 and enclosing a white band, crossed by dark veins, between it and the dark submarginal band. Sub-sp. cohaerens Mabille 1914: $ Formosa. Fig Esaki 1931 and 1932. Synonym. formosana Matsumura 1919: 3g Formosa: figured. Fig Matsumura 1932. B.M. 1 3 1 2 Formosa. 11a (5b). Cuiller of clasp deeply divided. Upf hyaline spots present in spaces 2, 3 and lower part of cell (Aina aber- rant). Unf generally with a double sub-tornal white spot. Philippines and Celebes to New Guinea. II (12). Divisions of cuiller divergent, meeting basally at an acute angle. Unh the dark spots in spaces 6 and 7 always more or less traceable on the brown costal area and the spot in space 6 rather nearer to the origin of vein 7 than to the termen. trebellius. 11 sub-species. _ (a). Uph with widely separated decreasing submarginal spots at ends of veins 1b, 2 and 3: white tornal area restricted, extended 4 along dorsum and to just below vein 4 at termen. Upf spot in space 2 absent; present in all other forms of trebellius and nestus. § F 20 mm. Clasp as in martinus, but the style is shorter. Sub-sp. *kina Evans 1934: ¢ Kina Balu, Borneo: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. | (b). Uph like htigiosa WSF. Clasp style outwardly serrate, not as long as back portion of cuiller. ¢ F 20 mm. 149 C.12. TAGIADES Sub-sp. martinus Pl6tz 1884: 3 Philippines. Fig Semper 1892; Seitz. Synonyms. straminetpennis (Semper MS) Mabille 1903 = martinus. nicaja Fruhstorfer 1910: 3 Bazilan: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 1 2 Formosa (? wrong label). 7 ¢ 5 9 Min- danao. 2 ¢ W. Sumar. 6 3g 2 9 Pollilo. 3 ¢ 42 Mindoro. 1 2 Los Banos. 1 9 Luzon. 3 6 1 @ Bazilan. 7 $3 2 9 Philippines. (c). In the Celebes area, (c) to (e), as in japetus, the dark costal area extends downwards and the basal area is sullied. The Celebes form is large as usual, ¢ F 24 mm. Uph dark border broad, white band of same width, 3 mm. Clasp style elongate, longer than back of cuiller. Sub-sp. trebellius Hopffer 1874: 3 Celebes. Fig Seitz. B.M. 34 6 10 2 Celebes. 1 9 Letti. = (d). Smaller, g F 20 mm. Unh dark discal spots from space Ic to 4. a Sub-sp. mitra Mabille 1895: 3 Sula Is. _ Synonym. avathana Fruhstorfer 1910: 2 Sula Besi: type B.M. B.M. 4 3 3 2 Sula Besi. 7 5 3 2 Sula Mangoli. 13 3 9 2 Sula. 1 ¢ 1 2 Xulla Is. | (e). Uph with suffused traces of the white discal band. Unh also with the white area more or less eliminated. — 3 F 20 mm. Sub-sp. sem Mabille 1883: 3 Sangir: type B.M. B.M. 1342 Talaut. 13 ¢ 2 2 Sangir. (f). In the New Guinea area, (f) to (h), the white tornal area uph is nearly as wide as in Uitigiosa, the dark spots © being large and conjoined. 'The clasp is as long as the back of the cuiller. ¢ F 20 mm. In Aru the white area uph is © sullied and unh the dark spots in spaces 4—5 are conjoined to the dark border. Sub-sp. neira Plotz 1885: g Aru. Fig. Seitz. ; B.M. 11 3 5 2 Aru. 1 ¢ Amboina and 1 2 Batchian © (? wrong labels). | (zg). Uph white area clear. Unh discal spots in spaces 4-5 and 6 clear of the dark borders: submarginal spots — separated. : 150 C.12. TAGIADES Sub-sp. moti Evans 1934: ¢ Waigou: type B.M. B.M. 4 ¢ Goram. 8 § Mysol. 2 g¢ Mefor Is. 2 3 2 9 Waigou. (h). Intermediate between moti and neira, both of which occur as infrequent varieties. Uph white area clear: unh submarginal spots conjoined and dark spot in space 6 submerged by the dark costal area. Sub-sp. canonicus Fruhstorfer 1910: $ New Guinea: type B.M. Synonym. persimilis Rothschild 1916: g¢ Utakwa River: type B.M. B.M. 35 3 26 2 New Guinea. 12 3 9 2 Roon Is. 1g 1 9 Jobi. 2 $19 Dampier. 1 2 Goodenough. 2 2 Fergussons. (i). In the Solomons, (1) to (k), the white area uph is reduced and the outer border is solid: unh discal spots conjoined to the outer dark area. ¢ F 20 mm. Abdomen above brown. In the S.W. the white band uph is clear, 4 mm. wide, in most of the islands, but exceptions occur (see sheba). Sub-sp. vella Evans 1934: 3d Vella Lavella: type B.M. B.M. 2 5 1 9 Vella Lavella. 1 § Kalumbanga. 1 ¢ New Georgia. 1 @ Christoval. (j). In the easterly islands generally the white band is only 1-2 mm. wide and is divided by dark veins. Sub-sp. *sheba Evans 1934: ¢ Guadalcanar: type B.M. B.M. 4 6 1 2 Bougainville. 1 g 2 9 Rendova. 5 3 2 2 Guadalcanar. 4 3 3 2 Choiseul. 2 $ 3 2 Ysabel Is. (k). In Treasury Is., as in the japetus form from that island, the white colouring on either side is vestigial, very much as in sem from Sangir. In /Jola there are traces of a macular whitish discal band uph and unh. Sub-sp. lola nov: ¢ Treasury Is.: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 12 (11). Divisions of cuiller widely separated at their base, parallel, outer arm longer than inner arm. Unh the dark spots in space 7 generally untraceable and the spot in space 6 always nearer to the termen than to the origin of vein 7. nestus. 10 sub-species. I51 C.12. TAGIADES (a). Typically large, ¢ F 22 mm.: uph unmarked except for a whitish subtornal spot on dorsum: unh brown, generally with a whitish bar at end cell and some irregular whitish patches between there and dorsum. Considerable variation in size. Sub-sp. gilolensis Mabille 1878: 2 Gilolo: type B.M. Fig Elwes & Edwards and Seitz as nestus. | Synonym. ternatensis Mabille & Boullet 1916: 2 'Ter- nate. B.M. 7 $ 12 2 Halmaheira. 29 ¢ 29 9 Batchian. 43 7 9 Ternate. (b). Smaller, ¢ F 20 mm. Uph generally with a sullied whitish macular discal band or traces thereof. Unh white below vein 6 and the radius, with conjoined or just separated dark submarginal spots and a discal spot in spaces 4-5. Sub-sp. nestus Felder 1860: 3g Amboina. Figures by Elwes & Edwards and Seitz are of gilolensis. Synonym. metanga Ribbe 1889: 3 Great Ceram: figured. B.M.9 362 Amboina. 20 g 13 9 Ceram. 1319 Gzisser. — 1¢12@ Golo. 2 ¢ 1 2 Goram Laut. 2 ¢ Manovolka. (c). Uph with a clear white narrow, 5 mm. wide, sub- tornal area; the dark conical submarginal spots conjoined | to a band, veins 2 and 3 darkened. Unh border spots well separated. Sub-sp. juncta nov: ¢ Obi: type B.M. B.M. 5 6 42 Obi. (d). Similar to juncta, but uph the border spots are separate: like korela, but the white area half as wide. 3 F 20 mm. Sub-sp. pentaja Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Buru: type B.M. B.M. 5 672 Buru. (e). In New Guinea the white area uph is very broad, _ 8mm., and extends up behind the large black discal spot: the border spots may be well separated (korela), resemb- ling japetus kowaia, or may be united to form an inwardly irregular band (monachus). 3 F 22 mm. Sub-sp. korela Mabille 1891: ¢ Waigou: Fig Seitz as stvoa and swinhoet. 152 C.12. TAGIADES Synonyms. stvoa Swinhoe 1904: $ Humboldt Bay: type B.M curtosa Swinhoe 1905: 2 German N.G.: type B.M. monachus Fruhstorfer 1910: 2 German N.G.: type B.M. curatus Fruhstorfer 1910: ¢ Dutch N.G.: type B.M. swinhoet Fruhstorfer 1910: for 2nd fig of neva by Swinhoe 1908. B.M. 1 g Amboina and 2 $ “‘Gorom” (? wrong label or strays). 1 6 3 2 Kei Is. 75 62 Aru. 2g 1 2 Misol. 50 5 46 2 New Guinea. 3 ¢ 1 9 Sudest. 1 5 1 2 Rossell. (f). In the islands off E. New Guinea the white area uph is reduced to 5 mm. or less. On Schouten the border spots uph are conjoined only at the termen and unh are usually separated. A dark discal spot is usually present in space 3 uph. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. biakana Evans 1934: ¢ Biak, Schouten Is.: type B.M. B.M. 7 5 8 2 Schouten Is. 1 3 Teour. (g). Similar, border uph narrow, completely conjoined and inwardly irregular: unh inner edge nearly regular and the dark discal spots conjoined thereto. Sub-sp. mefora Evans 1934: 3 Mefor Is.: type B.M. B.M. 10 g 9 2 Mefor Is. (h). Uph dark border as in mefora, but the outer edges of the white area are suffused and there is a tendency for the veins to be darkened: unh as mefora. Sub-sp. suffusus Rothschild 1915: ¢ Vulcan Is.: type B.M. B.M. 446 1 @ Jobi. 2 ¢ 1 9 Vulcan. 2 3 Rook Is. 2 3 Dampier. 3 3 39 geen 4 $ Fergussons. 23 12 Trobriands. (1). Uph white area as mefora: outer border narrow with the inner edge even. Unh border still narrower and even. g F 20mm. Sub- ay presbyter Butler 1882: ¢ Duke of York Is.: type B. _ Synonym. gracilentus Weymer 1887: 3 New Britain. BM. 64 7 2 New Britain. 1 $ 3 2 New Hanover. I ¢ 1 2 New Ireland. 2 ¢ Duke of York Is. 1 ¢ New Lauenburg. 1 ¢ New Guinea (? wrong label). (j). The darkest: shows a return to typical nestus, from 153 C.13. MOOREANA which it is inseparable uph: white area reduced to a whitish patch on dorsum above tornus. Unh white area sullied, no white bar at end cell, dark border broad and inner edge suffused. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. brunta nov: § Woodlark Is.: March 1897: type B.M. B.M. 1 3 Woodlark Is. 1 g Egum Is. (i.e. Egham, between ‘Trobriands and Woodlark). C.13. MOOREANA Evans 1926: type trichoneura Felder: fixed by author. 1 (2). Upf dark brown with numerous small hyaline white spots. § F 20mm. trichoneura. 6 sub-species. (a). Uph tornal third orange. Unh tornal third also orange: below dark brown costa, which extends along termen to space 5; the basal brown area to beyond mid wing and mid dorsum and is cut into streaks by pale veins. Sub-sp. pralaya Moore 1865: 3 Bengal: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. Synonym. pellita Fruhstorfer 1919: 3 Tonkin: type B.M. . B.M. 1 $ Kumaon. 13 g 5 2 Sikkim. 17 3 6 2 Assam. 1° N. Burma, Ruby Mines. 1 3S. Shan St. 1 ¢ Karens. — Ig 12 Siam. 3 ¢ 2 2 Indo-China. (b). Tornal orange area uph restricted: unh dark costal area extends along termen to vein 3 Sub-sp. multipunctatus Crowley 1900: $ Hainan: type B.M. B.M. 5 3 Hainan. (c). Uph tornal third lighter orange. Unh white up to mid cell and space 5. In Burma and Siam intergrades © with pralaya. Sub-sp. trichoneura C. & R. Felder 1860: ¢ Malaya: type B.M. Fig by Distant; Lep Ind; Seitz. Felder’s figure j - (1867) is of nava. B.M. 43 4 2 Kerans. 14 3 5 9 Ataran. 3 5 2 2 Tavoy. 34622 Mergui. 5319 Siam. 5 3 52 Malaya. 73 3 9 Sumatra. (d). As trichoneura, but smaller and unf basal area with © conspicuous white streaks. 154 C.14. ABRAXIMORPHA Sub-sp. nivosa Fruhstorfer 1909: Nias: type B.M. B.M. 8342 Nias. (e). As trichoneura, but uph tornal area white, more or less yellow tinged. Sub-sp. trichoneuroides Elwes & Edwards 1897: 2 Kina Balu: type B.M. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 16368 Borneo. (f). A reversion to pralaya, uph and unh tornal area orange. Unh dark costal area not extending below vein 6: yellow area extensive, leaving a more or less developed row of small black discal spots. Sub-sp. nava Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ W. Java: type B.M. Fig by Felder 1867 as trichoneura. B.M. 10361 @ Java. 2 (1). Above dark brown: upf with a row of 5 yellow elongate hyaline spots and a large quadrate opaque yellow tornal spot: uph with a broad yellow border, reaching to apexmcion li 22 mm: princeps Semper 1892: § Panaon, Mindanao: figured. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 5 3 42 Mindanao. C.14. ABRAXIMORPHA Elwes & Edwards 1897: type davidu Mabille: fixed by authors. 1 (2). Upf with a white streak on costa over cell spot and a white bar at end cell: no white dash at base of space 1b. End of abdomen brown. Hind tibia without a hair tuft. End of uncus bifid. davidii. 4 sub-species. (a). Upf apical spots small and irregular, not joined to the spots in spaces 4 and 5. Unf dark post-discal spots in spaces 2 and 3 large, usually rounded and separate. 6 F 25 mm. Sub-sp. davidii Mabille 1876: Mupin. Fig Leech 1894; Seitz I. | B.M. 1 3 “Korea”. 1 @ Chekiang. 1 ¢$ S. Shensi. 11 6 62 Hupeh. 3 6 12 Kiang Si. 40 5 15 2 W. Szech- wan (Ta ‘Tsien Lou area). 155 C.15. EXOMETOECA (b). Upf apical spots more regular and elongate, not joined to spots in spaces 4 and 5. Unf dark post-discal spots in spaces 2 and 3 narrow, rectangular and conjoined. Generally paler and with broader markings. $ F 25 mm. Sub-sp. esta nov: ¢ Tonkin, Ngai Tio, 4,800 ft., 31st May 1924 (H. Stevens): type B.M. B.M. 1 2 Sadon, N. Burma. 2 3 S. Shan St. 1 ¢ Yunnan, Teng Yueh Ting. 6 $ Tonkin. | (c). Like davidii, but smaller, F 23 mm. and upf apical white spots conjoined to those in spaces 4 and 5. Sub-sp. ermasis Fruhstorfer ae 3g Formosa: type B.M. Fig Esaki 1931. B.M. 7319 Formosa. (d). Upf and unf dark markings as in ermasis, but divided by narrow white veins: uph dark markings smaller and separated by white veins. ¢ F 22 mm. Genitalia as for davidu, but looking very different. Sub-sp. elfina nov: 3 “‘Java’’, ex coll Boisduval: type B.M. B.M. Only the type, which may be an aberration. 2 (1). ‘Upft no white streak on costa, nor bar end cell: apical spots from space 4 to space 8 in line: a white streak at base of space 1b. End abdomen orange. Hind tibia with a pale yellow recumbent hair tuft. End of uncus un-— : divided, clasp very broad and complex. ¢ 30 mm. heringi Mell 1922: 9 Drachenkopf, N. Kwang Tung. B.M. 1 ¢ Kuatun, Fukien. | C.15. EXOMETOECA Meyrick 1887: type nycteris Meyrick: sole species included. Single species. ¢ F 16 mm. Above rather pale silky ferruginous brown: upf with 3 conjoined hyaline white apical spots and 2 minute discal spots in spaces 2 and 3: uph apex broadly darker and vestiges of minute dark discal spots. Below grey: unf with a broad purple-black post-discal band: unh with minute black discal spots. nycteris Meyrick 1887: ¢ Albany, W. Australia: type B.M. Fig Waterhouse & Lyell 1914 and Waterhouse 1932. B.M. 19 3 12 2 W. Australia (Bunbury, Albany). 156 C.16. CTENOPTILUM C.16. CTENOPTILUM De Nicéville 1890: type vasava ‘Moore: fixed by author. Above ochreous brown. Upf and uph with white hyaline spots crowded together. 1 (2). Upf hyaline spot at apex in space 7 elongate, much longer than the spots on either side. Above borders broadly bright chestnut, contrasting with the darker bases. vasava. 2 sub-species. (a). Larger, g F 18-19 mm.: spots larger. Upf hyaline spot base cell always present. Sub-sp. chinensis Elwes & Edwards 1897: ¢ Ningpo: type B.M. Fig Leech 1894 as vasava and Seitz 1; Lep Ind, pl. 4177/32. 3c 3. B.M. 9399 Hupeh. 1319 Chekiang. 11 $ Kiang Su. 33 Fukien. 5 6 1 2 Leon Fang. (b). Smaller, ¢ 16-17 mm.: paler, more uniform. Upf no hyaline spot at base of cell. Sub-sp. vasava Moore 1865: 3 Darjiling: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind, pl. 777/3. 3b 3; Seitz. B.M. 23 6 Sikkim. 24 ¢ Assam. 27 ¢ 1 2 Burma to Tavoy. 63 Siam. 2 (1). Upf hyaline spot in space 7 no longer than the other apical spots. Above uniform pale brown, with borders not contrasting. Upf hyaline spot base cell present. g F 15 to 17 mm. multiguttata De Nicéville 1890: ¢ Meplay, Burma: Geueed. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 12 $ Manipur. 36 $1 2 Burma to Ataran. 3 ¢ Siam. C17. ODONTOPTILUM De Nicéville 1890: type angulata Felder: fixed by author as sura Moore, which 1s a synonym of angulata. 1 (2a). Upf without white lines: ground colour more or less variegated. angulata. 5 sub-species. (a). H cilia pale brown, never entirely white. Scapulae normal. On the Indian continent, where seasonal changes 157 C.17, ODONTOPTILUM are pronounced, there are generally 2 well-marked seasonal forms. WSF darker with the dark markings intensified. DSF paler with the dark markings reduced. These forms merge in areas with an unchanging climate to a single intermediate form. ¢ F 20 mm. Sub-sp. angulata Felder 1862: ¢ Hong Kong: type B.M. Fig Felder 1867. Synonyms. sura Moore 1865: 3 Sikkim: type B.M. Fig Distant 1886; Lep Ind; Rhop Java; Seitz. sumatrana Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Sumatra: type B.M. mahabini Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Java: type B.M. B.M. 2 ¢ Ceylon. 14 6 13 9S. India. 4 3¢ N.W. Hima- layas (Kangra, Kulu). 1 ¢ Nepal. 17 $ 2 2 Sikkim. 3 ¢ Bhutan. 263919 Assam. 19 9 15 2 Burma. 7 ¢ Siam. 2 3 3 2 Indo-China. 4 $ Hainan. 5 3 2 2 Hong Kong. 6329 Malaya. 14 ¢ Sumatra. 165892 Java. 1 ¢ Borneo. (b). H cilia white. Scapulae normal. Dark, with more rounded wings, ¢ F 18mm. Uph termen border whitened and with a conspicuous discal row of white-edged brown spots. Upf discal spot smaller than usual. Sub-sp. hyperides Doherty 1891: ¢ Sambawa: type B.M. B.M. 3 3 Lombok. 3 ¢ Sambawa. (c). In this and subsequent sub-species the scapulae of g are prolonged as a brown hair pencil fitting into a groove along the basal third of space 1c: also the white hairs along vein 1a, the dorsum and at the tornus are prolonged. ¢ 2 cilia H white. In helisa 3 the entire uph, except for the base and apex, is covered with pale blue scaling, which extends, more sparsely, to centre of upf. g F 20mm. Sub-sp. helisa Semper 1892: $ Mindanao: no type specified by Semper from his 18 specimens from Luzon, Samar, Bohol, E. Mindanao. Synonym. subangulata Fruhstorfer 1909: ¢ Bazilan: type B.M. B.M. 14 3 22 Mindanao. 1 3 1 2 Bazilan. 1 3 Polillo. (d). g 2 upf with a small hyaline cell spot in addition to the usual discal and apical spots. Uph without the pale blue scaling of helisa: like hyperides, but without the white edged discal brown spots. ¢ F 18 mm. 158 C.17. ODONTOPTILUM Sub-sp. sinka nov: ¢ Los Banos: 1st March 1924: Miss M. E. Fountaine: type B.M. _B.M. 1 ¢ Los Banos. 1 ¢ Luzon. 2 ¢ ex coll Tytler, marked “Singapore’’. (e). Much larger, g F 25 mm. ¢ uph white-scaled from termen to middle: scapular tuft denser and black at end. Sub-sp. helias Felder 1867: 3 Celebes: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz. B.M. 304 1 2 Celebes. 2a (1). Upf with conspicuous white lines continued from uph: ground colour uniform dark brown. Scapulae nor- mal. ¢ F 19 mm. 2 (3). Upf with a white bar across wing at base. Uph with 2 conspicuous central white lines, the outer one very irregular. pygela. 2 sub-species. (a). Uph the space between the central white lines entirely brown. Upf with hyaline dot in space 3. Sub-sp. pygela Hewitson 1868: $ Malacca: type B.M. Fig Hewitson 1873: Seitz. Synonym. ragupta Fruhstorfer 1909: $ W. Sumatra: type B.M. B.M. 17 3 1 @ Burma (Karens-Mergui). 1 2 Pen Siam. 7 3 Malaya. 24 ¢ Sumatra. 1 ¢ Banka. 6 ¢ Nias. 30 ¢ 2 2 Borneo. (b). Uph, in cell and spaces 4-5, the space between the central white lines is white. Upf hyaline spot in space 3 absent. Sub-sp. javanica Fruhstorfer 1909: 3 W. Java: type B.M. Fig Rhop Java. B.M. 264359 Java. 3 (2). Upf base streaked with white. Uph centre third of wing entirely white. F termen in ¢ not truncate. leptogramma Hewitson 1868: 3 Philippines: type B.M. Fig. Hewitson 1873; Seitz. B.M. 27 ¢ 3 2 Mindanao. 1 ¢ W. Sumar. 1 ¢ Luzon. 1 ¢ Philippines. 159 C.18. CAPRONA C.18. CAPRONA Wallengren 1857: type pillaana Wallen- gren: sole species included. Synonyms. Abaratha Moore 1881: type ransonnettiu Felder : fixed by author. Stethotrix Mabille 1889: type pzllaana Wallengren: sole species included was heterogyna Mabille, which is a synonym of pillaana. An exhaustive examination of the B.M. material has shown that there are 3 Oriental species, often with dimorphic seasonal forms, but the corresponding forms of the species are sometimes so similar superficially, that a genitalia examination is needed for identification. The genitalia are highly asymmetric, not only in the clasps, but the uncus and gnathos are twisted, and the aedeagus emerges on the right. 1 (2, 3). Tip of right clasp bifid, of left simple: aedeagus enlarged at tip and inwardly serrate. Generally in 4, F produced and H dorsum > costa. ¢ F 18 mm. ransonnettii. 2 sub-species. (a). Only a variable WSF occurs. Upf no upper cell spot. Uph with crowded yellow spots about end cell and a broad grey border.~ Unh almost unmarked white, but the inner, and often the outer, round black spot in space 7 _ is conspicuous. | Sub-sp. ransonnettii Felder 1868: 9 Ceylon: type B.M. Fig $ Lep Ceylon; ¢ Lep Ind, pl. 775/3. 3b; ¢ Seitz, pl. 165h. Genitalia fig Elwes & Edwards 1897, pl. 23/20 and Ormiston 1924. B.M. 264 172 Ceylon. (b). Upf cell spot usually double. Two variable seasonal — forms. WSF (potiphera) like ransonnettu, but unh white — with discal and conjoined submarginal dark spots. In extreme forms the upper side becomes uniform dark | brown and unh is darkened. DSF (taylori) above, ochreous brown grading from being unmarked to a form with conspicuous yellow areas as in the WSF. Below, ochreous: unh more or less frosted with white scaling, concealing the dark spots, but the inner spot in space 7 is usually conspicuous, serving to separate the species. 160 C.18. CAPRONA Sub-sp. potiphera Hewitson 1873: 2 Nilgiris (WSF): type B.M.: figured. Synonyms. taylor De Nicéville 1883: g¢ Orissa (DSF): figured. 9 WSF fig Lep Ind, pl. 775 /3a and Evans 1927, plat 42) DSF fie Lep Ind, pl. 775/3d andupl. 776/2 (as saraya); Seitz, pl. 165h. pexadora Plotz 1884 (no loc) is taylorit. B.M. 28 ¢ 23 2 WSF, 264 5 2 DSF, S. India to Bombay. 1 2 WSF, Pachmarhi, Centr. Prov. 1 3 WSF, 2 ¢ 1 9 DSF, Orissa. 2 (1, 3). Tips of both clasps simple, pointed: end of aedeagus as ransonnetiu. Wings in ¢ squarer: H dorsum = costa. : agama. 4 sub-species. (a). At least in certain areas with 2 well-marked seasonal forms. Normal form (WSF: agama). Above in addition to the usual hyaline spots, the wings are covered with numerous pale yellow to white spots on a dark brown ground. Unh white with 3 rows of conspicuous black spots. alida has a very similar form, which differs in having fewer spots uph, the inner spot in space 7 being absent or vestigial and upf the inner spot in space rb is double. Very variable in size, ¢ F 16-20 mm.: 9 21-26 mm. Dry Season Form (evosula). Entirely different and varying from a spotted type to one unmarked except for the hyaline spots: also varying as much in size as the WSF. Above typically brown rather than ochreous with vestigial signs of the dark spotting: unh frosted over with white scaling, more or less concealing the dark spots, which are always large. The spotted form (saraya) is more ochreous than brown and the dark spots uph are conspicuous: unh paler ochreous, only thinly frosted and the dark spots prominent. The two forms appear to fly together and intergrade, displaying the same range of variation that occurs in ransonnettu potiphera and alida yerburyt. Sub-sp. agama Moore 1857: Java: type is the figure of the larva and pupa. Fig as syrichthus by Felder 1867; Lep Ind, pl. 776/3c, 3d, 3e (not 3, 3b); Seitz, pl. 1651. II 161 C.18. CAPRONA Synonyms. syrichthus Felder 1867: 3 Java (WSF): type B.M.: figured. erosula Felder 1867: 3 Celebes (DSF): type B.M.: figured 9°. Fig Seitz, pl. 165h, 9; Evans 1927, pl. 32/1 as £ saraya. danae Plétz 1884 = syrichthus. saraya Doherty 1886: ¢ Kumaon (DSF). B.M. havea 3 from Nepal exactly corresponding with Doherty’s de- scription. Elwes & Edwards fig is of alida yerburyi; Lep Ind fig of 3 is taylori and 9 is of alida vespa. stamica Swinhoe 1907: 2 Siam (DSF): type B.M. Fig Seitz. pelias Fruhstorfer 1909: 2 ‘Tonkin (WSF): type B.M. pelligera Fruhstorfer 1909: 9 ? Celebes (WSF): type B.M. mettasuta Fruhstorfer 1909: MS. = “‘stamensis”” Swinhoe. B.M. WSF—2 g 1 2 S. India (Palnis, Madura). 1 ¢ 1 9 C. India (Jabalpur, Chota Nagpur). 2 g¢ 1 9 Orissa. 2$ Bhutan. 2¢29Assam. 15 619 Manipur. 35 d 11 2 Burma. 2g 12 Siam. 4g Pen Siam. 4 35 5 2 Indo-China (tending to freak). 35 3 9 9 Java. DSF—1 ¢ W. Punjab (near Rawalpindi). 2 $ Nepal. 6 3 1 9 Khasi Hills. 5 ¢ 22 Manipur. 11 $69 N.and 5S. Shan St. 9 g 12 Siam. 4 ¢ 1 9 Indo-China. 2 $1 2 Celebes. (b). A dark agama form, spots yellower, smaller and sparser: uph discal spots absent or vestigial. ¢ F 21 mm. Sub-sp. brunnea Evans 1932: ¢ Sumbawa: type B.M. B.M. 9 ¢ 1 2 Sumbawa. (c). Like agama, spots white or pale yellow: uph discal spots absent or vestigial, but the submarginal spots are very conspicuous. ¢ F 18 mm. Sub-sp. sumbina nov: ¢ Sumba: W. Doherty: type B.M. B.M. 43 Sumba. (d). Like the erosula form of agama. Above paler brown, cilia whiter: upf in space 1b the spots dark instead of hyaline. Unh, under the frosted white surface the dark spots are faint and narrow. $ F 18 mm. May prove to be the erosula (or DSF) form of sumbina. Sub-sp. alora nov: 1 ¢ Alor: W. Doherty: type B.M. B.M. 24 Alor. |e a 162 C.18. CAPRONA 3 (1, 2). Tip of left clasp more or less bifid or trifid: right clasp simple. Aedeagus with the end not enlarged, fur- nished with a narrow serrate projection on the inside, well before the end. Wing shape as agama. alida. 4 sub-species. (a). A form intermediate between erosula and agama. Above, varying from ferruginous brown with the hyaline markings broadly edged dark brown and faint dark bands uph, not unlike erosula, to a form more like agama with the numerous spots dusky orange instead of yellowish. Unh white with the dark spots sharply defined as in agama, but very much smaller. ¢ F 18 mm. Easily separable from ransonnetiu by the presence of a pale basal cell spot upf. | Sub-sp. lanka Evans 1932: 3 Ceylon: type B.M. Fig Woodhouse 1942, pl. 34/11 g: genitalia fig by Ormiston 1924, pl. 4/11, 12. B.M. 441 2 Ceylon. (b). Above like lanka, but in the ¢ the ochreous spots upf are paler and more conspicuous. Unh as lanka, but the ground colour is pale yellow instead of white. Sub-sp. vespa nov: ¢ Nilgiris: type B.M. 2 fig Lep Ind, pl. 776/2a, 2b as saraya 9. B.M. 4419 Nilgiris. 1 9 Coorg. 1 9 Jabalpur, Centr. Prov. 1 2 Orissa. (c). Only the evosula form, varying from plain dark brown to the lighter savaya form, exactly resembling the agama DSF form which flies with it. Unh yellowish brown with narrow dark spottings as in Janka, and more or less frosted | over, presenting a striated appearance. ¢ F 16-17 mm. | Sub-sp. yerburyi nov: ¢ “Fateh Khan’s bungalow, Kootur, | Chittar Pahar, near Rawalpindi, Punjab”: 3,000 ft.: 24 Ap. 1886: Yerbury: type B.M.; fig Elwes & Edwards 1897, pl. 18/20 3 and genitalia, pl. 23/21, 21a, as saraya. B.M. 64 type loc. 1 $ Behar, Jamalpur. 1 9 Dehra Dun. 1 g Nepal. (d). With two very different seasonal forms as in agama agama. 3 F 14-20 mm. Normal form (DSF alida). Above brown, browner than the agama form (erosula), which flies with it in N. Burma. 163 D.1. ERYNNIS Unh brown, much frosted over and the markings faint: the paler saraya form does not seem to occur. _ Wet season form (elwesi). Exactly like a small edition of the typical form (WSF) of agama, differing as indicated in the description thereof. Sub-sp. alida De Nicéville 1891: 3 (DSF) Tilin Yaw, N. Burma: figured. Of the figures in Lep Ind, pl. 2776/1, the 3 seems to represent alida correctly, but the ? is more like the erosula form of agama. Fig Kershaw 1907 pl. 14/1 g¢ from Hong Kong. 1 Synonyms. elwestt Watson 1897: 6 (WSF) Bernardmyo: _ type B.M. Fig Elwes 1892, pl. 43/2 as syrichthus var.; Kershaw 1907, pl. 14/2 3 from Hong Kong, as syrichthus: Lep Ind, pl. 776/3, 3a, 3b as syrichthus DSF. parvipunctata Mabille & Boullet 1917: ¢ (WSF) Cochin- China. B.M. DSF (alda) 1 3 Kalewa, Chindwin. 1 g “Lower _ Burma’”’. 1 2 “Thibet”’. 1 ¢ 1 @ No loc. (believed to be _ Hong Kong). | 3 WSF (elwesi). 2 $ Manipur. 2 6 1 9 Chin Hills. 1g Bhamo. 5 ¢ Ruby Mines. 5 ¢ N. Shan St. 1 ¢ PenSiam. ~ 1 $ Tonkin. 1 9 Hainan. 3 ¢ Kiang Si. 1 9 peas S1. 2 $6 Hong Kong. D.1. ERYNNIS Schrank 1801: type tages Linnaeus: fixed by Scudder 1872. | Synonyms. Thymele Fabricius 1807: type tages Linnaeus: fixed by Westwood 1840. Astycus Hiibner 1823: type tages Linnaeus: fixed by Hem- MMs 1933* Thanaos Boisduval 1834: type tages Linnaeus: fixed by | Blanchard 1840. q Hallia Tutt 1906: type marloyi Boisduval: fixed by author: homonym by Edwards 1850. 1a (3a). 3 with a costal fold. Unh, and usually uph, with — discal and terminal spots. | 1 (2). Hindwing spots yellow and conspicuous. montanus. 3 sub-species. (a). Large, ¢ F 18-20 mm. Upf post-discal dark band ’ 164 D.1. ERYNNIS broad and irregular. Unf discal and post-discal bands of yellow spots very irregular. 2 upf with a conspicuous whitish area beyond mid costa. Uncus seen ventrally with a broad process projecting on either side about the middle, like wings. Sub-sp. montanus Bremer 1861: ¢ Amur. Fig Bremer 1868; Pryer; Seitz I; genitalia fig by Elwes & Edwards. Synonym. rusticanus Butler 1870: 2 Japan: type B.M. B.M. 33 5 31 2 Japan. 1 3 Tsu Shima Is. 1 2 Korea. 9 ¢ 2 2 Askold. 9 g 3 2 Amur. 2 g 1 2 Manchuria. 2 6 2 2 Vladivostock. 3 ¢ 2 9 Shansi. 1 ¢ S. Shensi. I ¢ Shantung. 3 ¢ Chekiang. 6 g 1 9 Kiang Su. 43 69 Hupeh. 1 $192 Snowy Valley. 1 ¢ Leon Fang. 1 g Hunan. (6). Smaller, ¢ F 16-17 mm. and darker. Upf post- discal band regular and yellow centred. Unf discal and post-discal bands of yellow spots parallel and regular. Uncus without the process described for montanus. Sub-sp. nigrescens Leech 1894: ¢ Wa Ssu Kow: type B.M.: figured. Fig Seitz I: genitalia fig by Elwes & Edwards as leechit. Synonym. leech Elwes & Edwards 1897: to replace nigrescens. B.M. 75 ¢ 2 2 Ta Tsien Lou. 63 Tchang Kou. 4 5 Wa Ssu Kow. 1 3g Siao Lou. 1 ¢ W. Szechwan. 6 ¢ Thibet (Batang, Qua Se, Maenia). 3 ¢ 2 9 Yunnan (Li-kiang and A Tun T’se). (c). Size and appearance of montanus: marking and geni- talia of migrescens, except that the uncus is compressed and the clasps differ slightly. | Sub-sp. monta nov: ¢ Tse Kou, Yunnan: type B.M. _ B.M. 7 S$ Yunnan (Tse Kou and Ta Pin Tse). 2 (4). Hindwing spots whitish and very small. $ F 15-16 i= “mm. _ tages. 4 sub-species. _ (a). Dark brown: upf frosted over with white scales: uph discal dots very faint. Exactly like pelias, except for the __ costal fold and the terminal white dots on both wings. Sub-sp. cervantes Graslin 1836: $ Andalusia: figured. Fig penta [, 165 D.1. ERYNNIS 4 B.M. 39 3 9 2 Spain (Andalusia, Grenada, Valladolid, Sierra Sagura). (b). Brown: upf only with white scaling on the pale | bands, which contrast well with the alternating dark bands: uph discal spots often well marked. Sub-sp. tages Linnaeus 1758: Europe. Fig Esper 1777; Seitz I. Synonym. morio Scopoli 1763. geryon Rottenberg 1775: Europe. | Varieties. clarus Caradja 1895. zsabellae Lambillion 1905. alcoides, approximata, brunnea-alcotdes, brunnea-tranversa, brunnea-variegata, brunnea-unicolor, fulva, suffusa-alcoides, suffusa-transversa, suffusa-variegata, transversa, variegata Tutt 1906. minima Lambillion.1907. coelestina Stauder 1915. polioides Cabeau 1920. subclara Verity 1921. postice- privata Stauder 1924. elbursina Bytinski-Sulz & Brandt — 1937. BM. 27 6 17 2 Britain. 112 ¢ 38 2 France. 21 ¢ 14 Q Switzerland. 1 g Belgium. 36 3 17 9 Germany, Austria and Hungary. 30 gd 1 @ Italy. 6 $6 3 2 Balkans. 1 3S. Kurdistan. 2 ¢ Altai. 6 ¢ Trans-Baikal. 4 ¢ 3 2 Fort © Naryn, E. Turkestan. 3 $ Siao Lou, W. Szechwan. (c). As tages, but markings more or less obsolete. Sub-sp. unicolor Freyer 1852: 3 Asia Minor: figured. Fig — Seitz I. = B.M. 34.3 9 2 Greece. 63 Turkey. 22 5 3 2 Asia Minor. I2 g 1 @ Syria. } (d). Dark brown, with all markings very prominent. : Genitalia slightly different. 4 Sub-sp. popoviana Nordman 1851: North China: figured. Synonym. sinima Groum Grshmailo 1891: $ Amdo. | B.M. 9 gd 2 2 N. Thibet (Amdo, Sining). 4 ¢ 1 9 Chili - (Peking, Nankow Pass). 3 ¢ 1 9 Shan Si. 22 ¢ 3 9 Shen Si. 7379 Shantung. 4 3a (1a). 3 without costal fold. Uph and unh generally unmarked. Uncus dorsally winged as in montanus. | 3 (4). Uncus with the lip projecting inwards much — mba than the tip. Lower end of cuiller of left clasp | produced, as in tages. Upf frosted with white hairs and scales. ¢ F 16 mm. 166 D.1. ERYNNIS pelias. 2 sub-species. (a). Paler: uph light brown. Sub-sp. erebus Groum Grshmailo 1891: ¢ Amdo: type B.M. B.M. 18 36 5 2 .N. Thibet (Amdo, Nian Shan). (b). Always darker. Sub-sp. pelias Leech 1891: $¢ Wa Ssu Kow: type B.M. Fig Leech 1894 and Seitz I. B.M. 56 3 20 2 W. Szechwan (Ta ‘Tsien Lou area). 29 6 89 E. Thibet (Batang, Maenia, Yaregong). 4 5 1 Q Yunnan (Li-kiang). A 3 from Ta Tsien Lou has a costal fold and well- developed markings uph and unh: otherwise as pelias. ‘The genitalia also seem intermediate between pelias and tages. 4 (3). Uncus with the lip projecting inwards very large, larger than the tip. Lower end of cuiller of left clasp not produced. marloyi. 3 sub-species. (a). Left clasp long and tapered and inner face of cuiller straight and serrate. Upf no white scaling except about apex and outer half of costa: the black bands conspicuous, particularly the inner one. ¢ F 16 mm. Sub-sp. marloyi Boisduval 1832: ¢ Greece: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind and Seitz I. Synonyms. sericea Freyer 1838: Europe: figured. Fig Herrich-Schaffer 1846. rustan Kollar 1850: Europe. B.M. 34 5 14 ¢ Greece. 6 5 3 9 Turkey. 14.57 9 Asia Minor. 1336 5@ Syria. 2g N. Kurdistan. 7 g 2 2 Persia (Shahrud, Shiraz, Harir, Karind). (b). Left clasp short and broad-ended, not tapered. Small, ¢ F 13 mm. Upf scaled all over with whitish scales, which more or less obscure the dark bands. When fresh-looking entirely different from marloyt. Sub-sp. max nov: ¢ Khojak, Baluchistan: April 1931: W. H. Evans: type B.M. B.M. 17 ¢ 12 2 Baluchistan, Pishin Valley (Quetta to Chaman and Zhob watershed). | (c). Left clasp tapered as in marloy1, but inwardly con- cave. A dark form with the dark bands not nearly as conspicuous as in marloyt. $ F 15 mm. 167 D.2. GOMALIA Sub-sp. pathan nov: 3 Chitral, Utzun Valley: Naame 1901: @ G. A. Leslie & W. H. Evans: type B.M. Fig Evans 1927 — and 1932 as marloyt. B.M. 2 3 Shingarh, near Fort Sandeman, Zhob Valley. 1 $ Razmak, N.W.F. Province, India. 12 $ 4 2 Chitral. 33 Bashahr, N.W. Himalayas. D.2. GOMALIA Moore 1879: type elma Trimen: fixed by author as albofasciata Moore, which is a sub-species of elma. Upf marbled dark green and brown. Uph pak unh with a white central band. ¢ F 11 mm. elma. 2 sub-species, one of which is African. Paler and with more rounded wings than the African elma. Sub-sp. albofasciata Moore 1879: 3 Ceylon. Fig Lep Ceylon; Lep Ind; Seitz. Synonym. litoralis Swinhoe 1884: 3 Karachi: type B.M. figured. B.M. 16 3 6 2 Arabia (Aden, Lahej). 3 2 Baluchistan. 2 6 Kulu. 1 2 Karachi. 50 ¢ 32 9 S. India to Poona. 2 3 Ceylon. . D.3. CARCHARODUS Hiner 1819: type alceae Esper. Fixed by Plotz 1879. Synonyms. Spilothyrus Duponchel 1885: type alceae Esper. | Fixed by Watson 1893. Reverdinus Ragusa 1919: type floccifera Zeller: fixed by Bang-Haas 1926 as altheae Hiibner (nec Esper), for which the oldest name is floccifera. Lavatheria Verity 1940: type lavatherae Esper: fixed by author. 1 (2a). Upf bar defining cell end absent: central hyaline — spots very small. Aedeagus very broad. ¢ unf no tuft. Food plant Malvaceae. a alceae. 6 sub-species, with similar genitalia. Generally with 3 well-marked seasonal forms. Spring brood darkest, ¢ F 13-14 mm.: above, more densely — clothed with white hairs and scales, presenting a frosted 4 168 D.3. CARCHARODUS appearance with a violet flush: unh very dark and frosted with white scaling, markings small. Summer brood largest, ¢ F 15-16 mm.: paler, markings as in spring form. Autumn brood, palest and smallest, ¢ F 114-124 mm.: markings more conspicuous and more sharply defined. (a). Dark with inconspicuous markings. Sub-sp. alceae Esper 1780: 2 Germany: figured. Synonyms. malvarum Hoftmansegg 1804. australis and nostras Zeller 1847 (Sicily). gemina Lederer 1852 (for Hiibner’s figs 450-1). aestiva Hormuzaki 1897. pre- australis, magna-australis, grisea-fulvua Verity 1924 (3 Italian broods). fulvo-carens Verity 1925. clara-australis, clara-minima Verity 1937. exigua Verity 1940. B.M.2332 Spain. 5445 25 2 France. 25 1 2 Belgium. 246 1 2 Switzerland. 28 g 26 9 Italy. 14 3 6 @ Sicily. 11 ¢ 9 2 Germany and Austria. 73 62 Hungary. 23 3 92 Balkans. 50 5 32 2 Greece. 5 6 62S. Russia (Sarepta). Homa s 2 Corsica. 5 ¢ 2 9: Crete. 19 5 14 2 Cyprus. 67 S$ 31 2 Turkey—Asia Minor. 37 5 18 2 Syria. 15 3 49 Palestine. 14 $ 3 9 Samarkand and Bokhara. (b). Paler, particularly the summer brood, which may be pale yellowish brown in Irak. Sub-sp. insolatrix Le Cerf 1913: Irak. — BLM. 27 $ 26 9 Irak. 263 14 2 Persia. 17g 1 9 Afghani- stan (S. of Kabul). _ (c). Unh the markings much more sharply defined. The _ summer form is more variegated and has a violet flush above, when fresh. Paler than alceae, more olive green _ than brown, above. Sub-sp. swinhoei Watson 1893: ¢ Quetta: type B.M. Fig | Lep Ind. B.M. 42 ¢ 28 2 Baluchistan. (d). Uph and unh markings sharply defined, particularly in the spring form. As dark as alceae. Less difference between the seasonal forms. Sub-sp. gooraisa nov: ¢ Goorais, Kashmir, spring form, J. H. Leech: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind as alceae. B.M. 8 g 1 @ Afghanistan, Paghman Mts. 24 g 11 2 Chitral. 23 3¢ 5 9 Kashmir. 27 3 13 2? Murree Hills. I ¢192 Simla. 1 ¢ Mussoorie. 169 D.3. CARCHARODUS (e). Above, dark areas reduced, particularly before termen ~ upf: eround colour reddish purple- brown of a peculiar — shade. Unh reddish brown, usually with broad pale — borders. Less difference between the seasonal forms. — Smaller, ¢ F 11-14 mm. Sub-sp. tripolina Verity 1925: $ Tripoli. | B.M. 2 3 Portugal. 6 ¢ 3 2 Spain. 115 ¢ 47 2 Morocco and Algeria. 3 6 42 Tunis. 14 ¢ 2 2 Tripoli. . (f). Above, with sharply defined spots, resembling _ gooraisa. Unh like tripolna. § F 12 mm. Spring and ~ autumn broods alike. Probably too hot for a summer _ brood. Sub-sp. wissmanni Warnecke 1934: 3 -S.W. Arabia. B.M. 23 ¢ 11 2 Yemen (Feb.—Oct.). 2a (1). Upf with narrow pale bar defining the end of the © cell: central hyaline spots conspicuous. Aedeagus very — slender. Food plant Labiatae. 2 (3a). g unf no brush. Upf spot in space 2 usually large, overlapping the cell spot and spot in space 3. Unh the — outer spot in space 7 elongate and in direct continuation __ of the discal band. g$ F 16-17 mm. Single brooded. — Food plant Stachys. | lavatherae. 3 sub-species. (a). Differs only in having a rufous tinge, above. Sub-sp. interni-rufus Rothschild 1914: g Algeria: type B.M. — Synonyms. rufescens Oberthiir 1914: 9 Algeria: type © B.M. Fig Oberthiir 1911, figs 603-604 as lavatherae. q australissima Verity 1925: ¢ Algeria. B.M. 19 5 Morocco. 10 $ 2 § Algeria. | (b). Above, dark green, with pale areas conspicuously predominating. Unh white with faint greenish markings. | Sub-sp. lavatherae Esper 1780: S. France: figured. Fig | Oberthtir 1911, figs 601-602. . Synonyms. australior Verity 1919: 3 Tuscany. chlorotes Dannehl 1925: N. Italy. ‘ B.M. 12 3 2 2 Spain. 126 3 25 2 Pyrenees to Hautes — Alpes. 34 3 4 2 Switzerland. 24 3 21 2 Germany-_ Hungary. 32 3 3 @ Italy. q 170 D.3. CARCHARODUS (c). Typically as dark as floccifera above and unh, but grades to lavatherae which prevails in some areas. Sub-sp. tauricus Reverdin 1915: ¢ Cilicia: figured. _B.M. 5 3 Bosnia. 7 3 2 2 Greece. 2 $ Turkey. 9 3 3 9 Asia Minor. 3a (2). gS unf with a dense brush towards base of dorsum. Upf spots in spaces 2, 3 and cell well separated. Unh the outer spot in space 7 not elongate and nearer the termen. Foodplant Marrubium. In this group there are 5 types of clasp, the differences between which could only be regarded as sub-specific, but for the fact that at the W. end of the Mediterranean boeticus and floccifera fly together and are readily separable as species. At the E. end of the Mediterranean, staudert, which replaces boeticus in N. Africa and might be regarded as conspecific therewith, flies with orientalis and is only separable by a genitalia examination. floccifera, orientalis and dravira, though differing in respect of the clasp form, do not overlap their flight areas and can reasonably be regarded as sub-species. Each species or sub-species appears to have several broods, the differences between which, as well as the numbers, depend on the locality and general ecological conditions. See Oberthtir 1918. 3 (4a). Uph submarginal dark spots divided by pale veins of the same colour as the pale post-discal band and the pale veins extend to the discal white band. Cuiller half the width of the clasp: the end of the valva rounded, bulbous and spined throughout. boeticus. 2 sub-species. (a). Pale spots, above, of much the same size. Unh dark areas greenish, becoming reddish in later broods, which are paler above. g F 14 mm. Sub-sp. boeticus Rambur 1839 (plate): ¢ Andalusia: type B.M. Fig Oberthiir 1911 and 1918; Reverdin 1913. Synonyms. marrubu Rambur 1842 (text): name on plate changed in text. rostagnot Verity 1911. fulvescens, fulva, grisea, viridescens, aegra Verity 1925. font Sagarra 1930. B.M. 38 3 20 2 Spain. 4¢ Pyrenees. 1 $ Alpes Maritimes. 171 D.3. CARCHARODUS Ig Digne. 3 6 62 Var. 40 3 10 2 Bouches du Rhéne (May—Oct. ead eames I$ Styria. 1 3 1? Dalmatia. 1 ¢ “Asia Minor”. 1 3 “Syria”’. (b). Upf spot in space 2 and a discal spot in spaces 4-5 much enlarged. Smaller. g¢ F 13 mm. Sub-sp. octodurensis Oberthiir 1911: ¢ Valais: type B. M.: figs 611, 612. B.M. 11 3 8 9 Valais (Oct.). 4a (3). Above, submarginal spots not conspicuously divided by pale veins. 4 (5). Cuiller not > 4 width of clasp: aedeagus spined. Unh greenish in earlier broods, reddish in later ones. stauderi. 5 sub-species with 2 forms of clasp. (a). End of valva somewhat enlarged and spined: transi- tional from stauderi to boeticus. Separable, rather as in alceae, into a Spring form, F 14 mm.: Summer, F 16mm.: Autumn, $ F 12 mm. Sub-sp. romei Rothschild 1933: ¢ Morocco: type B.M. ~ B.M. 25 $ 16 2 Morocco (March-July). | (b). End of valva not enlarged and only spined on inner © edge. Smaller, $ 12-14 mm. and more uniform in respect of size. Sub-sp. stauderi Reverdin 1913: ¢ El Kantara: figured. Fig Oberthiir 1911, fig 608 ¢ as boeticus. Synonyms. obscurata, fulvissima Verity 1926. B.M. 1 9 Mauretania. 42 5 15 2 Algeria cid ar 23 Tunis. (c). Darker green, above. Uph discal white spot in spaces 4—5 large, but lower part of discal band faint. Unh whiter, greenish markings fainter. Sub-sp. barcaeus Turati 1924: ¢ Cyrenaica. B.M. 3 ¢ Cyrenaica (April). (d). Palest form. Uph discal and submarginal bands conspicuous. Unh very white, with faint reddish to greenish markings. ¢ F 14 mm. Sub-sp. ramses Reverdin 1914: $ Maryut, Egypt: type B.M.: figured. B.M. 8 3 type loc. (April-May). 172 D.3. CARCHARODUS (e). A variable sub-species, of which there seem to be 3 forms. First, large, ¢ F 16 mm., and dark above: unh ochreous green, to reddish brown. Second, very pale above, like vamses, $ F 14 mm. Third, small, autumn form, g 124 mm.; unh very white with greenish markings. Sub-sp. ambigua Verity 1925: 2 Syria: fig Oberthiir 1g11, fig 607: type B.M. B.M. 3 g 2 ¢ Asia Minor (Tokat, Cilician ‘Taurus). 4 $ 3 2 Syria (Beirut). 4 3 Palestine (Galilee, Beersheba, Jerusalem), 4 3 2 @ Sinai. 2 ¢$ Persia (Harir, Shahrud). 5 (4). Generally larger and darker than boeticus and staudert: flies at higher elevations. floccifera. 3 sub-species, with differing clasps. (a). Cuiller very wide, > 4 width of clasp. Aedeagus spined. End of valva somewhat enlarged, rounded and spined. Some specimens show an approach to orientalis in having a narrow cuiller. ‘There are 2 forms. Firstly, large and dark, $ F 15-16 mm., often with a violet sheen, recalling the spring form of alceae: unh dark green, with a tendency to long white streaks before the termen: this is the altheae of Hiibner = gemina Lederer and prevails from the Pyrenees to Italy. Secondly, smaller, $ 13-15 mm. F’, paler and greener above: unh paler, the submarginal pale spots not continued to the termen as long streaks: this resembles orientalis and occurs infrequently in the South of France and Italy, becoming the prevalent form in Sicily. Sub-sp. floccifera Zeller 1847: 3 Sicily: type B.M. Fig Oberthiir 1911, figs 613-616 as altheae. Synonyms. altheae Hiibner 1803: 9 Germany: figured. Homonym by Esper 1783. gemina Lederer 1852: to replace altheae (nec malvae Hubner, as erroneously stated in text). australiformis, fulvipinnulis Verity 1919. oberthiiri Verity 1919: 3 Sicily: fig Oberthiir 1911, Nos. 605, 606 3 9. siccior, post-altheae Verity 1934. imperator Hemming 1934: to replace altheae Hubner. alchmyllae (Hibner ined.) Hemming 1936. autumnalis Verity 1940. 173 D.3. CARCHARODUS B.M. 1g 1 2 “Canaries”. 1 ¢ “Andalusia”. 50 3 10 9 Pyrenees. 19 3 4 2 Alpes Maritimes. 9 3 5 2 France (Paris, Digne, Aude, Isere). 3 ¢ 3 2 Bouches du Rhone. 4 36 Var. 38 3 72 Larches, Basses Alpes. 9 3 2 2 No loc. 6 3 29 Hautes Alpes. 6 3 22 Savoie. 7 $ 1 2 Switzerland. 30 3 8Q Italy. 11932 Sicily. 4 5 3 2 Austria. 9 332 Hungary. 2 3 Bosnia. 4 ¢ 2 9 Bulgaria. 1 ¢ “‘Syria”’. 1 3 1 2 Kasikoporan, S. Russia. (b). Cuiller < $ clasp. End of valva much expanded, heart shaped, inner part only spined. Aedeagus unspined. Similar in appearance to second form of floccifera, but there are 3 seasonal forms like stauderi ambigua: a large spring form, ¢ F 16 mm.; a much paler and better marked second form, ¢ F 14 mm., much more prevalent in the East: a small autumn form, ¢ 12-13 mm. Sub-sp. orientalis Reverdin 1913: $ Morea: figured. Synonyms. centranatolica Pfeiffer 1927: g C. Anatolia. aestatis Graves 1928: $ Constantinople: type B.M. post-orientahs Verity 1928: 3 Constantinople. maccabaeus Hemming 1932: ¢ Trans-Jordan: figured. B.M. 1 3 “Austria”. 1 ¢ Montenegro. 1g 1 95S. Russia. 16 3 9 2 Greece. 9 6 1 9 No loc. 56 ¢ 14 9 W. Asia Minor and Constantinople (April-Sept.). 8 ¢$ ‘Taurus. 9 619 E. Asia Minor. 7 3 1 Q Syria. g ¢ Palestine. 1 $ Trans-Jordan. 1 2 N. Kurdistan. (c). Cuiller as in orientalis. Aedeagus unspined. End of — valva greatly expanded, rounded and spined throughout. A more constant and generally better marked form. ¢ F 13-16 mm. Autumn specimens are smaller and better marked. . 3 Sub-sp. dravira Moore 1874: $ Kashmir: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. Synonyms. balucha Evans 1932: 3 Baluchistan: type B.M : dentatus Alberti 1940: § Badakshan. B.M. 2 3 Paghman Mt., Afghanistan. 4 3 6 2 Kandahar. 30 g 16 2 Baluchistan (May-—Sept.). 14 3¢ 2 2 Chitral. 10 g 2 2 Kashmir. 174 D.4. SPIALIA D.4. SPIALIA Swinhoe 1913: type galba Fabricius: fixed by author. Synonyms. Powellia Tutt 1906: type sertorius Hoffmansegg: fixed by author as sao Hiibner, but Hiibner had misidentified the insect which had been previously named sao by Berg- strasser and Hoffmansegg in consequence renamed-Hiibner’s species: homonym by Mask 1879. Platygnathia Picard 1947: type phlomidis Herrich-Schiaffer: fixed by author. 1a (Ga): Unh discal band continuous with the outer spot in space 7, the inner spot being adjoined to the basal cell spot. 1 (2). Unh discal band straight and directed to the tornus. Upf basal cell spot absent. Uncus bifid. ¢ F 11 mm. zebra. 2 sub-species, of which one is African with slightly different genitalia. Sub-sp. zebra Butler 1888: ¢ Campbellpore: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. Synonym. hellas De Nicéville 1889: $ Campbellpore: figured. B.M. 7 3 1 9 Campbellpore, Punjab. 1 @ Aden. 2 (1). Unh discal band ending mid dorsum. Upf 3 cell spots. Uncus pointed, undivided. ¢ F 11-13 mm. galba Fabricius 1793: Tranquebar. Fig Oberthiir 1912; Lep. Ind. Synonym. superna Moore 1865: ¢ Calcutta: type B.M. B.M. 19 ¢ 12 2 Ceylon. 28 3 34 2 S. India. 14 3 3 9 Cutch. 5$22Sind. 2522 Ganjam. 5542 C. India. 173 15 2 N.W. Himalayas (Kashmir-Kumaon). 12 3 8 9 Bengal. 6 3 3 2 Sikkim. 9 ¢ 62 Assam. 11 $ 6? Burma to S. Shan St. 3a (1a). Unh discal band broken or conjoined to the inner spot in space 7: the outer spot near termen. 3b (7). Upf bar or spot end cell conspicuous. ‘The aedeagus peculiarly asymmetric and bent over at end. 3 (4a). Unh the inner spot in space 7 straddles the origin of vein 7 and is more or less conjoined to the central spot 175 D.4. SPIALIA of the discal band, the upper edge of which is extended into the cell to, or nearly to, the origin of vein 7. 3 F I5 mm. phlomidis Herrich-Schaffer 1845: $ Turkey, June: figured. Fig. Oberthiir 1912. Synonyms. jason (Boisduval MS) Oberthiir 1912 = phlomidis. eupator Hemming 1932: S$ Amasia: type B.M. B.M. 1 g¢ Albania. 11 $ 2 9 Greece. 4 ¢ S. Russia, Caucasus. 7 ¢ Turkey. 28 $ 102 No loc. 1 ¢ 2 9 Brussa. 8 3$3¢ Tokat. 13 $19 Amasia. 19 'Taurus. 2 ¢ Armenia. 2 $ 1 2 Persia (Ordub, Shahrud, Hyrcania). 4a (3). Unh the inner spot in space 7 behind the origin of _ vein 7, widely separated from the central spot, the upper — end of which does not usually extend into the cell. 4b (6). Upf discal spot in space 1b reaches across the space to vein I. | 4 (5). Aedeagus single, without a branch. Unh greenish. $ Fi4mm. osthelderi. 2 sub-species with similar genitalia. (a). Above markings reduced, particularly uph, where the ~ discal spot in space 1c and the basal cell spot are absent — usually. Unh almost all white with all the markings faint. _ Sub-sp. osthelderi Pfeiffer 1932: $ Marash, ‘Taurus: figured. — B.M. 2 3 1 2 Syria (Marash, Akbes). 3 ¢ 39 Irak (Kurdi- stan, Dyala Riv.). 2 3 1 2 10 miles west of Kabul. | (b). Above and below with well-marked spots. Upf basal — cell spot present, as also the cell spot uph. | Sub-sp. gecko nov: $ Hyrcania: type B.M. B.M. 4 3 3 2 Persia (Hyrcania, Shahrud), 1 9 Afghani- — stan, Reschke. 1 2 Susamyr Mts. 4 5 (4). Aedeagus with a smaller, but conspicuous, left branch. Unh yellow rather than greenish. Upf basal cell — spot and uph cell spot usually absent. : geron. 2 sub-species. (a). Larger, g F 15 mm. Clasp form somewhat different. Sub-sp. struvei Pungeler 1914: $ Barkul, E. Turkestan: figured. Fig Pfeiffer 1932. j B.M. 1 3 Persia (Ordub). 4 3 2 2 Ferghana. 176 D.4. SPIALIA (b). Smaller, ¢ F 13 mm. Sub-sp. geron Watson 1893: 3 Baluchistan: type B.M. Fig Lep Ind. B.M. 42 3 19 2 Baluchistan (June, July). 6 (4b). Upf discal spot in space 1b not reaching vein 1. Wings more produced. Aedeagus without a left branch. doris. 3 sub-species with similar genitalia. (a). Unh very dark greenish brown, markings sharply defined, basal cell spot elongate. Upf basal cell spot elongate, no spots in spaces 4 and 5: outer discal spot in space 1b vestigial. ¢ F 124 mm. Sub-sp. daphne nov: $ High Atlas, Ziz Valley, 21st April: Miss Daphne Aubertin and R. E. Ellison: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. (b). Above with profuse and very broad markings: upf basal cell spot very small, but discal spot in space 1b large. ¢ F 123 mm. Sub-sp. amenophis Reverdin 1914: 3 Heliopolis: figured. B.M. 9 5 42 Spring brood, Ap.—May. 4 3 7 2 Autumn brood, Sept.—Oct., Cairo. (c). Markings not profuse or broad: unh not so dark as daphne. 3 F g-11 mm. Sub-sp. doris Walker 1870: 2 Tajora, Red Sea: type B.M. Synonym. evanidus Butler 1880: ¢ Hubb Riv., S. Baluchistan: type B.M. adenensis Butler 1884: § Aden: type B.M. Fig Oberthiir IQi2. BM. 1 9 Kordofan. 2 $ Somaliland. 2 3 1 2 Sudan. 22 6 162 Aden. 4 ¢ Perim. 14 3 7 9 Arabia (Jedda, Hadramaut). 2 9 Yemen. 1 ¢ 1 2 S. Persia (Kerman, Ahwaz). 8 $ 2 @ Sind. 2 $ Punjab, Campbellpore. 1 ¢ Rajputana, Deesa. | 7b). Upf bar end cell faint or absent. Unh the central | spot with its upper edge more or less prolonged towards the inner spot in space 7, as in phlomidis, but there is no connecting spot in space 6. | sertorius. 7 sub-species with similar genitalia. (a). Unh the submarginal white spots modified, so that 12 : 177 D.4. SPIALIA at the termen there are alternate long red and white streaks to the outer end of the cilia. First brood dark, g F 11 mm. Second brood paler, more spotted above, but unh the red and white markings less contrasted. é F 1omm. Sub-sp. ali Oberthtir 1881: $ Lambese: type B.M.: figured. Synonym. therapnoides Oberthiir 1910: 3 Sebdou: type B.M.: figured. The first and second puaags both figured Oberthiir 1912. B.M. 1¢ Tunis. 102 6 702 Algeria. 32 3 17 Q Morocco. (b). Very like second brood of ali. Above spots*yellow. a F-10:mm: Sub-sp. therapne Rambur 1832: ¢ Corsica: type B.M.: figured. Fig Oberthtir 1912. B.M. 47 3 17 2 Corsica. 1 ¢ 1 2 Sardinia. (c). Unh submarginal markings normal: ground colour red of various shades. ¢ 1st brood F 11-12 mm. ¢ 2nd brood F 10 mm. Sub-sp. sertorius Hoffmansegg 1804: @ fig by Hiibner 1805 as sao, but not sao Bergstrasser. Fig Oberthtir 1912 as Sao; Warren 1926. Synonymy. eucrate Ochsenheimer 1805. minor Rebel — 1909. kempny Schawerda 1919. gracilis Verity 1919. — parvula, subgracilis Verity 1921. subtus-brunnea Reverdin — 1922. guardarramensis Warren 1925. gavarniensis Warren — 1926. alioides Verity 1926. infra-aurata, -lutea, -detersa — Verity 1929. aestiva Querci 1929. /uibiscae Hemming q 1936. post-tesselloides Verity 1938. medio-albodetersa, — retrograda Verity 1940. a B.M. 24 5 69 Portugal. 130 ¢ 42 2 Spain. 218 6 1282 © France. 1 ¢ Belgium. 30 ¢ 14 9 Switzerland. 3 dS 12 Germany. 28 ¢ 22 2 Austria. 2 $ Hungary. 86 3 938 7 Italy. . (d). Unh greenish. Sizes of broods as for sertorius. 3 Sub-sp. orbifer Hiibner 1823: ? loc.: figured. Fig Oberthtir — Igi2. : Bence tesselloides Herrich-Schaffer 1845: Sicily, where varieties, particularly of 9, like sertortus, are | frequent. minor Rebel 1909. Pa B.M. 10 ¢ 6 2 Sicily. 4 6 6 2 Dalmatia. 7 3 Croatia i | 178 a — _— —————EE D.5. MUSCHAMPIA tg 19 Bohemia. 18 § 15 9 Hungary. 9 3d 2 2 Bosnia. 73652 Bulgaria. 3 5 2 9 Crimea. 41 3 41 2 Greece. 4436 149 Turkey. 52 5 13 2 Asia Minor (Tokat, Brussa, Taurus, Kedos, Amasia). (e). Above markings more conspicuous, particularly the submarginal spots and the cilia chequering. Unh as orbifer. Larger, g 1st brood F 14 mm.: 2nd brood II mm. Sub-sp. hilaris Staudinger 1901: ¢ Mardin. Fig. Oberthiir IQi2. ae _secunda Graves 1925: 3 Syria. B.M. 64 3 32 2 Syria. 10 5 2 @ Palestine. 7 ¢ N.W. Persia (Kermanshah). (f). $ F 14 mm. Above, much darker and submarginal markings faint or absent. Unh greenish. Single-brooded. Sub-sp. lugens Staudinger 1886: $ Ferghana. Fig Ober- thiir 1912. Synonym. murasaki Sugitani 1936: 3 Corea: figured ¢ 9. B.M. 3 6 1 @ Trans-Caspian. 6 3 5 2 Samarkand. 24 $6 49 Naryn. 2 $ Bokhara. 3 $ 1 2 Thian Shan. 3629 Ferghana. 3 ¢ Altai. 1 ¢ 12 N. Thibet, Sining. 1 ¢ Alexander Mts. 1 $ Amur. 4 ¢ Shansi. 5 5425S. Shens!i. (g). Similar to /ugens, but unh red to reddish brown. Sub-sp. carnea Reverdin 1927: $ Paghman Mts. B.M. 3 3 Paghman Mts., Afghanistan. 12 ¢ 3 2 Chitral. 36 Gilgit. 16 3 6 Q Baluchistan, 8,000 ft. | D.5. MUSCHAMPIA ‘Tutt 1906: type proto Ochsen- heimer: fixed by author. Synonyms. Sloperia Tutt 1906: type pogge: Lederer: fixed by author. Favria 'Tutt 1906: type cribrellum Eversman: fixed by ~ author. Ramburia Warren 1926: type antonia Speyer: homonym by Robineau-Desvoidy 1851. _ Reverdinia Warren 1926: type staudingert Speyer: fixed by author. Tuttia Warren 1926: type tessellum Hubner: fixed by author. Warreno-Hesperia Strand 1926: to replace Ramburia. 1'79 D.5. MUSCHAMPIA 1 (2a). Unh white with black-edged orange bands. ¢ upf no costal fold. Antennal club slightly arcuate. Nudum 11: > 4 length of club. om antonia. 2 sub-species. (a). Small, ¢ F 14-17 mm. Sub-sp. antonia Speyer 1879: 3 Saisan. Fig in Seitz. B.M. 1 3g Saissan. 5 § Trans-Alai. 1 ¢ Amdo. 4 $ Altai. I4e6 TQ Siberia’? (b). Large, ¢ F 19-20 mm. Sub-sp. gigantea Staudinger 1886: 3g Ferghana. Fig Oberthiir 1921. B.M. 65 ¢ 43 2 Turkestan (Alexander Mts., Naryn, Alai, Namangan). 2a (1). Unh no black edging to the markings. 2b (7a). Nudum < # length of club, which is not bent. _ 2c (4a). Unh in space 7, the inner spot is in direct con- tinuation of the discal band. 3g upf with costal fold. — Nudum 8. 2 (3). 3 2 mid tibiae spined. $ F 15 mm. cribrellum. 2 sub-species. | : (a). Paler, due to greater intensity of clothing of white — hairs. | Sub-sp. cribrellum Eversman 1841: 3g S. Russia. Fig Oberthiir 1916; Seitz I. Genitalia fig Warren 1926: Reverdin 1916 is incorrect. 3 Synonyms. tesselloides Warren 1926: 3 Sarepta: figured. — B.M. 39 3 29 2 S. Russia. (b). Darker above and below. Sub-sp. obscurior Staudinger 1892: 3 Kentei. Synonyms. hybrida Mabille 1909: 3 Kentet. incompleta Warren 1926: ¢ Altai. B.M. 11 3 2 2 Altai. 4 g¢ Amdo. 7 3 2 2 Mongolia. © 3 ¢ Chingan. 20 $ 2 2 Trans-Baikal (Chita, Apfelge- birge). 3 ¢ Amur. 3 (2). 3 2 mid tibiae unspined, as in rest of genus. tessellum. 9g sub-species. (a). In the first 4 sub-species the top of the cuiller is sloped and rounded: while in the first two the cuiller — 180 D.5. MUSCHAMPIA appears wider than in the next two. Wings broad. ¢ F 17-18 mm. Unh dark areas greenish, well marked. Sub-sp. tessellum Hiibner 1802: ¢ 5S. Russia: figured. Fig Rambur 1839; Seitz I (pl. 85 e f). Synonyms. /zbisci Bober 1812: Russia. mazzola Ochsenheimer 1816: as tessellum. B.M. 7 3 2 2 Greece (Mt. Olympus, Struma V.). 5 3 3 2 Caucasus. 1 3 5 2 Asia Minor (Brussa). 1 3 ? loc., Mus Rambur, original of his figure. (b). Similar, but unh white with faint markings. Sub-sp. nomas Lederer 1855: 3 Beyrout: figured. Fig Oberthiir 1912. B.M. 4 g 1 2 Asia Minor. 22 $ 11 @ Syria. 5 3g 1 9 Palestine. 9 5 1 2 Malatia. (c). Wings narrower in this and the next sub-species. Above, densely clothed white hairs. Unh dark areas yellower. ¢ F 15-17 mm. Sub-sp. cribrelloides Warren 1926: 3S Sarepta: figured. Fig Oberthiir 1912, 2 fig 1250, as tessellum. B.M. 22 ¢ 8 9 Sarepta. 23 6 17 9 “‘S. Russia” or no loc. 3612? loc., Mus. Rambur. 1 ¢ “Palestine”. 9 ¢ Uralsk. I g 1 2 Semi-palatinsk. 1 ¢ Turgai. (d). Darker. Unh dark greenish areas. _ Sub-sp. nigricans Mabille 1909: 2 Juldus. Pvieewes 1 9 Phian Shan. 1 ¢ 3.9 Irkutsk. 15 ¢ 6 9 Altai. 1g 1 9 Chengai Mts. (e). Wings broad, as in tessellum, in this and remaining sub-species. Also top of cuiller flat or concave and back more angled than rounded. Small, g F 14 mm. Above and unh markings conspicuous as in mgricans. | Sub-sp. tersa nov: $ Ordub: coll Christoph. Type B.M. B.M. 1 ¢ Irak, Kurdistan. 4 ¢ Persia (Ordub, Fars). (f). $ F 18 mm. Above, like tessellum, but paler and markings rather reduced. Unh dull green of a peculiar shade extending to the termen, obscuring the white sub- marginal markings. | Sub-sp. dilutior Riihl 1895: $ Mongolia. Fig Oberthiir 1912, fig 1248 as nobilis 3, fig 1250 as dilutior 9. Synonyms. fucata Mabille 1909: 3 Tian Shan. minor Mabille 1909: $ Amur. 181 D.5. MUSCHAMPIA B.M. 26 3 9 2 Naryn, Semirechinsk. 1 g 1 9 Thian Shan. 1 $ Trans-Alai. 1 g Alai. 1 ¢ Margilan. 13 ¢ 792 Bossago River. 2 ¢ Osh. 1 ¢ Alexander Mts. 2 ¢ 1 9 Tura. © 4 $6 “Amur” (Crowley Bequest: perhaps the basis of — Mabille’s mznor). (g). Similar, ¢ F 16; mm. Above conspicuously paler and all the submarginal markings absent. Sub-sp. nobilis Staudinger 1882: 3 Samarkand. Fig Groum Grshmailo 1890; Oberthiir 1912, fig 1249 9. B.M. 10 5 5 2 Samarkand. 2 g 1 9 “Tura”. : (h). ¢ F 17 mm. Above and below like tessellum. Cuiller as in dilutior, but the angle between tip and back is acute. Sub-sp. protheon Rambur 1858: 3 “S. Russia”’: type B.M. Synonym. kuenlunus Groum Grshmailo 1893: ¢ Trans- | Alai: type B.M. Rambur obtained his specimen from | Lederer, who doubtless got it from Kindeman, a central — Asian traveller. The genitalia leave no doubt as to its — identity with Auenlunus. B.M. 1 ¢ type. 1 ¢ Kukunor. 4 g Amdo. (1). Very dark and very large. $ F 20-22 mm. Sub-sp. gigas Bremer 1864: ¢ Manchuria: figured. Fig © Oberthtir 1912: genitalia by Reverdin 1916. | : B.M. 13 $6 Manchuria. 17 3 9 2 Amut. 3 3 3 ? Vladi- - vostok. 2 2 Pekin. 2 2 Shensi. 1 3 “Mongolia”’. , 4a (2c). Unh in space 7, the inner spot is near the base, — adjoining the cell spot: central spot in continuation of the — discal band: outer spot absent or at termen. Cuiller with — an inward branch. ¢ upf costal fold conspicuous. Nudum — 8-12: club straight. ; 4 (5a). Inward branch of cuiller nearer base than tip of — clasp. Upf with a straight row of 4 apical spots. Unh white, with the greenish markings faint. leuzeae Oberthiir 1881: g Massara: type B.M. Fig Oberthiir 1912. | B.M. 26 3 7 2 Algeria (Teniet-el-Haad, Blida, Sebdou, » Algiers). | 5a (4). Inward branch of cuiller nearer tip than base of clasp. Upf with only 3 apical spots. Unh varying from greentored. 182 D.5. MUSCHAMPIA 5 (6). Distal end of valva with the thickened edge much enlarged. Cilia broad: the chequering pointed and extend- ing to the outer edge. Upf spot in space 2 nearer the cell spot than to the spot in space 3. mohammed. 2 sub-species. (a). Unf apex and unh termen broadly whitened. Unh dark areas greenish or reddish. ¢ F 16 mm. Sub-sp. mohammed Oberthiir 1887: $ Lambese: type B.M. Fig Oberthtir 1888 (reddish unh). Synonym. ahmed Oberthiir 1912: g Lambese: type B.M.: figured (unh green). B.M. 8 3 2 2 Lambese (June). (b). Unf apex and unh termen not whitened. The spring form (cad) is small, ¢ F 14 mm. and unh dark greenish brown. The summer form is larger, ¢ F 16 mm. and unh red to reddish brown with red veins. Sub-sp. caid Le Cerf 1923: ¢ Oulmes (ist April). Summer form fig as mohammed by Oberthiir 1912. B.M. Spring form 3 $ Morocco (Mazagan, Feb., Azrou, May). 1 3d Algeria (Harcha, March). Summer form 2 3 3 ¢ Algeria (Teniet-el-Haad, Constantine). 39 3 20 2 Azrou (July—Sept.). 37 ¢ 16 2 Aflou, Oran (Sept.—Oct.). 6 (5). Distal end of valva with the thickened edge of the same width throughout. Cilia narrower with the chequer- ing reaching broadly to the middle, but not extending to the outer edge. Upf spot in space 2 usually central between the cell spot and the spot in space 3. proto. 6 sub-species. (a). Above, more extensively spotted than any form other than lycaonius. Unh of a pale reddish shade, markings narrow and submarginal streaks vestigial. $¢ F 14 mm. Sub-sp. lambesa nov: ¢ Lambese, July: H. Powell. 8 $ 8 2 Lambése (July). (b). Above, the submarginal spots fainter: uph discal markings conspicuous, but irregular. Early (June-July) specimens are larger, ¢ F 16 mm., greener above and unh usually greenish. Later (July—Oct.) specimens are smaller, ¢ F 14 mm., browner above and unh reddish brown. Moroccan. specimens are larger than Algerian. 183 D.5. MUSCHAMPIA Sub-sp. fulvosatura Verity 1925: 2 Sebdou: type B.M.: from fig by Oberthtir 1912, No. 1266 (late form). Early form fig Oberthiir 1922, figs 4435-6, 4441-2 as proto and late form g Oberthiir 1912, fig 1248, as staudingert. Synonyms. gigas Verity 1925: homonym by Bremer 1864. macro-proto Verity 1928: 2 Azrou: type B.M.: Oberthtir fig 4441. Hah: B.M. 28 3 24 2 Azrou (June—Sept.). 1g 1 2? Mauritania. 41 ¢ 26 9 Algeria to Constantine (May—Sept.). (c). Large, ¢ F 16 mm., resembling closely the large Moroccan form, but uph the discal markings reduced. Unh reddish brown. Sub-sp. williamsi Querci 1932: ¢ Alemtijo, Portugal: April. B.M. 11 3 5 2 Alemtijo (April). (d). Smaller, ¢ F 15 mm.: very much darker: uph spots often faint. Unh dark reddish brown, pale markings reduced. Sub-sp. proto Ochsenheimer 1808: ¢ Portugal: fig Esper (not published until 1839 in the Charpentier edition). B.M. 13 ¢ 2 2 Monchique (April-May). 1 ¢ near Lisbon (Sept.): similar, but very small, ¢ F 13 mm. (ce). ¢ F 14-15 mm. A comparatively constant form flying from May to Sept., never as large as williamst, nor as dark as proto, more strongly marked than fulvosatura. Unh greenish to red. | Sub-sp. aragonensis Sagarra 1924: ¢ Albarracin. Fig Oberthtir 1912, fig 1267, as proto. . Synonyms. rubea and fenestrata Sagarra 1924. migrita Verity 1925. clarescens Agenjo 1934. evansi Bryk 1940. All from Spain. B.M. 3149 2 Andalusia. 33 5 20 9 New Castille. 525 29 2 Aragon. 1¢E. Pyrenees. 314 18 2 Bouches-du-Rh6ne. 5332 Sicily. 13 ¢ 13 9 Greece. 8 3 8 2 Sarepta. (f). g F 14-15 mm. Paler brown and more heavily spotted. Uph the discal spot in space 7 usually present. Unh reddish usually. Sub-sp. lycaonius Wagner 1929: 3 Anatolia. Synonym. hieromax Hemming 1932: 6 Trans-Jordan: figured. B.M. 2 3 Uralsk. 1 ¢ 2 9 Turkey. 6 ¢ Asia Minor. 184 — ie = ee . D.5. MUSCHAMPIA 8 3 5 9 Syria. 1 $ Palestine. 1 ¢ 69 Irak. 3 g 1 2 Persia (N.W. Kermanshah). 4a (2b).. Nudum -> /$ club. 7 (8). Antennal club long, arcuate, nudum 14. ¢ upf costal fold vestigial. Unh greenish: in space 7, the inner and outer spots placed on either side of the discal band, the inner spot being nearer to the band than to the basal cell spot. Valva with ventral edge straight at end. Aedeagus sheath flanked by spined processes. poggei. 3 sub-species. (a). End of valva tapered. Uph the two dots of the sub- marginal row in spaces 4 and 5 closer to the end cell spot than to the termen. g¢ F 15 mm. | Sub-sp. poggei Lederer 1858: $ Damascus. Fig Oberthiir Igi2: genitalia by Reverdin 1916, fig 5062 as ‘‘X?”’. Synonym. zoan Warren 1926: ¢ Taurus: figured. B.M. 1 3 1 2 Caucasus. 28 ¢ 16 2 Syria. 1 § Lebanon. 1g Armenia. 3 ¢ Irak (Malatia). 1-¢ ““Samarkand”’. (b). End of valva expanded. Uph the 2 dots of the submarginal row in spaces 4 and 5 not nearer to cell spot than to termen. Generally large, ¢ F 16 mm., but a smaller, darker form occurs, 3 F 134 mm. Sub-sp. lutulentus Groum Grshmailo 1887: 2 Hissar Mts.: type B.M. Fig Oberthtir 1912, fig 12309. B.M. 14 ¢ 22 Samarkand. 10 3g 3 2 Bokhara. (c). Similar, but much darker. Upf discal and apical spots very small, but double spot in space 1b conspicuous. Uph and unh submarginal spots faint: unf not whitened at apex: unh browner. ¢ F 144 mm. Sub-sp. patta nov: $ Kuliab, Afghanistan: type B.M. B.M. Only the type. 8 (7). Antennal club straighter and shorter, nudum 12. 6 upf costal fold well developed. Valva at end slopes well away from cuiller. No spined processes flanking the aedeagus sheath in the first 4 sub-species: present in last 3. Unh in space 7, the spots typically as in proto, the inner spot adjoining the basal cell spot and the outer in continuation of the discal band. 185 D.5. MUSCHAMPIA staudingeri. 7 sub-species. (a). 3g above pale and profusely marked: ph! with a conspicuous spot in space 7. ¢ unh greenish: the spotting in space 7 abnormal, only a single large spot over the origin of vein 7, nearer to the discal band than to the basal cellspot. ¢ Fi5 mm. 9° exactly like proteus, reddish unh. _ Sub-sp. plurimacula Christoph 1893: g¢ Shahrud: type — B.M. Fig Alberti 1940. B.M. 1 ¢ 1 Q Shahrud. 1 ¢ Hyrcania. (b). ¢ similar to plurimacula. Uph no spot in space 7. Unh spots in space 7 as in proto. § F 14 mm. Sub-sp. staudingeri Speyer 1879: ¢ Saisan. Fig Alberti 1940 from Saisan (type) and Badakhshan. Synonym. albata Reverdin 1916: ¢ Ili River: figured (larger, ¢ F 16 mm.) and genitalia. B.M. 2 ¢ Balamurun, Karatou, S.E. of Lake Aral. (c). 3g typically large, F 16 mm., and submarginal spots — faint or absent. Unh varies from green to red or brown. — Sub-sp. proteus Staudinger 1886: ¢ Margilan. Fig Ober- — thiir 1912 as staudingert and proteus; Lep Ind @ as poggei; Alberti 1940. 3 Synonym. epimetheus Mabille 1909: $ Margilan. B.M. 3 ¢ Askabad. 1 ¢ Khojakent. 1 g 1 2 Terak Pass. — 1g Tura. 4 3 6 2 Ferghana. 8 3 3 2 Samarkand. — 3 2 Sarafshan. 3 ¢ 5 2 “Turkestan”. 19 ¢ 8 2 Naryn River. 13 ¢ 49 Alexander Mts. 2 ¢ Altai. (d). ¢ 14mm. Above profusely marked as in staudingeri, — but the submarginal spots upf faint or absent: usually discal dots in spaces 4 and 5. Unh light red, border pale, | rendering the submarginal spots faint, but much more regular than usual. Sub-sp. prometheus Groum Grshmailo 1890: g Trans-Alai: type B.M.: figured (as proto on plate). Fig Alberti 1940. B.M. 6 $ Trans-Alai. 2 $ Amdo. (e). Exactly as proteus: unh reddish: ¢ F 16 mm. Differs only in the genitalia being provided with spined processes — flanking the aedeagus sheath. Sub-sp. musta nov: ¢ Paghman Mts., Afghanistan, 8,000 ft., June: J. L. Chaworth Musters: type B.M. j B.M. 6 3 type loc. 186 D.6. PYRGUS (f). Exactly as staudingeri, $ F 13 mm.: above markings rather smaller. Unh pale greenish, termen broadly white. Genitalia as musta. Sub-sp. loga nov: ¢ Logar Valley, Afghanistan: type B.M. B.M. 3 3 Logar Valley. (g). g F 13 mm.: upf costal fold faint. Upf very dark, bar end cell absent and submarginal spots faint. Uph no cell spot. Unf no white scaling in cell, costa and apex pale greenish. Unh uniform pale greenish, markings faint, spots in space 7 arranged more as in pogget. Genitalia as musta. Sub-sp. phil nov: ¢ Baluchistan, Chotair, 4,000 ft., May: W. H. Evans: type B.M. B.M. 18 3 5 2 First brood, Way Faine! 24 3 3 2 second brood, Sept. All Baluchistan, Ziarat—Loralai Road, 4—6,000 ft. D.6. PYRGUS Hibner 1819: type malvae Linnaeus: fixed by Westwood 1841 as alveolus Hiibner, a synonym of malvae. Synonyms. Syrichtus Boisduval 1834: type mies Linnaeus: by tautonomy the type is syrichtus Fabricius, a synonym of ozleus. Scelotrix Rambur 1857: to replace Syrichtus objected to, incorrectly, on the score of tautonomy. Bremeria ‘Vutt 1906: type bzetz Oberthiir: fixed by Lindsey 1921: homonym by Alphéraky 1892, but replacement not required. Teleomorpha, Hemiteleomorpha, Ateleomorpha Warren 1926: types fixed by Hemming 1934 as carthami Hiibner (recte fritillartus Poda), malvae Linnaeus and onopord: Rambur. 1a (7a). The ventral end of the gnathos reduced to a narrow chitinous ring, usually flanked by paired lateral processes. tb (3a). The ventral end of the gnathos not, or only slightly, indented to receive the aedeagus. 1 (2). The dorsal end of the gnathos divided and ending on side of the uncus. Small, ¢ F 12-14 mm. Generally upf spots small and sharply defined, including bar at end cell: uph submarginal spots sharply defined: unf with 187 D.6. PYRGUS submarginal spots in spaces 1b and 2: unh the 3 basal spots small and widely separated. Usually flies from March to August: in spring smaller and whiter, summer — larger and darker, and in autumn again smaller. : malvae. 4 sub-species, with 3 forms of genitalia. (a). Dorsal arms of gnathos completely conjoined to sides of uncus, which is undivided: ventral end of gnathos flanked by short, pointed, lateral processes, widely separated from the aedeagus: clasp with cuiller and style connivent. Upf submarginal spots in spaces 1b and 2 usually absent. Unh bright to dark reddish brown. Double-brooded. } Sub-sp. malvoides Elwes & Edwards 1897: 3 Biarritz: type _ B.M.: genitalia figured. Fig Warren 1926; Oberthiir Igi0, figs 449-455 as fretillum and 458-460, 464 as malvae; Rambur 1839 as fritillum. Synonyms. alpina, andalusica, pyrenaica Tutt 1906. fritillans Oberthiir 1910. semi- confluens Reverdin 1g1t. pseudo-malvae Verity 1913: scabellata Oberthiir 1913. luctuata Verity 1914. tutii Verity 1919. reducta Warren 1920. albina, fasciata, intermedia, restricta Warren 1926. melotiformis, modestior Verity 1929. alpestris, post-tutti Verity 1940. = B.M. 16 3 14 9 Portugal. 44 3 22 2 Spain. 4o dg 282 Pyrenees. 74 3 58 2 France (Var, Bouches-du-Rhone, Alpes Maritimes, Lauteret, Isere, Chateaudun, Gers, Digne and Larches, Basses Alpes, Hautes Alpes, Haute Savoie, Savoie. 24 ¢ 20 2 Switzerland (Grisons, Tessin, Valais). 516 27@ Italy. 123 82 Sicily. 733.928. Tyrol. Ig 22 Trieste. (b). Dorsal arms of gnathos separate from uncus, twisted, sharply pointed and spined at back: ventral end of — gnathos without lateral processes: uncus deeply divided: clasp with style widely separated from cuiller. Similar to malvoides, but upf submarginal spots in spaces 1b and 2 ~ usually present. Liable to aberrations (taras) with the discal spots upf elongate and the spots in space 1b © conjoined. Sub-sp. malvae Linnaeus 1758: Aaland Is.: type coll Linnean Soc. Fig Oberthtir 1910, figs 465-467; Warren 1926. 188 D.6. PYRGUS Synonyms. minor Esper 1777. sao and taras Bergstrasser 1779. althaeae Esper 1783. fritillum Fabricius 1787 (nec Schiffermiiller). lavaterae Fabricius 1787 (nec Esper). alveolus Hiibner 1802. cardu Latreille 1823. intermedia Schilde 1886. fasciata 'Tutt 1896. mory: Strand 1902. zagrabiensis Gundlacher 1903. brunnea, australis, albina, restricta, rufa Tutt 1906. albina Oberthtir 1910. pseudo- taras Lacreuze 1910. scabellata Reverdin 1912. bilineata, margino-elongata Reverdin 1914. punctigera Fuchs 1919. reducta, Warren 1920. miillert Diosz 1930. asta-clarae, elegantior Verity 1934. 7 B.M. 38 3 25 2 England. 92 3 50 2 France (Paris, Seine-et-Oise, Seine-et-Marne, Morbihan, Haute Vienne, Savoie, Aix-les-Bains, Haute Loire, Charente Inf., Eure- et-Loire, Marne, Cantal, Loir-et-Cher, Doubs). 13 3 2 9 Switzerland (St. Gall, Geneva, Vaud, Zurich, Lausanne). 5 6 2 & Belgium. 1 g¢ Denmark. 3 ¢ 2 2 Esthonia. Ig Sweden. 5 629 Norway. 44612 Finland. 21 g 199 Germany. 1 g Wiesbaden. 39 ¢ 30 @ Austria. 2 3 3 2 Trieste area. 3 ¢ Styria. 235. Tyrol. 10 $ 6 2 Carinthia. 8 g 62 Bohemia. 36 3 18 9 Hungary. 32 ¢ 2 9 Croatia. 1 ¢ Bosnia. 8 3 72 Slavonia. 5 3 3 2 Bulgaria. 22 3 62 Greece (Macedonia, Mt. Olympus, Parnassus). 29 ¢ 10 Bosphorus. 4 5 5 2? W. Anatolia. 2 9 Leningrad. 431 9? Moscow. 1 6 19 Sarepta. 4 g Uralsk. 1 $ 1 2 Novoros- sisk. 4 $ Volhynia. 1 g 1 2 Turgai, W. Siberia. 1 ¢ 1 Q Alexander Mts. 2 g Tian Shan. 4 6 1 2 Alai. 1 dg 1 9 Naryn Riv. 75 29 Altai. 1 g E. Sajanak Mts. 2 ¢ Irkut. 15 63 Irans-Baikal (Chita, Apfelgebirge). 10¢ 19 N.E. of Vladivostok (Sichota Alin Mts.). 2 3 3 2 Amur. (c). Similar in all respects to malvae, but genitalia as _ melotis. | Sub-sp. pontica Reverdin 1914: ¢ Pontus: figured. B.M. 13 5 7 2 E. Anatolia (Tokat, Ak-Chehir, Egerdir, Kedos, Yozgat, Antalaya, Amasia). (d). Dorsal arms of gnathos placed as in malvae, but slender throughout and unspined: ventral end of gnathos with more or less developed slender, pointed, lateral appendages, placed as in malvoides: uncus usually un- divided, but individuals may have it more or less divided: 189 D.6. PYRGUS style of clasp widely separated from the cuiller, but longer and more slender than in malvae. Typical melotis is larger than malvae, wings more rounded, and spots, above, larger: unh whitened, obscuring the markings, but inter- grades to pontica are not infrequent. Sub-sp. melotis Duponchel 1832: ¢ Is. of Milo: figured. Fig Warren 1926. Synonyms. hypoleucos Lederer 1855: 3 Beyrout: figured. graeca Oberthiir 1910: $ “Greece”: type B.M.: figured. veducta Warren 1926. jordana Hemming 1932: 3 Trans-Jordan: figured. B.M. 446 1 2 “‘“Greece”’ (probably Is. of Milo). 63 3 22 2 Syria. 1 g Lebanon. 1 3 1 @ Palestine (Jordan Valley). 2 (1). The dorsal end of the gnathos undeveloped (fused to the tegumen), as in remaining species of the genus. The lateral appendages at the ventral end of the gnathos erect and spined. Unh reddish. ¢ F 15-16 mm. carlinae. 2 sub-species with slightly different genitalia. (a). The lateral appendages with 3 long stout spines at the tip and smaller spines on the inner edge. Upf — markings large, quadrate: uph usually conspicuously — marked. ; Sub-sp. cirsii Rambur 1839: 3 Fontainebleau: figured. Co-type fig by Oberthiir 1912, fig 1286, also figs 1285-8. Fig Warren 1926. Fig Verity 1940 as fritillum. Synonyms. iberica Gr. Grshmailo 1893: $ Spain: type — B.M fabressei and herrichi Oberthiir 1910: Sierra Alta and Digne: types B.M.: figured. j extensa Warren 1920. migro-carens, parafabresset Verity — 1925. martorell: Sagarra 1926. castanea, supralutea Agenjo — 1934. onopordimima Verity 1940. 7 B.M. 58 3 35 2 Spain (Andalusia, Aragon, New Castille, — Catalonia). 2 $¢ 2 2 Andorra. 38 6 12 9 Var. 27 g 272 Digne. 73 5 2 Charente. 9 ¢ Lot. 30 dg Lozere. 24 392 — Loire Inf. 1 3 1 2 Eure-et-Loire. 2 $ 2 2 Dordogne. © 12 Ariége. 2 $ Alpes Maritimes. 1 ¢ 1 2 Bouches-du- — Rhone. 1 § Haute Garonne. 1 $ Puy-de-Déme. 1 ¢ Haute © Savoie. I g Sadne-et-Loire. 7 3 3 2 Seine-et-Marne. Igo D.6. PYRGUS 73 Yonne. 5 3 Switzerland (Vaud). 5 ¢ 2 2 Germany (Niirnberg, Fiirth). (b). The appendages shorter, with equally small spines at tip and inner edge. Upf markings smaller, not quad- rate: uph markings generally faint. In 2 tendency for markings, above, to be obsolete. Sub-sp. carlinae Rambur 1839: 3 Alps, Dalécarlie: type B.M.: figured. Fig Reverdin 1910; Warren 1926. Synonyms. olivacea Oberthiir 1910: g Hautes Alpes: type B.M.: figured. caecus ‘Turati & Verity 1911. atrata Verity 1925. fasciata, extensa Warren 1926. caeca Vor- brodt 1928. | B.M. 37 ¢ 2 2 Alpes Maritimes (St. Martin de Vesubie). 2a to) Dauphingé Alps. - 1,'¢,.Mt., Pelat.;.2..g) Digne. 28 g 29 Larches, Basses Alpes. 42 5 21 2 Valais. 26 5 269 Savoie. 40 ¢ 15 @ Hautes Alpes. 9 3 5 2 Switzerland (Grisons, Vaud, Berne, Interlaken, Ticino, Fribourg). 26492 Tirol and Carinthia. 7 $ 12 Piedmont. 47 379 Valtournache, Aosta. 3a (1b). The ventral end of the gnathos deeply indented, so as to receive the aedeagus, and either side of the indented portion is serrated. 3b (6). Style shorter than cuiller and not twisted. 3 (4a). Cuiller semi-circular on an inclined diameter: style short, slender, obtuse. Small, ¢ F 12-14 mm, Wings more pointed. Upf with sharply defined small, but | conspicuous, markings, particularly the spot at end of cell. | armoricanus. 2 sub-species. (a). Tip of cuiller pointed: antistyle slender, necked, curled round and pointed. Unh dark areas reddish: uph markings varying from obscure to conspicuous. Seasonal change from brown to grey, above. _ Sub-sp. armoricanus Oberthiir 1910: § Rennes: type B.M.: figured. Fig Reverdin 1912; Warren 1926. Synonyms. centralis, jaceae Oberthiir 1912. sicthae Oberthtir 1913: 3 Sicily: type B.M.: figured. corsica Oberthtir 1919: 3 Corsica: type B.M.: figured. fulvo-inspersa, onopordiformis Verity 1919. enervata Verity 1920. extensa Warren 1920. tersa Verity 1924. rufosatura IgI D.6. PYRGUS Verity 1925. petheri Romei 1927. cacaotica Verity 1929. fritillaire Querci 1932. disjuncta Alberti 1940. eschata Verity 1940. B.M. 16 36 7 2 Morocco. 13 3 3 9 Algeria. 48 ¢ 14 Q Spain (New and Old Castille, Asturias, Calabria). 150 g¢ g2 2 France (Pyrenees, Morbihan, Bouches-du- Rhone, Charente, Dignes, Deux Sevres, Hérault, Ile et Vilaine, Var, Vienne, Lot, Eure-et-Loire, Orne, Eure, Loire Inf., Vendée, Oise, Savoie). 6 3 6 2 Corsica. 513632 C. and S. Italy (May—August). 15 3 7 2 Sicily. 17 3 7 2 Switzerland (Geneva, Locarno, Tessin, Sim- plon). 1 $ Germany. 8 3 49 Austria. 14 5 149 Hungary. 12 $ Croatia. 7 $ Bulgaria. (b). ‘Tip of cuiller rounded: antistyle not so bent round or pointed, much more like alveus. Above greyer: unh greener. Sub-sp. persica Reverdin 1913: $ Kuldsar, Persia: figured. Synonyms. reverdini Le Cerf 1914. prostanae Pfeiffer 1927. lecerfi Verity 1928. philonides Hemming 1931. post- persica Verity 1936. B.M. 39 3 Macedonia (Feb.—Aug.). 35 g 10 9 Bos- phorus. 15 $62 Asia Minor. 2 $29 Syria. 4 $ Lebanon. 1g 22 Novorossisk. 1 2 Sarepta. 1 $ Georgia, Barkhom. 1 g¢ Armenia. 2 ¢ Achal Tekke. 2 37 eS Persia, Elburz — Mts. 1 $ 3 2 Kermanshah. 4a (3). Cuiller generally larger than a semicircle. Unh greenish. 4 (5). Cuiller more or less quadrate, not abnormally — elongate at back: style generally angled and parallel to © face of clasp. alveus. 7 sub-species. (a). Large, g F 16 mm., and grey form, with conspicu- — ously large markings upf and uph. Cuiller very elongate — laterally. : Sub-sp. numida Oberthiir 1g10: g Algeria: type B.M.: figured. Fig. Oberthiir 1915. | Synonym. scabellata Oberthiir 1915: $ Lambese: ype | ? lost. B.M. 53 3 24 2 Algeria. 63 3 5 2 Morocco. 1 9 Andalusia. 192 . D.6. PYRGUS - (b). go F 14-16 mm. Generally darker than numida: varying towards alticola, centralitahae and _ sifanicus. Culler larger than a semicircle. Sub-sp. alveus Hiibner 1803: 3g no loc. (? Germany): figured. Fig Reverdin 1910; Warren 1926. Synonyms. funginus Schilde 1886: figured. scandinavicus and suffusa Strand 1903. ryffelensis Oberthtir 1910: 3 Ryffel Alps: type B.M.: figured. ballotae Oberthiir 1910: ¢ Norway: type B.M.: figured. lineolata Reverdin 1912: figured. serratuloides Heinrich 1916: figured. reverdint Schawerda 1918. extensa and reducta Warren 1920. foulqueri-formis Verity 1920. accreta, albens, centralhispaniae, grandis Verity 1925. jurassica, serratulae-formis, trebevicensis Warren 1926. thomanm Reverdin 1927: figured. warrenensis, bellieri- formis Verity 1928. insignia-miscens, magnalveus, necac- creta, pyrenei-alpium Verity 1929. montana Vorbrodt 1930. caeca Rebel & Zerny 1931. claralveus Verity 1934- B.M. 11 g 11 ¢ Spain (New and Old Castille, Asturias, Aragon, Catalonia). 70 $ 25 9 Hautes Pyrénées. 43 5 12 2 Pyrénées Orientales. 8 $ Andorra. 25 3 2 2 Alpes Mari- times. 1 5 1 2 Hérault. 6 ¢ 4 2 Eure. 3 ¢ Aveyron. 2 5 Oise. 1 § Charente Inf. 5 5 3 2 Charente. 8 3 42 Haute Loire. 1 3 1 2 Loire Inf. 1 3 1 2 Saéne-et-Loire. I 2 Gers. 2522 Digne. 28 $ 262 Larches, Basses Alpes (July). 27 ¢ 9 2 Hautes Alpes. 39 5 13 2 Savoie. 24 3 Haute Savoie. 3 ¢ 49 Jura. 19 ¢ 242 Grisons. 3 ¢ Julier Pass. 1 § Uri. 1 § Unterwalden. 1 2 Vaud. 10 ¢ 2 9 Berne. 20 6 49 Ticino. 2 3 1 2 Saas Valley. 18 3 18 2 Zermat. 4 5 1 2 Ryffel Alps. 4 ¢ 19 Simplon. 7 322 Norway. 3 ¢ Sweden. 1 ¢ Ligurian Alps. 68 3 6 2 Val- tournache, Aosta. 44 3 24 2 Tyrol. 18 3 4 2 Gross Glockner. 9 6 42 Hungary. 1 3 12 Bosnia. 1 $ Albania. 1 g¢ Rumania. 10 ¢ 2 9 Bulgaria. (c). Small, ¢ F 13 mm., and dark form, with very small spots upf. Cuiller not larger than a semicircle. Flies with alveus in Alpine areas. _ Sub-sp. alticola Rebel 1910: Alps. Fig, as ryffelensis, Ober- thiir 1913, pl. 92/1839-1863: Warren 1926, pl. 43/1-8. 13 193 D.6. PYRGUS B.M. 374 15 2 Larches, Basses Alpes. 1 $ Savoie. 2 5 Mt. Cenis. 5 ¢ 2 9 Ryffel Alps. 5 ¢ 2 2 Grisons. 3 ¢ Pied- mont. 15 $ 8 2 Valtournache, Aosta. 28 3 33 2 Gross ~Glockner. (d). ¢ F 15 mm. Upf as alveus: uph markings strongly developed and yellower than similar specimens occurring in the S. of France, as varieties of alveus. Sub-sp. centralitaliae Verity 1920: ¢$ Sibillini Mts. Fig Warren 1926, pl. 42/1-7. | B.M. 68 3 29 2 C. Italy (June—Sept.). (ce). g¢ F 14-16 mm. Typically distinguished by the broad white borders, below. The material is insufficient to decide whether the variation in C. Asia is individual or sub-specific. Generally the spots upf are larger than in typical alveus. Sub-sp. sifanicus Groum Grshmailo 1891: g¢ Kukunor: type B.M. Fig Reverdin 1915: Alberti 1940. Synonyms. zlensis Reverdin 1912: ¢ Ili Riv., E. Tur- kestan: figured. schansiensis Reverdin 1915: 3 'Ta-tsing-schau, Schansi: figured. | kansuensis Reverdin 1927: ¢ W. Liang Tschou, Kansu: figured. B.M. 6 6 2 2 Caucasus. 1 ¢ Elburz Mts., N. Persia. 44622 Tobolsk. 12 g 89 Altai. 1 ¢ 1 9 Chengai Mts., Mongolia. 4 ¢ E. Siberia. 8 ¢ 1 2 Kukunor. (f). ¢ F 13-14 mm. Wings rounded. Upf markings small: uph unmarked. Unh dark greenish, pale markings narrow. | Sub-sp. speyeri Staudinger 1887: ¢ Amur: figured. Fig © Reverdin 1910; Oberthiir 1912, figs 1240-1. Synonym. seitzz Mabille 1909: 9 Amur: figured. B.M. 1 3 1 Q Irkutsk. 3 6 1 2 Kentei Mts., Mongolia. 1g 1 Q Chita, Trans-Baikal. 16 3 8 9 Apfelgebirge, Trans-Baikal. 19 ¢ 7 9 Amur. (g). g F 14 mm. Above, as speyert. Below, borders whitened as in sifanicus. Unh the central discal spot, in spaces 4-5, with its upper edge prolonged inwards and outwards, as in onopord.. Sub-sp. reverdini Oberthur 1912: ¢ Ta Tsien Lou: type ! B.M.: figured. 194 D.6. PYRGUS B.M. 24612 E. Thibet, How Kow. 14 5S.E. Thibet, Shiuden Gompa. 14 ¢ 2 9 W. Szechwan, Ta Tsien Lou. 3612 Szechwan, Kelley—Roosevelt expedition. 5 (4). Back of cuiller abnormally elongate and cuiller twice as long as wide, style very short. Above, markings as in alveus, but on uph always conspicuous. bellieri. 3 sub-species, with slightly varying clasps. (a). ¢ F 16mm. Unh dark areas greenish-ochreous, equal to or greater than the white areas. Sub-sp. foulquieri